1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
4 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
5 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
7 This file is part of GCC.
9 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
10 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
11 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
14 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
15 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
16 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
21 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
24 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
25 out locations for types and decls.
26 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
27 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
29 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
30 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
31 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
32 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
35 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
37 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
38 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
39 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
40 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
41 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
43 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
44 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
46 CIE = Common Information Entry
47 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
49 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
51 FDE = Frame Description Entry
52 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
53 how to restore registers
55 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
56 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
60 #include "coretypes.h"
67 #include "stringpool.h"
68 #include "insn-config.h"
71 #include "diagnostic.h"
72 #include "fold-const.h"
73 #include "stor-layout.h"
81 #include "dwarf2out.h"
82 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
86 #include "print-rtl.h"
88 #include "common/common-target.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "gdb/gdb-index.h"
96 #include "stringpool.h"
98 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
100 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, unsigned int, const char *,
102 static rtx_insn
*last_var_location_insn
;
103 static rtx_insn
*cached_next_real_insn
;
104 static void dwarf2out_decl (tree
);
105 static bool is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
107 #ifndef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
108 #define XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO 0
111 #ifndef HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
112 #define HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS 0
115 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
116 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
118 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
119 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
120 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
121 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
122 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
123 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
124 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
125 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
127 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
128 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
131 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
132 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
133 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
134 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
135 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
136 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
139 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
141 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
144 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
145 must be kept around forever. */
146 static GTY(()) vec
<rtx
, va_gc
> *used_rtx_array
;
148 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
149 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
150 vec<tree, va_gc> *because we want to tell the garbage collector about
152 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *incomplete_types
;
154 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
155 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_info_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_addr_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
162 static const char *debug_macinfo_section_name
;
163 static unsigned macinfo_label_base
= 1;
164 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
165 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_line_section
;
166 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
167 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
168 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
169 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
170 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_str_section
;
171 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_dwo_section
;
172 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_offsets_section
;
173 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
174 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
176 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
177 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 40
179 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
180 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
181 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
184 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
185 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
187 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
188 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
191 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
192 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? "-4" : "-12")
195 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
196 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
197 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
199 /* CIE identifier. */
200 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
201 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
202 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
204 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
208 /* A vector for a table that contains frame description
209 information for each routine. */
210 #define NOT_INDEXED (-1U)
211 #define NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED (-2U)
213 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_fde_ref
, va_gc
> *fde_vec
;
215 struct GTY((for_user
)) indirect_string_node
{
217 unsigned int refcount
;
218 enum dwarf_form form
;
223 struct indirect_string_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<indirect_string_node
>
225 typedef const char *compare_type
;
227 static hashval_t
hash (indirect_string_node
*);
228 static bool equal (indirect_string_node
*, const char *);
231 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *debug_str_hash
;
233 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *debug_line_str_hash
;
235 /* With split_debug_info, both the comp_dir and dwo_name go in the
236 main object file, rather than the dwo, similar to the force_direct
237 parameter elsewhere but with additional complications:
239 1) The string is needed in both the main object file and the dwo.
240 That is, the comp_dir and dwo_name will appear in both places.
242 2) Strings can use four forms: DW_FORM_string, DW_FORM_strp,
243 DW_FORM_line_strp or DW_FORM_strx/GNU_str_index.
245 3) GCC chooses the form to use late, depending on the size and
248 Rather than forcing the all debug string handling functions and
249 callers to deal with these complications, simply use a separate,
250 special-cased string table for any attribute that should go in the
251 main object file. This limits the complexity to just the places
254 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *skeleton_debug_str_hash
;
256 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
258 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
259 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
261 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
262 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
263 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
265 /* The default cold text section. */
266 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
268 /* The DIE for C++14 'auto' in a function return type. */
269 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref auto_die
;
271 /* The DIE for C++14 'decltype(auto)' in a function return type. */
272 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref decltype_auto_die
;
274 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
276 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
277 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
279 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
281 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
283 /* Whether an eh_frame section is required. */
284 static GTY(()) bool do_eh_frame
= false;
286 /* .debug_rnglists next index. */
287 static unsigned int rnglist_idx
;
289 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
290 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
291 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
293 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
294 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
297 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
298 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
301 #ifndef FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL
302 #define FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL "LFSB"
305 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
306 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
309 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
310 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
313 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
314 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
317 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
318 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
320 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
321 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
322 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
323 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
324 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
325 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
326 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
327 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
328 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
329 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
331 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
334 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
336 /* Cache the last query. */
337 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
338 static int last_match
= 0;
339 if (path
!= last_path
)
342 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
344 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
345 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
350 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
353 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
354 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
355 int matches
, int result
)
357 /* Find the type name. */
358 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
360 const char *name
= 0;
361 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
364 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
366 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
368 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
369 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
370 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
371 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
372 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
374 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
377 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
378 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
382 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
387 /* Get the number of HOST_WIDE_INTs needed to represent the precision
388 of the number. Some constants have a large uniform precision, so
389 we get the precision needed for the actual value of the number. */
392 get_full_len (const wide_int
&op
)
394 int prec
= wi::min_precision (op
, UNSIGNED
);
395 return ((prec
+ HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1)
396 / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
400 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
402 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
404 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
407 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
409 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
411 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
412 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
413 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
414 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
416 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
418 if (type_decl
!= NULL
)
420 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
421 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
423 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
424 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
427 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
430 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
431 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
432 for collect2 the first time around. */
435 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
437 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
441 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
447 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
449 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
451 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
454 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
455 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
456 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
457 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
458 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
459 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
460 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
463 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
465 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
466 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
468 eh_frame_section
= ((flags
== SECTION_WRITE
)
469 ? data_section
: readonly_data_section
);
470 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
473 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
475 #ifdef EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
476 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Emit special labels to guide
480 tree label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
481 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
482 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
483 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
484 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
489 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
493 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
496 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
499 if (!debug_frame_section
)
500 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
501 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
502 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
506 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
508 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
509 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
514 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
515 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
516 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
517 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
521 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
523 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
524 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
527 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
530 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
532 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
533 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 case DW_CFA_expression
:
538 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
539 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
542 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
543 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
544 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
547 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
554 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
556 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
557 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
564 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
565 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
566 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
568 case DW_CFA_register
:
569 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
571 case DW_CFA_expression
:
572 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
573 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
575 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
576 return dw_cfi_oprnd_cfa_loc
;
579 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
583 /* Output one FDE. */
586 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
587 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
588 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
590 const char *begin
, *end
;
591 static unsigned int j
;
592 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
594 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
596 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
599 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
600 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|| for_eh
)
602 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
603 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
604 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
605 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
608 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
611 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
613 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
614 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
616 begin
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
: fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
617 end
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
;
621 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
622 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
623 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
624 "FDE initial location");
625 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
626 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
630 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
631 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
638 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
640 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
642 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
644 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
645 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
646 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
649 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
652 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
654 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
656 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
657 fde
->funcdef_number
);
658 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
659 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
661 "Language Specific Data Area");
665 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
666 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
667 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
668 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
675 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
676 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
678 size_t from
, until
, i
;
681 until
= vec_safe_length (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
);
683 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
686 until
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
688 from
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
690 for (i
= from
; i
< until
; i
++)
691 output_cfi ((*fde
->dw_fde_cfi
)[i
], fde
, for_eh
);
694 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
695 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
696 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
697 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
698 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
700 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
701 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
702 switch *back* into the table section. */
703 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
704 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
705 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
708 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
709 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
710 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
711 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
716 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
719 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
721 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
724 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
727 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
730 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
731 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
737 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
738 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
739 location of saved registers. */
742 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
747 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
748 char section_start_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
749 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
750 char augmentation
[6];
751 int augmentation_size
;
752 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
753 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
754 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
756 rtx personality
= NULL
;
759 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
763 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
764 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
767 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
768 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
769 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
770 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
771 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
772 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
775 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
777 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
779 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
780 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
781 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
782 any_eh_needed
= true;
783 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
784 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, 1, 1);
791 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
795 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
796 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
798 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
799 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
801 /* Output the CIE. */
802 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
804 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|| for_eh
)
806 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
807 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
808 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
809 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
810 "Length of Common Information Entry");
812 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
814 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
815 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
816 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
817 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
818 "CIE Identifier Tag");
820 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
821 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
822 due to overflowing the return register column. */
823 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
825 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
830 augmentation_size
= 0;
832 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
838 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
839 augmentation section.
840 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
841 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
842 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
844 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
845 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
847 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
848 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
849 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
851 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
855 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
856 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
861 augmentation_size
+= 1;
863 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
866 augmentation_size
+= 1;
868 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
870 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
874 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
875 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
877 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
879 + 1 /* CIE version */
880 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
881 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
882 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
884 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
885 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
886 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
888 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
890 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
891 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
892 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
896 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
897 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
899 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
902 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
903 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
904 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
906 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
909 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
913 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
917 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
918 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
925 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
927 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
929 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
932 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, i
, cfi
)
933 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
935 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
936 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
937 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
938 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
940 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
941 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
945 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
946 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
949 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
? 2 : 1); k
++)
950 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
951 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
954 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
955 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
957 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
962 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
965 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
970 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
972 targetm
.asm_out
.post_cfi_startproc (asm_out_file
, current_function_decl
);
974 /* .cfi_personality and .cfi_lsda are only relevant to DWARF2
976 if (targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
979 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
983 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
986 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
987 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
988 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
989 of the weirder relocation types. */
990 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
991 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
993 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
994 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
995 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
998 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1000 char lab
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1002 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1003 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
1004 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1005 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
1006 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
1008 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
1009 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
1011 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
1012 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
1013 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
1017 /* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
1018 this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
1021 dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
1025 fde
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_fde_node
> ();
1026 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
1027 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
1028 fde
->fde_index
= vec_safe_length (fde_vec
);
1029 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
1030 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
1031 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
1032 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1033 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1035 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
1037 vec_safe_push (fde_vec
, fde
);
1042 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1046 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1047 unsigned int column ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1048 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1050 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1056 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
1058 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
1060 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
1061 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
1063 && (!flag_exceptions
1064 || targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_SJLJ
))
1067 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
1068 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
1069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1070 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1071 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1072 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1073 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
1074 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
1076 /* We can elide FDE allocation if we're not emitting frame unwind info. */
1080 /* Unlike the debug version, the EH version of frame unwind info is a per-
1081 function setting so we need to record whether we need it for the unit. */
1082 do_eh_frame
|= dwarf2out_do_eh_frame ();
1084 /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
1085 emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
1086 would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
1090 fde
= dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
1092 /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
1093 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
1094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
1095 fde
->in_std_section
= (fnsec
== text_section
1096 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
1098 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
1099 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
1100 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1102 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, column
, file
, 0, true);
1105 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1106 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
1109 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
1110 if (!current_unit_personality
)
1111 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
1113 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
1114 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
1115 function anymore. */
1116 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
1117 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
1118 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
1122 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
1123 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
1127 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1128 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1130 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1132 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1134 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1135 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1136 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1137 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1138 cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
1141 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
1142 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
1146 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1147 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1149 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1150 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1152 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
1155 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1158 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1159 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1160 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1161 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
1164 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1165 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1169 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1170 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1173 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1175 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
1176 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
1178 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1179 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1181 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1183 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
1184 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1185 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
1187 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
1188 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
1189 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
1193 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
1195 /* Output call frame information. */
1196 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
1197 output_call_frame_info (0);
1199 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
1201 output_call_frame_info (1);
1204 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
1207 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
1209 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
1210 if (sec
== text_section
)
1211 text_section_used
= true;
1212 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
1213 cold_text_section_used
= true;
1216 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
1217 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section
*);
1220 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
1222 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1224 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1226 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
);
1228 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL
,
1229 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1231 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= ggc_strdup (label
);
1232 if (!in_cold_section_p
)
1234 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1235 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1239 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1240 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1242 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
1244 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
1245 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1246 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
1248 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1249 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1251 /* Now do the real section switch. */
1252 sect
= current_function_section ();
1253 switch_to_section (sect
);
1255 fde
->second_in_std_section
1256 = (sect
== text_section
1257 || (cold_text_section
&& sect
== cold_text_section
));
1259 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1260 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
1262 var_location_switch_text_section ();
1264 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1265 set_cur_line_info_table (sect
);
1268 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
1269 for emitting location expressions. */
1271 /* Data about a single source file. */
1272 struct GTY((for_user
)) dwarf_file_data
{
1273 const char * filename
;
1277 /* Describe an entry into the .debug_addr section. */
1281 ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
,
1285 struct GTY((for_user
)) addr_table_entry
{
1287 unsigned int refcount
;
1289 union addr_table_entry_struct_union
1291 rtx
GTY ((tag ("0"))) rtl
;
1292 char * GTY ((tag ("1"))) label
;
1294 GTY ((desc ("%1.kind"))) addr
;
1297 typedef unsigned int var_loc_view
;
1299 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
1300 so you can track variables that are in different places over
1301 their entire life. */
1302 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
1303 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
1304 const char *begin
; /* Label and addr_entry for start of range */
1305 addr_table_entry
*begin_entry
;
1306 const char *end
; /* Label for end of range */
1307 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
1308 Only on head of list. */
1309 char *vl_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of view list. Ditto. */
1310 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
1311 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
1312 var_loc_view vbegin
, vend
;
1314 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
1317 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
1319 /* True if it has been emitted into .debug_loc* / .debug_loclists*
1321 unsigned char emitted
: 1;
1322 /* True if hash field is index rather than hash value. */
1323 unsigned char num_assigned
: 1;
1324 /* True if .debug_loclists.dwo offset has been emitted for it already. */
1325 unsigned char offset_emitted
: 1;
1326 /* True if note_variable_value_in_expr has been called on it. */
1327 unsigned char noted_variable_value
: 1;
1328 /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
1333 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (poly_int64
);
1334 static dw_loc_descr_ref
uint_loc_descriptor (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
1336 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
1339 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
1341 const char *name
= get_DW_OP_name (op
);
1346 return "OP_<unknown>";
1349 /* Return TRUE iff we're to output location view lists as a separate
1350 attribute next to the location lists, as an extension compatible
1351 with DWARF 2 and above. */
1354 dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ()
1356 return debug_variable_location_views
== 1;
1359 /* Return TRUE iff we're to output location view lists as part of the
1360 location lists, as proposed for standardization after DWARF 5. */
1363 dwarf2out_locviews_in_loclist ()
1365 #ifndef DW_LLE_view_pair
1368 return debug_variable_location_views
== -1;
1372 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
1373 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
1374 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
1376 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1377 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
1378 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
1380 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
1382 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
1383 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1384 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1385 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
1386 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1387 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1388 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
1393 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
1396 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
1398 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
1400 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1401 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
1407 /* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
1410 dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node
*a
, dw_val_node
*b
)
1412 if (a
->val_class
!= b
->val_class
)
1414 switch (a
->val_class
)
1416 case dw_val_class_none
:
1418 case dw_val_class_addr
:
1419 return rtx_equal_p (a
->v
.val_addr
, b
->v
.val_addr
);
1421 case dw_val_class_offset
:
1422 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
1423 case dw_val_class_const
:
1424 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
1425 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
1426 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
1427 /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
1428 return a
->v
.val_unsigned
== b
->v
.val_unsigned
;
1430 case dw_val_class_loc
:
1431 return a
->v
.val_loc
== b
->v
.val_loc
;
1432 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
1433 return a
->v
.val_loc_list
== b
->v
.val_loc_list
;
1434 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
1435 return a
->v
.val_view_list
== b
->v
.val_view_list
;
1436 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
1437 return a
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== b
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
1438 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
1439 return a
->v
.val_fde_index
== b
->v
.val_fde_index
;
1440 case dw_val_class_symview
:
1441 return strcmp (a
->v
.val_symbolic_view
, b
->v
.val_symbolic_view
) == 0;
1442 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
1443 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
1444 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
1445 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
1446 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
1447 return strcmp (a
->v
.val_lbl_id
, b
->v
.val_lbl_id
) == 0;
1448 case dw_val_class_str
:
1449 return a
->v
.val_str
== b
->v
.val_str
;
1450 case dw_val_class_flag
:
1451 return a
->v
.val_flag
== b
->v
.val_flag
;
1452 case dw_val_class_file
:
1453 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
1454 return a
->v
.val_file
== b
->v
.val_file
;
1455 case dw_val_class_decl_ref
:
1456 return a
->v
.val_decl_ref
== b
->v
.val_decl_ref
;
1458 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1459 return (a
->v
.val_double
.high
== b
->v
.val_double
.high
1460 && a
->v
.val_double
.low
== b
->v
.val_double
.low
);
1462 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1463 return *a
->v
.val_wide
== *b
->v
.val_wide
;
1465 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1467 size_t a_len
= a
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* a
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1468 size_t b_len
= b
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* b
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1470 return (a_len
== b_len
1471 && !memcmp (a
->v
.val_vec
.array
, b
->v
.val_vec
.array
, a_len
));
1474 case dw_val_class_data8
:
1475 return memcmp (a
->v
.val_data8
, b
->v
.val_data8
, 8) == 0;
1477 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
1478 return (!strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
)
1479 && !strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
));
1481 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
1482 return (a
->v
.val_discr_value
.pos
== b
->v
.val_discr_value
.pos
1483 && a
->v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
== b
->v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
);
1484 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
1485 /* It makes no sense comparing two discriminant value lists. */
1491 /* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
1494 loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1496 if (a
->dw_loc_opc
!= b
->dw_loc_opc
)
1499 /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
1500 address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
1501 should be zero for other types of locations. */
1502 if (a
->dtprel
!= b
->dtprel
)
1505 return (dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd1
)
1506 && dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd2
));
1509 /* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
1512 loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1518 if (a
== NULL
|| b
== NULL
)
1520 if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a
, b
))
1529 /* Add a constant POLY_OFFSET to a location expression. */
1532 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, poly_int64 poly_offset
)
1534 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
1537 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
1539 if (known_eq (poly_offset
, 0))
1542 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1543 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
1546 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1547 if (!poly_offset
.is_constant (&offset
))
1549 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (poly_offset
);
1550 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
1555 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
1556 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
1557 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
1558 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
1559 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
1561 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
1562 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
1564 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
1565 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
1568 else if (offset
> 0)
1569 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
1574 = uint_loc_descriptor (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) offset
);
1575 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
1579 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
1582 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1583 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, poly_int64 offset
)
1585 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
1586 if (offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
1589 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
1592 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, const_offset
);
1596 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= new_reg_loc_descr (reg
, 0);
1597 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, offset
);
1602 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
1605 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, poly_int64 offset
)
1608 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
1609 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
1612 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
1613 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
1615 /* The number of bits that can be encoded by largest DW_FORM_dataN.
1616 In DWARF4 and earlier it is DW_FORM_data8 with 64 bits, in DWARF5
1617 DW_FORM_data16 with 128 bits. */
1618 #define DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS \
1619 (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 128 : 64)
1621 /* Utility inline function for construction of ops that were GNU extension
1623 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
1624 dwarf_OP (enum dwarf_location_atom op
)
1628 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
1629 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1630 return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
;
1633 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
1634 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1635 return DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
;
1638 case DW_OP_const_type
:
1639 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1640 return DW_OP_GNU_const_type
;
1643 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
1644 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1645 return DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
;
1648 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
1649 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1650 return DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
;
1654 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1655 return DW_OP_GNU_convert
;
1658 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
1659 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1660 return DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
;
1664 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1665 return DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
;
1669 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1670 return DW_OP_GNU_const_index
;
1679 /* Similarly for attributes. */
1680 static inline enum dwarf_attribute
1681 dwarf_AT (enum dwarf_attribute at
)
1685 case DW_AT_call_return_pc
:
1686 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1687 return DW_AT_low_pc
;
1690 case DW_AT_call_tail_call
:
1691 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1692 return DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
;
1695 case DW_AT_call_origin
:
1696 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1697 return DW_AT_abstract_origin
;
1700 case DW_AT_call_target
:
1701 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1702 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
;
1705 case DW_AT_call_target_clobbered
:
1706 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1707 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
;
1710 case DW_AT_call_parameter
:
1711 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1712 return DW_AT_abstract_origin
;
1715 case DW_AT_call_value
:
1716 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1717 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
;
1720 case DW_AT_call_data_value
:
1721 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1722 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
;
1725 case DW_AT_call_all_calls
:
1726 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1727 return DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
;
1730 case DW_AT_call_all_tail_calls
:
1731 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1732 return DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
;
1735 case DW_AT_dwo_name
:
1736 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1737 return DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name
;
1740 case DW_AT_addr_base
:
1741 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1742 return DW_AT_GNU_addr_base
;
1751 /* And similarly for tags. */
1752 static inline enum dwarf_tag
1753 dwarf_TAG (enum dwarf_tag tag
)
1757 case DW_TAG_call_site
:
1758 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1759 return DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
;
1762 case DW_TAG_call_site_parameter
:
1763 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1764 return DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
;
1773 /* And similarly for forms. */
1774 static inline enum dwarf_form
1775 dwarf_FORM (enum dwarf_form form
)
1780 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1781 return DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index
;
1785 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1786 return DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
;
1795 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref
);
1797 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
1799 static unsigned long
1800 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
1802 unsigned long size
= 1;
1804 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
1807 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
1809 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
1811 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
1813 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
1814 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
);
1833 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1836 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1841 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
1842 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1880 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1883 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1886 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1889 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1890 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1893 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1895 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
1896 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1897 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1899 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
1900 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
1909 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
1910 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
1911 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
1913 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
1914 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1915 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
1917 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
1918 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
1919 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1921 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
1922 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
1924 unsigned long op_size
= size_of_locs (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
1925 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (op_size
) + op_size
;
1928 case DW_OP_const_type
:
1929 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
1932 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1933 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
) + 1;
1934 switch (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
)
1936 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1937 size
+= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
1938 * loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
1940 case dw_val_class_const
:
1941 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1943 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1944 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1946 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1947 size
+= (get_full_len (*loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
)
1948 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
1955 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
1956 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
1959 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1960 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1961 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1964 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
1965 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
1968 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1969 size
+= 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1973 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
1974 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
1975 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
1976 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
1977 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1981 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1982 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1985 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
1995 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
1998 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2003 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
2004 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
2005 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
2007 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
2009 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
2014 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
2016 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2017 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
2023 /* Return the size of the value in a DW_AT_discr_value attribute. */
2026 size_of_discr_value (dw_discr_value
*discr_value
)
2028 if (discr_value
->pos
)
2029 return size_of_uleb128 (discr_value
->v
.uval
);
2031 return size_of_sleb128 (discr_value
->v
.sval
);
2034 /* Return the size of the value in a DW_AT_discr_list attribute. */
2037 size_of_discr_list (dw_discr_list_ref discr_list
)
2041 for (dw_discr_list_ref list
= discr_list
;
2043 list
= list
->dw_discr_next
)
2045 /* One byte for the discriminant value descriptor, and then one or two
2046 LEB128 numbers, depending on whether it's a single case label or a
2049 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
2050 if (list
->dw_discr_range
!= 0)
2051 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_upper_bound
);
2056 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
2057 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
2058 static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref
);
2060 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2061 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2062 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2063 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2064 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2065 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2068 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
2070 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2071 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2073 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2075 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2078 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2083 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
2084 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
2086 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2091 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2096 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
2097 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
2099 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2104 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
2105 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2112 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
2113 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2115 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2118 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2120 switch (val2
->val_class
)
2122 case dw_val_class_const
:
2123 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2125 case dw_val_class_vec
:
2127 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
2128 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
2132 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
2137 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
2140 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
2141 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
2144 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
2146 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
2148 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2150 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2151 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2155 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2156 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2158 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2160 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2164 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
2167 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
2168 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2169 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2170 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2171 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2173 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
2174 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2175 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2178 case dw_val_class_addr
:
2179 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
2180 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2195 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2196 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2197 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2198 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2199 only doing unwinding. */
2204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2207 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2210 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2215 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2216 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2250 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2254 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2255 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2256 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2257 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2258 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2259 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2263 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2267 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2268 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2269 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2270 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2271 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2273 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2277 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2279 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
2280 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2283 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2284 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2291 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
2293 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
2296 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2303 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2304 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2311 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2313 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2315 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
2316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
,
2317 "(index into .debug_addr)");
2323 unsigned long die_offset
2324 = get_ref_die_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2325 /* Make sure the offset has been computed and that we can encode it as
2327 gcc_assert (die_offset
> 0
2328 && die_offset
<= (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_call2
2331 dw2_asm_output_data ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_call2
) ? 2 : 4,
2336 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2337 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
2339 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2340 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
2341 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2342 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2343 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
2347 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
2348 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2350 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2351 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
2352 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2353 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2354 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
2355 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2359 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
2360 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2361 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1
->v
.val_loc
), NULL
);
2362 output_loc_sequence (val1
->v
.val_loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2365 case DW_OP_const_type
:
2366 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2368 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
), l
;
2370 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2371 switch (val2
->val_class
)
2373 case dw_val_class_const
:
2374 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2375 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2376 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2378 case dw_val_class_vec
:
2380 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
2381 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
2386 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2387 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
2392 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
2395 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
2396 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
2399 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
2401 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
2402 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l
, NULL
);
2405 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2407 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2408 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2412 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2413 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2415 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, first
, NULL
);
2416 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, second
, NULL
);
2419 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
2422 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
2423 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2425 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* l
, NULL
);
2426 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2427 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2428 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2430 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
2431 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2439 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
2440 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2442 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2443 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2445 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2447 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2448 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2449 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2451 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2452 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2455 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
2456 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2458 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2460 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2465 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
2466 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2467 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2468 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
2469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2472 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2474 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2478 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2481 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2482 o
= get_ref_die_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2483 dw2_asm_output_data (4, o
, NULL
);
2488 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2493 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
2494 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2495 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2496 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2497 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2498 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2501 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
2503 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2505 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2506 /* Output the opcode. */
2507 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2508 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2510 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2511 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2512 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2513 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2515 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2516 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2518 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2519 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2520 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2521 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
2525 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
2527 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2528 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2532 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2533 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
2536 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2538 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2539 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2541 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2544 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2546 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2548 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2549 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
2555 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2556 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2557 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2558 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2563 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2564 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2569 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2570 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2575 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
2576 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2577 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2585 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
2586 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2588 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2589 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
2595 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2596 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2597 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2598 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2599 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2604 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2606 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2607 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2610 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
2611 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2612 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2613 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2650 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2651 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
2656 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2657 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2658 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2659 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2661 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2662 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
2666 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
2667 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
2668 case DW_OP_const_type
:
2669 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
2670 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
2672 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
2673 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2674 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2675 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2676 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2677 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2678 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2679 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2680 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2685 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2691 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2695 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2696 /* Output the opcode. */
2697 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2699 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2700 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2701 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2702 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2704 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2706 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2707 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2708 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2709 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2711 /* Output the opcode. */
2712 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
2713 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
2715 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2717 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
2719 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2723 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
2724 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
2727 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2728 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, poly_int64 offset
)
2730 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
, *tmp
;
2732 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
2736 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2737 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2738 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
2739 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2740 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2741 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
2744 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
2749 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
2750 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
2753 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2754 build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
,
2755 poly_int64 offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
2757 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
;
2758 unsigned int dwarf_fp
2759 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2761 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
2762 if (cfa
->reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2764 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
2765 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
2766 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
2767 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
2770 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
2774 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2776 /* .debug_str support. */
2778 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
2779 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
2780 static void dwarf2out_early_finish (const char *);
2781 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
2782 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
2783 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
2784 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
2785 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
2786 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
2787 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2788 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2789 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
2790 static void dwarf2out_early_global_decl (tree
);
2791 static void dwarf2out_late_global_decl (tree
);
2792 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
2793 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool, bool);
2794 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
2796 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
2797 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*);
2798 static void dwarf2out_inline_entry (tree
);
2799 static void dwarf2out_size_function (tree
);
2800 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
2801 static void dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int);
2802 static void dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit (tree unit
);
2803 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
2804 static void dwarf2out_register_external_die (tree decl
, const char *sym
,
2805 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
);
2806 static bool dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl (tree decl
, const char **sym
,
2807 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*off
);
2809 /* The debug hooks structure. */
2811 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
2815 dwarf2out_early_finish
,
2816 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
2819 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
2820 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
2821 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
2822 dwarf2out_end_block
,
2823 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
2824 dwarf2out_source_line
,
2825 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
2826 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2827 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
2828 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
2830 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2831 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2833 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
2834 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
2835 dwarf2out_end_function
, /* end_function */
2836 dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit
,
2837 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
2838 dwarf2out_early_global_decl
,
2839 dwarf2out_late_global_decl
,
2840 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
2841 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
2842 dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl
,
2843 dwarf2out_register_external_die
,
2844 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
2845 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
2846 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
2847 something tries to reference them. */
2848 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
2849 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label
, /* label */
2850 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
2851 dwarf2out_var_location
,
2852 dwarf2out_inline_entry
, /* inline_entry */
2853 dwarf2out_size_function
, /* size_function */
2854 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
2856 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2857 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
2860 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_lineno_debug_hooks
=
2863 debug_nothing_charstar
,
2864 debug_nothing_charstar
,
2865 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
2866 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2867 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2868 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2870 debug_nothing_int_int
, /* begin_block */
2871 debug_nothing_int_int
, /* end_block */
2872 debug_true_const_tree
, /* ignore_block */
2873 dwarf2out_source_line
, /* source_line */
2874 debug_nothing_int_int_charstar
, /* begin_prologue */
2875 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
2876 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* begin_epilogue */
2877 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_epilogue */
2878 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
2879 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
2880 debug_nothing_tree
, /* register_main_translation_unit */
2881 debug_nothing_tree
, /* function_decl */
2882 debug_nothing_tree
, /* early_global_decl */
2883 debug_nothing_tree
, /* late_global_decl */
2884 debug_nothing_tree_int
, /* type_decl */
2885 debug_nothing_tree_tree_tree_bool_bool
,/* imported_module_or_decl */
2886 debug_false_tree_charstarstar_uhwistar
,/* die_ref_for_decl */
2887 debug_nothing_tree_charstar_uhwi
, /* register_external_die */
2888 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
2889 debug_nothing_tree
, /* outlining_inline_function */
2890 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label
, /* label */
2891 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
2892 debug_nothing_rtx_insn
, /* var_location */
2893 debug_nothing_tree
, /* inline_entry */
2894 debug_nothing_tree
, /* size_function */
2895 debug_nothing_void
, /* switch_text_section */
2896 debug_nothing_tree_tree
, /* set_name */
2897 0, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2898 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_ADDRESS
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
2901 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2902 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2903 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2905 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2906 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2907 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2908 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2910 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
2911 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
2912 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
2913 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
2914 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
2915 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
2916 yet. For Dwarf V5 or higher .debug_types doesn't exist any more,
2917 it is DW_UT_type unit type in .debug_info section. */
2919 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
2921 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2922 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2924 typedef long int dw_offset
;
2926 struct comdat_type_node
;
2928 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
2929 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
2930 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
2933 enum dw_line_info_opcode
{
2934 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
2937 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
2938 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
2942 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
2945 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
2948 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
2951 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
2952 LI_set_prologue_end
,
2953 LI_set_epilogue_begin
,
2955 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
2956 LI_set_discriminator
,
2958 /* Output a Fixed Advance PC; the target PC is the label index; the
2959 base PC is the previous LI_adv_address or LI_set_address entry.
2960 We only use this when emitting debug views without assembler
2961 support, at explicit user request. Ideally, we should only use
2962 it when the offset might be zero but we can't tell: it's the only
2963 way to maybe change the PC without resetting the view number. */
2967 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
2968 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
;
2970 } dw_line_info_entry
;
2973 struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
{
2974 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
2975 const char *end_label
;
2977 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
2978 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
2979 unsigned int file_num
;
2980 unsigned int line_num
;
2981 unsigned int column_num
;
2986 /* This denotes the NEXT view number.
2988 If it is 0, it is known that the NEXT view will be the first view
2991 If it is -1, we're forcing the view number to be reset, e.g. at a
2994 The meaning of other nonzero values depends on whether we're
2995 computing views internally or leaving it for the assembler to do
2996 so. If we're emitting them internally, view denotes the view
2997 number since the last known advance of PC. If we're leaving it
2998 for the assembler, it denotes the LVU label number that we're
2999 going to ask the assembler to assign. */
3002 /* This counts the number of symbolic views emitted in this table
3003 since the latest view reset. Its max value, over all tables,
3004 sets symview_upper_bound. */
3005 var_loc_view symviews_since_reset
;
3007 #define FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW(x) ((x) = (var_loc_view)-1)
3008 #define RESET_NEXT_VIEW(x) ((x) = (var_loc_view)0)
3009 #define FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P(x) ((x) == (var_loc_view)-1)
3010 #define RESETTING_VIEW_P(x) ((x) == (var_loc_view)0 || FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (x))
3012 vec
<dw_line_info_entry
, va_gc
> *entries
;
3015 /* This is an upper bound for view numbers that the assembler may
3016 assign to symbolic views output in this translation. It is used to
3017 decide how big a field to use to represent view numbers in
3018 symview-classed attributes. */
3020 static var_loc_view symview_upper_bound
;
3022 /* If we're keep track of location views and their reset points, and
3023 INSN is a reset point (i.e., it necessarily advances the PC), mark
3024 the next view in TABLE as reset. */
3027 maybe_reset_location_view (rtx_insn
*insn
, dw_line_info_table
*table
)
3029 if (!debug_internal_reset_location_views
)
3032 /* Maybe turn (part of?) this test into a default target hook. */
3035 if (targetm
.reset_location_view
)
3036 reset
= targetm
.reset_location_view (insn
);
3040 else if (JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (insn
))
3042 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == USE
3043 || GET_CODE (insn
) == CLOBBER
3044 || GET_CODE (insn
) == ASM_INPUT
3045 || asm_noperands (insn
) >= 0)
3047 else if (get_attr_min_length (insn
) > 0)
3050 if (reset
> 0 && !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
3051 RESET_NEXT_VIEW (table
->view
);
3054 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3055 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3056 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3058 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
3059 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3060 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3065 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3066 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3067 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3069 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"), for_user
)) die_struct
{
3070 union die_symbol_or_type_node
3072 const char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
3073 comdat_type_node
*GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
3075 GTY ((desc ("%0.comdat_type_p"))) die_id
;
3076 vec
<dw_attr_node
, va_gc
> *die_attr
;
3077 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3078 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3080 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3081 dw_offset die_offset
;
3082 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3084 unsigned int decl_id
;
3085 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3086 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3087 BOOL_BITFIELD die_perennial_p
: 1;
3088 BOOL_BITFIELD comdat_type_p
: 1; /* DIE has a type signature */
3089 /* For an external ref to die_symbol if die_offset contains an extra
3090 offset to that symbol. */
3091 BOOL_BITFIELD with_offset
: 1;
3092 /* Whether this DIE was removed from the DIE tree, for example via
3093 prune_unused_types. We don't consider those present from the
3094 DIE lookup routines. */
3095 BOOL_BITFIELD removed
: 1;
3096 /* Lots of spare bits. */
3100 /* Set to TRUE while dwarf2out_early_global_decl is running. */
3101 static bool early_dwarf
;
3102 static bool early_dwarf_finished
;
3103 struct set_early_dwarf
{
3105 set_early_dwarf () : saved(early_dwarf
)
3107 gcc_assert (! early_dwarf_finished
);
3110 ~set_early_dwarf () { early_dwarf
= saved
; }
3113 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3114 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3115 c = die->die_child; \
3119 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3122 /* The pubname structure */
3124 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
3131 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges
{
3133 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
3134 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
3136 /* Index for the range list for DW_FORM_rnglistx. */
3137 unsigned int idx
: 31;
3138 /* True if this range might be possibly in a different section
3139 from previous entry. */
3140 unsigned int maybe_new_sec
: 1;
3143 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
3145 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
3147 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
3153 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label
{
3158 /* The comdat type node structure. */
3159 struct GTY(()) comdat_type_node
3161 dw_die_ref root_die
;
3162 dw_die_ref type_die
;
3163 dw_die_ref skeleton_die
;
3164 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
3165 comdat_type_node
*next
;
3168 /* A list of DIEs for which we can't determine ancestry (parent_die
3169 field) just yet. Later in dwarf2out_finish we will fill in the
3171 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
3173 /* The tree for which this DIE was created. We use this to
3174 determine ancestry later. */
3176 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3180 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
3184 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
3186 skeleton_chain_node
;
3188 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3189 implicitly generated for a type.
3191 Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
3192 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
3193 and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
3194 a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3195 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3196 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
3197 front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
3199 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3200 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3201 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3202 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3203 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3204 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3205 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3206 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3207 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3209 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3210 language, and compiler version. */
3212 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3213 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3214 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE \
3215 + (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 4 : 3))
3217 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
3218 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3219 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3220 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3222 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF skeleton compilation unit header. */
3223 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE \
3224 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 8 : 0))
3226 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3227 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3229 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3230 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3231 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3232 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3233 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3235 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3236 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3237 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3238 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3239 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3240 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3242 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3243 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3244 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3245 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3247 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3251 /* Use assembler views in line directives if available. */
3252 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3253 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_VIEW
3254 #define DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO 1
3256 #define DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO 0
3260 /* Return true if GCC configure detected assembler support for .loc. */
3263 dwarf2out_default_as_loc_support (void)
3265 return DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
;
3266 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
3267 # undef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3268 # pragma GCC poison DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3272 /* Return true if GCC configure detected assembler support for views
3273 in .loc directives. */
3276 dwarf2out_default_as_locview_support (void)
3278 return DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
;
3279 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
3280 # undef DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3281 # pragma GCC poison DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3285 /* A bit is set in ZERO_VIEW_P if we are using the assembler-supported
3286 view computation, and it refers to a view identifier for which we
3287 will not emit a label because it is known to map to a view number
3288 zero. We won't allocate the bitmap if we're not using assembler
3289 support for location views, but we have to make the variable
3290 visible for GGC and for code that will be optimized out for lack of
3291 support but that's still parsed and compiled. We could abstract it
3292 out with macros, but it's not worth it. */
3293 static GTY(()) bitmap zero_view_p
;
3295 /* Evaluate to TRUE iff N is known to identify the first location view
3296 at its PC. When not using assembler location view computation,
3297 that must be view number zero. Otherwise, ZERO_VIEW_P is allocated
3298 and views label numbers recorded in it are the ones known to be
3300 #define ZERO_VIEW_P(N) ((N) == (var_loc_view)0 \
3301 || (N) == (var_loc_view)-1 \
3303 && bitmap_bit_p (zero_view_p, (N))))
3305 /* Return true iff we're to emit .loc directives for the assembler to
3306 generate line number sections.
3308 When we're not emitting views, all we need from the assembler is
3309 support for .loc directives.
3311 If we are emitting views, we can only use the assembler's .loc
3312 support if it also supports views.
3314 When the compiler is emitting the line number programs and
3315 computing view numbers itself, it resets view numbers at known PC
3316 changes and counts from that, and then it emits view numbers as
3317 literal constants in locviewlists. There are cases in which the
3318 compiler is not sure about PC changes, e.g. when extra alignment is
3319 requested for a label. In these cases, the compiler may not reset
3320 the view counter, and the potential PC advance in the line number
3321 program will use an opcode that does not reset the view counter
3322 even if the PC actually changes, so that compiler and debug info
3323 consumer can keep view numbers in sync.
3325 When the compiler defers view computation to the assembler, it
3326 emits symbolic view numbers in locviewlists, with the exception of
3327 views known to be zero (forced resets, or reset after
3328 compiler-visible PC changes): instead of emitting symbols for
3329 these, we emit literal zero and assert the assembler agrees with
3330 the compiler's assessment. We could use symbolic views everywhere,
3331 instead of special-casing zero views, but then we'd be unable to
3332 optimize out locviewlists that contain only zeros. */
3335 output_asm_line_debug_info (void)
3337 return (dwarf2out_as_loc_support
3338 && (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
3339 || !debug_variable_location_views
));
3342 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3343 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3344 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3346 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3347 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
3349 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3350 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3352 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3353 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3354 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3355 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3356 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3358 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
3359 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
3360 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
3363 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3364 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3365 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3367 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3368 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
3370 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
3371 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
3373 /* A list of CU DIEs that have been separated. */
3374 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*cu_die_list
;
3376 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3377 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3379 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
3380 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
3381 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
3383 struct dwarf_file_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<dwarf_file_data
>
3385 typedef const char *compare_type
;
3387 static hashval_t
hash (dwarf_file_data
*);
3388 static bool equal (dwarf_file_data
*, const char *);
3391 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3392 static GTY(()) hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
> *file_table
;
3394 struct decl_die_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<die_node
>
3396 typedef tree compare_type
;
3398 static hashval_t
hash (die_node
*);
3399 static bool equal (die_node
*, tree
);
3401 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3402 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3403 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
> *decl_die_table
;
3405 struct GTY ((for_user
)) variable_value_struct
{
3406 unsigned int decl_id
;
3407 vec
<dw_die_ref
, va_gc
> *dies
;
3410 struct variable_value_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<variable_value_struct
>
3412 typedef tree compare_type
;
3414 static hashval_t
hash (variable_value_struct
*);
3415 static bool equal (variable_value_struct
*, tree
);
3417 /* A hash table of DIEs that contain DW_OP_GNU_variable_value with
3418 dw_val_class_decl_ref class, indexed by FUNCTION_DECLs which is
3419 DECL_CONTEXT of the referenced VAR_DECLs. */
3420 static GTY (()) hash_table
<variable_value_hasher
> *variable_value_hash
;
3422 struct block_die_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<die_struct
>
3424 static hashval_t
hash (die_struct
*);
3425 static bool equal (die_struct
*, die_struct
*);
3428 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
3429 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
3430 static GTY (()) hash_table
<block_die_hasher
> *common_block_die_table
;
3432 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
3438 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3439 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
3440 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
3441 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
3442 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
3443 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
3444 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
3445 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
3446 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
3447 NULL as second operand. */
3449 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3450 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3454 /* Variable location list. */
3455 struct GTY ((for_user
)) var_loc_list_def
{
3456 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3458 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
3459 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
3460 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
3461 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
3462 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
3463 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
3464 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3466 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
3467 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
3468 is after section switch. */
3469 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch
;
3471 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3472 unsigned int decl_id
;
3474 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3476 /* Call argument location list. */
3477 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node
{
3478 rtx
GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note
;
3479 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3480 tree
GTY (()) block
;
3482 rtx
GTY (()) symbol_ref
;
3483 struct call_arg_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3487 struct decl_loc_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<var_loc_list
>
3489 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
3491 static hashval_t
hash (var_loc_list
*);
3492 static bool equal (var_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
3495 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3496 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
> *decl_loc_table
;
3498 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
3499 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_locations
;
3500 static struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_loc_last
;
3502 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
3503 static int call_site_count
= -1;
3504 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
3505 static int tail_call_site_count
= -1;
3507 /* A cached location list. */
3508 struct GTY ((for_user
)) cached_dw_loc_list_def
{
3509 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
3510 unsigned int decl_id
;
3512 /* The cached location list. */
3513 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
3515 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list
;
3517 struct dw_loc_list_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<cached_dw_loc_list
>
3520 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
3522 static hashval_t
hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*);
3523 static bool equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
3526 /* Table of cached location lists. */
3527 static GTY (()) hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
> *cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
3529 /* A vector of references to DIE's that are uniquely identified by their tag,
3530 presence/absence of children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3531 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_die_ref
, va_gc
> *abbrev_die_table
;
3533 /* A hash map to remember the stack usage for DWARF procedures. The value
3534 stored is the stack size difference between before the DWARF procedure
3535 invokation and after it returned. In other words, for a DWARF procedure
3536 that consumes N stack slots and that pushes M ones, this stores M - N. */
3537 static hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, int> *dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
;
3539 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
3540 static unsigned int line_info_label_num
;
3542 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
3543 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
3544 assembly for the function. */
3545 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cur_line_info_table
;
3547 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
3548 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*text_section_line_info
;
3549 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cold_text_section_line_info
;
3551 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
3552 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_line_info_table
*, va_gc
> *separate_line_info
;
3554 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
3556 static bool info_section_emitted
;
3558 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3559 accessible names. */
3560 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubname_table
;
3562 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3563 accessible types. */
3564 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubtype_table
;
3566 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
3567 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
3568 static GTY (()) vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *macinfo_table
;
3570 /* True if .debug_macinfo or .debug_macros section is going to be
3572 #define have_macinfo \
3573 ((!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO || HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS) \
3574 && debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE \
3575 && !macinfo_table->is_empty ())
3577 /* Vector of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3578 static GTY (()) vec
<dw_ranges
, va_gc
> *ranges_table
;
3580 /* Vector of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
3581 static GTY (()) vec
<dw_ranges_by_label
, va_gc
> *ranges_by_label
;
3583 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3584 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
3586 /* Unique label counter. */
3587 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3589 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
3590 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
3592 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3593 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
3595 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3596 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3598 static GTY(()) vec
<die_arg_entry
, va_gc
> *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
3600 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
3601 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
3602 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
3603 we do it at the end of compilation. */
3604 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *generic_type_instances
;
3606 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3607 within the current function. */
3608 static poly_int64 frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
3609 static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
;
3611 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> base_types
;
3613 /* Flags to represent a set of attribute classes for attributes that represent
3614 a scalar value (bounds, pointers, ...). */
3617 dw_scalar_form_constant
= 0x01,
3618 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
= 0x02,
3619 dw_scalar_form_reference
= 0x04
3622 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3624 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
3625 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3626 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
3627 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3628 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3629 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3630 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
3631 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3632 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_node
*);
3633 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_node
*);
3634 static inline unsigned int AT_index (dw_attr_node
*);
3635 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3636 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_node
*);
3637 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3638 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_node
*);
3639 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3640 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_node
*);
3641 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3642 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3643 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
3644 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3645 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
3646 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3647 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_node
*);
3648 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_node
*);
3649 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3650 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3651 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_node
*);
3652 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*);
3653 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*, int);
3654 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3655 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_node
*);
3656 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3658 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3659 static void add_AT_view_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3660 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3661 static addr_table_entry
*add_addr_table_entry (void *, enum ate_kind
);
3662 static void remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*);
3663 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
, bool);
3664 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_node
*);
3665 static void add_AT_symview (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3666 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3667 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3668 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3669 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3670 unsigned long, bool);
3671 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_node
*);
3672 static dw_attr_node
*get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3673 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3674 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3675 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3676 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3677 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3678 static bool is_c (void);
3679 static bool is_cxx (void);
3680 static bool is_cxx (const_tree
);
3681 static bool is_fortran (void);
3682 static bool is_ada (void);
3683 static bool remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3684 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3685 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3686 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3687 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3688 static dw_die_ref
strip_naming_typedef (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3689 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
3690 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3691 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3692 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
3693 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3694 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *, var_loc_view
);
3695 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3696 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3697 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3698 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_node
*, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3699 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3700 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3701 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3702 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3703 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_node
*,
3704 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3705 struct checksum_attributes
;
3706 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
3707 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3708 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3709 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
3710 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3711 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
3712 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_node
*, dw_attr_node
*, int *);
3713 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3714 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3715 static inline bool is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref
);
3716 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
3717 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
3718 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
3719 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
3720 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
3721 static dw_die_ref
copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3722 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3723 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3724 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
3725 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
3728 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
3729 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
3731 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3732 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3733 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3734 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3735 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3736 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
3737 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3738 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3739 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3740 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3741 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3742 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_node
*);
3743 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_node
*);
3744 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3745 static void output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long, dw_die_ref
);
3746 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3747 static void output_compilation_unit_header (enum dwarf_unit_type
);
3748 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int, const unsigned char *);
3749 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
3750 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3751 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3752 static void add_enumerator_pubname (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3753 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3754 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3755 static void output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3756 static void output_aranges (void);
3757 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
, bool = false);
3758 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
3760 static void output_ranges (void);
3761 static dw_line_info_table
*new_line_info_table (void);
3762 static void output_line_info (bool);
3763 static void output_file_names (void);
3764 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
, bool);
3765 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3766 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3767 static int decl_quals (const_tree
);
3768 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3769 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3770 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
3772 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
3773 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
3774 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
3775 enum var_init_status
);
3776 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3777 enum var_init_status
);
3778 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, poly_int64
,
3779 enum var_init_status
);
3780 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
3781 static bool resolve_one_addr (rtx
*);
3782 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3783 enum var_init_status
);
3784 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, machine_mode mode
,
3785 enum var_init_status
);
3786 struct loc_descr_context
;
3787 static void add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
);
3788 static void add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
);
3789 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int,
3790 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3791 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int,
3792 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3793 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
3794 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3795 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3796 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
3798 static dw_loc_descr_ref
field_byte_offset (const_tree
, struct vlr_context
*,
3800 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3802 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3803 struct vlr_context
*);
3804 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3805 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3806 static void insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&, unsigned char *, int);
3807 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
3808 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3809 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
3810 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3811 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3812 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3813 static void add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3814 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3815 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3816 static void add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
, int,
3817 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3818 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
,
3819 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3820 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
3821 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3822 static void add_alignment_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3823 static inline void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3824 struct vlr_context
*);
3825 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3826 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3827 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3828 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3829 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3830 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool = false);
3831 static void add_discr_value (dw_die_ref
, dw_discr_value
*);
3832 static void add_discr_list (dw_die_ref
, dw_discr_list_ref
);
3833 static inline dw_discr_list_ref
AT_discr_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3834 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3835 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3836 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3837 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3838 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3839 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3840 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
3841 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
3843 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3845 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3846 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
3848 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3850 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3851 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3852 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
3853 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3854 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3855 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3856 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3857 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3858 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3859 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3860 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3861 static void gen_field_die (tree
, struct vlr_context
*, dw_die_ref
);
3862 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3863 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3864 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3865 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3866 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
3867 enum debug_info_usage
);
3868 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3869 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3870 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3871 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3872 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, bool = true);
3873 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
3874 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
3875 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3876 static dw_die_ref
gen_namelist_decl (tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3877 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, struct vlr_context
*, dw_die_ref
);
3878 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
3879 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
3880 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3881 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3882 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
3883 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3884 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3885 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
3886 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3887 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3888 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3889 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3890 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *, var_loc_view
,
3891 const char *, var_loc_view
, const char *);
3892 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3893 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3894 static bool want_pubnames (void);
3896 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3897 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3898 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3899 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3900 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3901 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3902 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3903 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
3904 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_node
*);
3905 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_node
*);
3906 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3907 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
3908 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
3909 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
3910 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
3911 static void resolve_variable_values (void);
3913 static const char *comp_dir_string (void);
3915 static void hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
, inchash::hash
&);
3917 /* enum for tracking thread-local variables whose address is really an offset
3918 relative to the TLS pointer, which will need link-time relocation, but will
3919 not need relocation by the DWARF consumer. */
3927 /* Return the operator to use for an address of a variable. For dtprel_true, we
3928 use DW_OP_const*. For regular variables, which need both link-time
3929 relocation and consumer-level relocation (e.g., to account for shared objects
3930 loaded at a random address), we use DW_OP_addr*. */
3932 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
3933 dw_addr_op (enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3935 if (dtprel
== dtprel_true
)
3936 return (dwarf_split_debug_info
? dwarf_OP (DW_OP_constx
)
3937 : (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
));
3939 return dwarf_split_debug_info
? dwarf_OP (DW_OP_addrx
) : DW_OP_addr
;
3942 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated address location description. If
3943 dwarf_split_debug_info is true, then record the address with the appropriate
3945 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3946 new_addr_loc_descr (rtx addr
, enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3948 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
= new_loc_descr (dw_addr_op (dtprel
), 0, 0);
3950 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
3951 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
3952 ref
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
3953 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
3954 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
3955 = add_addr_table_entry (addr
,
3956 dtprel
? ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
: ate_kind_rtx
);
3958 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3963 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3965 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3966 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3968 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3969 #define DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info.dwo"
3971 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
3972 #define DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_info"
3974 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3975 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_info.dwo"
3977 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3978 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3980 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
3981 #define DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_abbrev"
3983 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3984 #define DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev.dwo"
3986 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3987 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_abbrev.dwo"
3989 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3990 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3992 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
3993 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION ".debug_addr"
3995 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3996 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3998 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION
3999 #define DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macinfo"
4001 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
4002 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo.dwo"
4004 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
4005 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macinfo.dwo"
4007 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
4008 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
4010 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION
4011 #define DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macro"
4013 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
4014 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro.dwo"
4016 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
4017 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macro.dwo"
4019 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4020 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4022 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
4023 #define DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line"
4025 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
4026 #define DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line.dwo"
4028 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_LINE_SECTION
4029 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line.dwo"
4031 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4032 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4034 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
4035 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc.dwo"
4037 #ifndef DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION
4038 #define DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION ".debug_loclists"
4040 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION
4041 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION ".debug_loclists.dwo"
4043 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4044 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION \
4045 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
4046 ? ".debug_gnu_pubnames" : ".debug_pubnames")
4048 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
4049 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION \
4050 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
4051 ? ".debug_gnu_pubtypes" : ".debug_pubtypes")
4053 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4054 #define DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets"
4056 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4057 #define DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets.dwo"
4059 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4060 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str_offsets.dwo"
4062 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4063 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4065 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION
4066 #define DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str"
4068 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
4069 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION ".debug_str.dwo"
4071 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION
4072 #define DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str.dwo"
4074 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4075 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4077 #ifndef DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION
4078 #define DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION ".debug_rnglists"
4080 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION
4081 #define DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION ".debug_line_str"
4083 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION
4084 #define DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line_str"
4087 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4088 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4089 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4092 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4093 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4094 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
4095 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4098 /* Section flags for .debug_str.dwo section. */
4099 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE)
4101 /* Attribute used to refer to the macro section. */
4102 #define DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE (dwarf_version >= 5 ? DW_AT_macros \
4103 : dwarf_strict ? DW_AT_macro_info : DW_AT_GNU_macros)
4105 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4106 the section names themselves. */
4108 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4109 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4111 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4112 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4114 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4115 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4117 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4118 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_line"
4120 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4121 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4123 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4124 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_info"
4126 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4127 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4129 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4130 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_abbrev"
4132 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
4133 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_addr"
4135 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4136 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4138 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4139 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4141 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4142 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4144 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
4145 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
4147 #define SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV 1
4148 #define SKELETON_TYPE_DIE_ABBREV 2
4150 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4151 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4152 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4153 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4154 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4156 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4157 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4158 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4159 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4160 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4161 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4162 static char debug_skeleton_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4163 static char debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4164 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4165 static char debug_addr_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4166 static char debug_skeleton_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4167 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4168 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4169 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4170 static char ranges_base_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4172 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4173 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4175 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4176 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4178 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4179 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4181 #ifndef BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
4182 #define BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL "LBI"
4184 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4185 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4187 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4188 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4192 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
4194 comp_unit_die (void)
4196 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
4197 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
4198 return single_comp_unit_die
;
4201 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4202 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4204 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4207 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4209 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4212 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4215 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
4217 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4218 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4219 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4222 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4226 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4228 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4230 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4231 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4232 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4233 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4235 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4236 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4237 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4242 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4245 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
4247 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4249 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4250 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4253 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
4256 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
4258 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
4261 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
4263 static unsigned long int
4264 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
4266 if (ref
->die_offset
)
4267 return ref
->die_offset
;
4268 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev
)
4270 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
4271 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
4273 return ref
->die_offset
;
4276 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
4278 static unsigned long int
4279 get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
4281 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
4282 return ref
->die_offset
;
4285 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4288 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4290 const char *name
= get_DW_TAG_name (tag
);
4295 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4298 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4301 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4307 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4308 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
4309 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
4311 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4312 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4315 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4316 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
4317 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
4319 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4320 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4324 name
= get_DW_AT_name (attr
);
4329 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4332 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4335 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4337 const char *name
= get_DW_FORM_name (form
);
4342 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4345 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4346 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4347 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4348 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4352 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
4354 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4357 /* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN can point to itself; ignore that if
4358 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4359 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4362 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4363 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4364 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4366 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4369 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4370 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4374 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4376 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4378 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4379 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4381 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4382 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4384 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4385 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4390 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4393 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_node
*attr
)
4395 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4401 /* Check we do not add duplicate attrs. Can't use get_AT here
4402 because that recurses to the specification/abstract origin DIE. */
4405 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
4406 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= attr
->dw_attr
);
4409 vec_safe_reserve (die
->die_attr
, 1);
4410 vec_safe_push (die
->die_attr
, *attr
);
4413 static inline enum dw_val_class
4414 AT_class (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4416 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4419 /* Return the index for any attribute that will be referenced with a
4420 DW_FORM_addrx/GNU_addr_index or DW_FORM_strx/GNU_str_index. String
4421 indices are stored in dw_attr_val.v.val_str for reference counting
4424 static inline unsigned int
4425 AT_index (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4427 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4428 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->index
;
4429 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
4430 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
->index
;
4434 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4437 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4441 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4442 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4443 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4444 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4445 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4448 static inline unsigned
4449 AT_flag (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4451 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4452 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4455 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4458 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4462 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4463 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4464 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4465 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4466 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4469 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4470 AT_int (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4472 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
4473 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const_implicit
));
4474 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4477 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4480 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4481 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4485 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4486 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4487 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4488 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4489 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4492 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4493 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4495 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
4496 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
));
4497 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4500 /* Add an unsigned wide integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4503 add_AT_wide (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4508 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4509 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
4510 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4511 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
4512 *attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= w
;
4513 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4516 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4519 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4520 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
4524 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4525 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
4526 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4527 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
4528 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
4529 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4532 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4535 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4536 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4540 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4541 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4542 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4543 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4544 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4545 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4546 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4549 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
4552 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4553 unsigned char data8
[8])
4557 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4558 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
4559 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4560 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
4561 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4564 /* Add DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc to a DIE. When using
4565 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
4566 final executable have force_direct set to avoid using indexed
4570 add_AT_low_high_pc (dw_die_ref die
, const char *lbl_low
, const char *lbl_high
,
4576 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_low
);
4577 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_low_pc
;
4578 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4579 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
4580 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4581 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
4582 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
4584 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4585 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4587 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_high_pc
;
4588 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
4589 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4591 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_high_pc
;
4592 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_high
);
4593 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
4594 if (attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_lbl_id
4595 && dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4596 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
4597 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
4599 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4600 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4603 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4606 indirect_string_hasher::hash (indirect_string_node
*x
)
4608 return htab_hash_string (x
->str
);
4612 indirect_string_hasher::equal (indirect_string_node
*x1
, const char *x2
)
4614 return strcmp (x1
->str
, x2
) == 0;
4617 /* Add STR to the given string hash table. */
4619 static struct indirect_string_node
*
4620 find_AT_string_in_table (const char *str
,
4621 hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *table
,
4622 enum insert_option insert
= INSERT
)
4624 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4626 indirect_string_node
**slot
4627 = table
->find_slot_with_hash (str
, htab_hash_string (str
), insert
);
4630 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<indirect_string_node
> ();
4631 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4641 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
4643 static struct indirect_string_node
*
4644 find_AT_string (const char *str
, enum insert_option insert
= INSERT
)
4646 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4647 debug_str_hash
= hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
4649 return find_AT_string_in_table (str
, debug_str_hash
, insert
);
4652 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4655 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4658 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4660 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
4662 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4663 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4664 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4665 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4666 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4669 static inline const char *
4670 AT_string (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4672 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4673 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4676 /* Call this function directly to bypass AT_string_form's logic to put
4677 the string inline in the die. */
4680 set_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4682 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4683 /* Already indirect is a no op. */
4684 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
4685 || node
->form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
4686 || node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
4688 gcc_assert (node
->label
);
4691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4692 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4693 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4695 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
4697 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4698 node
->index
= NOT_INDEXED
;
4702 node
->form
= dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
);
4703 node
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
4707 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish, called to reset indirect
4708 string decisions done for early LTO dwarf output before fat object
4712 reset_indirect_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, void *)
4714 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
4715 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
|| node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
4719 node
->form
= (dwarf_form
) 0;
4725 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4726 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4728 static enum dwarf_form
4729 find_string_form (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4736 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4738 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4739 always better to put it inline. */
4740 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4741 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4743 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4744 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4746 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
4747 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4748 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
4749 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4751 set_indirect_string (node
);
4756 /* Find out whether the string referenced from the attribute should be
4757 output inline in DIE or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4759 static enum dwarf_form
4760 AT_string_form (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4762 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4763 return find_string_form (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
);
4766 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4769 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4772 gcc_checking_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
4774 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
4775 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
4776 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
4779 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4780 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4781 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4782 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4783 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4784 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4787 /* Change DIE reference REF to point to NEW_DIE instead. */
4790 change_AT_die_ref (dw_attr_node
*ref
, dw_die_ref new_die
)
4792 gcc_assert (ref
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4793 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= new_die
;
4794 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4797 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4798 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4801 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4803 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4804 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
4805 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4808 static inline dw_die_ref
4809 AT_ref (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4811 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4812 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4816 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4818 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4819 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4825 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*a
, int i
)
4827 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4828 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4831 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4834 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4838 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4839 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4840 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4841 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4842 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4845 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4846 AT_loc (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4848 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
4849 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4853 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4857 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
&& !HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
)
4860 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4861 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4862 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4863 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4864 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4865 have_location_lists
= true;
4868 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4869 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4871 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4872 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4875 /* Add a view list attribute to DIE. It must have a DW_AT_location
4876 attribute, because the view list complements the location list. */
4879 add_AT_view_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4883 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
&& !HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
)
4886 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4887 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_view_list
;
4888 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4889 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_view_list
= die
;
4890 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4891 gcc_checking_assert (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
));
4892 gcc_assert (have_location_lists
);
4895 /* Return a pointer to the location list referenced by the attribute.
4896 If the named attribute is a view list, look up the corresponding
4897 DW_AT_location attribute and return its location list. */
4899 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
4900 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4903 switch (AT_class (a
))
4905 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
4906 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4907 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
4910 l
= get_AT (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_view_list
, DW_AT_location
);
4913 gcc_checking_assert (l
+ 1 == a
);
4914 return AT_loc_list_ptr (l
);
4921 /* Return the location attribute value associated with a view list
4924 static inline dw_val_node
*
4925 view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (dw_val_node
*val
)
4927 gcc_assert (val
->val_class
== dw_val_class_view_list
);
4928 dw_attr_node
*loc
= get_AT (val
->v
.val_view_list
, DW_AT_location
);
4931 gcc_checking_assert (&(loc
+ 1)->dw_attr_val
== val
);
4932 gcc_assert (AT_class (loc
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4933 return &loc
->dw_attr_val
;
4936 struct addr_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<addr_table_entry
>
4938 static hashval_t
hash (addr_table_entry
*);
4939 static bool equal (addr_table_entry
*, addr_table_entry
*);
4942 /* Table of entries into the .debug_addr section. */
4944 static GTY (()) hash_table
<addr_hasher
> *addr_index_table
;
4946 /* Hash an address_table_entry. */
4949 addr_hasher::hash (addr_table_entry
*a
)
4951 inchash::hash hstate
;
4957 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4960 case ate_kind_label
:
4961 return htab_hash_string (a
->addr
.label
);
4965 inchash::add_rtx (a
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
4966 return hstate
.end ();
4969 /* Determine equality for two address_table_entries. */
4972 addr_hasher::equal (addr_table_entry
*a1
, addr_table_entry
*a2
)
4974 if (a1
->kind
!= a2
->kind
)
4979 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4980 return rtx_equal_p (a1
->addr
.rtl
, a2
->addr
.rtl
);
4981 case ate_kind_label
:
4982 return strcmp (a1
->addr
.label
, a2
->addr
.label
) == 0;
4988 /* Initialize an addr_table_entry. */
4991 init_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*e
, enum ate_kind kind
, void *addr
)
4997 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4998 e
->addr
.rtl
= (rtx
) addr
;
5000 case ate_kind_label
:
5001 e
->addr
.label
= (char *) addr
;
5005 e
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
5008 /* Add attr to the address table entry to the table. Defer setting an
5009 index until output time. */
5011 static addr_table_entry
*
5012 add_addr_table_entry (void *addr
, enum ate_kind kind
)
5014 addr_table_entry
*node
;
5015 addr_table_entry finder
;
5017 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
);
5018 if (! addr_index_table
)
5019 addr_index_table
= hash_table
<addr_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
5020 init_addr_table_entry (&finder
, kind
, addr
);
5021 addr_table_entry
**slot
= addr_index_table
->find_slot (&finder
, INSERT
);
5023 if (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
5025 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<addr_table_entry
> ();
5026 init_addr_table_entry (node
, kind
, addr
);
5036 /* Remove an entry from the addr table by decrementing its refcount.
5037 Strictly, decrementing the refcount would be enough, but the
5038 assertion that the entry is actually in the table has found
5042 remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*entry
)
5044 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& addr_index_table
);
5045 /* After an index is assigned, the table is frozen. */
5046 gcc_assert (entry
->refcount
> 0 && entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5050 /* Given a location list, remove all addresses it refers to from the
5054 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
5056 for (; descr
; descr
= descr
->dw_loc_next
)
5057 if (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
5059 gcc_assert (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5060 remove_addr_table_entry (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
5064 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
5065 htab_traverse. Assign an addr_table_entry its index. All entries
5066 must be collected into the table when this function is called,
5067 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
5068 in the same order for each run. */
5071 index_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
5073 addr_table_entry
*node
= *h
;
5075 /* Don't index unreferenced nodes. */
5076 if (node
->refcount
== 0)
5079 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5080 node
->index
= *index
;
5086 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. When using
5087 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
5088 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
5089 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
5092 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
,
5097 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5098 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5099 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5100 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
5101 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= add_addr_table_entry (addr
, ate_kind_rtx
);
5103 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5104 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5107 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5110 AT_addr (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5112 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5113 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5116 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5119 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5120 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
5124 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5125 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
5126 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5127 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
5128 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5131 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5133 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5134 AT_file (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5136 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
5137 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file_implicit
));
5138 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
5141 /* Add a symbolic view identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5144 add_AT_symview (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5145 const char *view_label
)
5149 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5150 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_symview
;
5151 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5152 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_symbolic_view
= xstrdup (view_label
);
5153 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5156 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5159 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5164 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5165 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5166 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5167 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5168 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
5169 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
5170 = add_addr_table_entry (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
,
5172 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5175 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5176 debug_line section. */
5179 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5184 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5185 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5186 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5187 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5188 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5191 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5192 debug_macinfo section. */
5195 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5200 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5201 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5202 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5203 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5204 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5207 /* Add a range_list attribute value to a DIE. When using
5208 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
5209 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
5210 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
5212 #define UNRELOCATED_OFFSET ((addr_table_entry *) 1)
5213 #define RELOCATED_OFFSET (NULL)
5216 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5217 long unsigned int offset
, bool force_direct
)
5221 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5222 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5223 /* For the range_list attribute, use val_entry to store whether the
5224 offset should follow split-debug-info or normal semantics. This
5225 value is read in output_range_list_offset. */
5226 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
5227 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= UNRELOCATED_OFFSET
;
5229 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= RELOCATED_OFFSET
;
5230 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5231 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5234 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
5236 static inline const char *
5237 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5239 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
5240 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
5243 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
5245 static inline const char *
5246 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5248 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
5249 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
5252 static inline const char *
5253 AT_lbl (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5255 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5256 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5257 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
5258 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loclistsptr
5259 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_high_pc
));
5260 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5263 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5265 static dw_attr_node
*
5266 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5270 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5275 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5276 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5278 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5279 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5283 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5288 /* Returns the parent of the declaration of DIE. */
5291 get_die_parent (dw_die_ref die
)
5298 if ((t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
5299 || (t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
)))
5302 return die
->die_parent
;
5305 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5306 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5307 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5309 static inline const char *
5310 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5312 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5314 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5317 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5318 NULL if it is not present. */
5320 static inline const char *
5321 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5323 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5325 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5328 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5329 if it is not present. */
5332 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5334 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5336 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5339 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5340 if it is not present. */
5342 static inline unsigned
5343 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5345 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5347 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5350 static inline dw_die_ref
5351 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5353 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5355 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5358 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5359 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5361 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5363 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
5366 /* Return TRUE if the language is C. */
5371 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5373 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5374 || lang
== DW_LANG_C11
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
);
5379 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5384 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5386 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
5387 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
);
5390 /* Return TRUE if DECL was created by the C++ frontend. */
5393 is_cxx (const_tree decl
)
5397 const_tree context
= get_ultimate_context (decl
);
5398 if (context
&& TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
))
5399 return strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
), "GNU C++", 7) == 0;
5404 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5409 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5411 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5412 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5413 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
5414 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran03
5415 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran08
);
5419 is_fortran (const_tree decl
)
5423 const_tree context
= get_ultimate_context (decl
);
5424 if (context
&& TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
))
5425 return (strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
),
5426 "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0
5427 || strcmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
),
5430 return is_fortran ();
5433 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5438 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5440 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5443 /* Return TRUE if the language is D. */
5448 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5450 return lang
== DW_LANG_D
;
5453 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. Return TRUE if removal
5457 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5465 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5466 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5468 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5469 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5470 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5472 /* vec::ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5474 die
->die_attr
->ordered_remove (ix
);
5480 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5481 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5484 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5486 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5487 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
5490 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
5494 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
5495 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
5496 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
5497 child
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5500 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
5501 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
5504 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5506 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
5508 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5509 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
5511 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5512 if (prev
== old_child
)
5514 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
5515 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
5519 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
5520 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
5522 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
5523 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
5524 old_child
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5527 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
5530 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
5533 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
5534 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
5535 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
5538 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5542 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5548 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
5550 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
5552 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
5553 c
->die_parent
= NULL
;
5554 /* Might have removed every child. */
5555 if (die
->die_child
== NULL
)
5559 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
5562 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5565 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5567 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5568 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
5570 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5572 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5575 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
5576 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5579 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5580 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5583 /* Like add_child_die, but put CHILD_DIE after AFTER_DIE. */
5586 add_child_die_after (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
,
5587 dw_die_ref after_die
)
5593 && die
!= child_die
);
5595 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5596 child_die
->die_sib
= after_die
->die_sib
;
5597 after_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5598 if (die
->die_child
== after_die
)
5599 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5602 /* Unassociate CHILD from its parent, and make its parent be
5606 reparent_child (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
5608 for (dw_die_ref p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
5609 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
5611 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
5614 add_child_die (new_parent
, child
);
5617 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5618 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5619 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5622 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5624 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5625 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5626 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5628 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5634 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5635 || (child
->die_parent
5636 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5638 reparent_child (child
, parent
);
5641 /* Create and return a new die with TAG_VALUE as tag. */
5643 static inline dw_die_ref
5644 new_die_raw (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
)
5646 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<die_node
> ();
5647 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5651 /* Create and return a new die with a parent of PARENT_DIE. If
5652 PARENT_DIE is NULL, the new DIE is placed in limbo and an
5653 associated tree T must be supplied to determine parenthood
5656 static inline dw_die_ref
5657 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5659 dw_die_ref die
= new_die_raw (tag_value
);
5661 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5662 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5665 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5667 /* No DIEs created after early dwarf should end up in limbo,
5668 because the limbo list should not persist past LTO
5670 if (tag_value
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5671 /* These are allowed because they're generated while
5672 breaking out COMDAT units late. */
5673 && tag_value
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
5674 && tag_value
!= DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
5676 /* Allow nested functions to live in limbo because they will
5677 only temporarily live there, as decls_for_scope will fix
5679 && (TREE_CODE (t
) != FUNCTION_DECL
5680 || !decl_function_context (t
))
5681 /* Same as nested functions above but for types. Types that
5682 are local to a function will be fixed in
5684 && (!RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (t
)
5685 || !TYPE_CONTEXT (t
)
5686 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (t
)) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
5687 /* FIXME debug-early: Allow late limbo DIE creation for LTO,
5688 especially in the ltrans stage, but once we implement LTO
5689 dwarf streaming, we should remove this exception. */
5692 fprintf (stderr
, "symbol ended up in limbo too late:");
5693 debug_generic_stmt (t
);
5697 limbo_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
5698 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5699 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5700 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5701 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5707 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5709 static inline dw_die_ref
5710 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5712 dw_die_ref die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5713 if (die
&& die
->removed
)
5715 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = NULL
;
5721 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
5722 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
5723 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
5725 static inline dw_die_ref
5726 strip_naming_typedef (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5729 && TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
5731 && type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
5732 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
5733 type_die
= get_AT_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_type
);
5737 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
5738 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
5739 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
5740 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
5741 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
5742 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
5744 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
5745 a naming typedef is. */
5747 static inline dw_die_ref
5748 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
5750 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
5751 return strip_naming_typedef (type
, die
);
5754 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5757 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5759 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5762 static dw_die_ref
maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (tree
);
5763 struct GTY(()) sym_off_pair
5765 const char * GTY((skip
)) sym
;
5766 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
;
5768 static GTY(()) hash_map
<tree
, sym_off_pair
> *external_die_map
;
5770 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5773 decl_die_hasher::hash (die_node
*x
)
5775 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
5778 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5781 decl_die_hasher::equal (die_node
*x
, tree y
)
5783 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
5786 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5788 static inline dw_die_ref
5789 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5791 dw_die_ref
*die
= decl_die_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
),
5796 return maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (decl
);
5799 if ((*die
)->removed
)
5801 decl_die_table
->clear_slot (die
);
5808 /* Return the DIE associated with BLOCK. */
5810 static inline dw_die_ref
5811 lookup_block_die (tree block
)
5813 dw_die_ref die
= BLOCK_DIE (block
);
5814 if (!die
&& in_lto_p
)
5815 return maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (block
);
5819 /* Associate DIE with BLOCK. */
5822 equate_block_to_die (tree block
, dw_die_ref die
)
5824 BLOCK_DIE (block
) = die
;
5829 /* For DECL which might have early dwarf output query a SYMBOL + OFFSET
5830 style reference. Return true if we found one refering to a DIE for
5831 DECL, otherwise return false. */
5834 dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl (tree decl
, const char **sym
,
5835 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*off
)
5841 /* During WPA stage and incremental linking we use a hash-map
5842 to store the decl <-> label + offset map. */
5843 if (!external_die_map
)
5845 sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (decl
);
5853 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
5854 die
= lookup_block_die (decl
);
5856 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
5860 /* Similar to get_ref_die_offset_label, but using the "correct"
5862 *off
= die
->die_offset
;
5863 while (die
->die_parent
)
5864 die
= die
->die_parent
;
5865 /* For the containing CU DIE we compute a die_symbol in
5866 compute_comp_unit_symbol. */
5867 gcc_assert (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
5868 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
!= NULL
);
5869 *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
5873 /* Add a reference of kind ATTR_KIND to a DIE at SYMBOL + OFFSET to DIE. */
5876 add_AT_external_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5877 const char *symbol
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5879 /* Create a fake DIE that contains the reference. Don't use
5880 new_die because we don't want to end up in the limbo list. */
5881 /* ??? We probably want to share these, thus put a ref to the DIE
5882 we create here to the external_die_map entry. */
5883 dw_die_ref ref
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
5884 ref
->die_id
.die_symbol
= symbol
;
5885 ref
->die_offset
= offset
;
5886 ref
->with_offset
= 1;
5887 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, ref
);
5890 /* Create a DIE for DECL if required and add a reference to a DIE
5891 at SYMBOL + OFFSET which contains attributes dumped early. */
5894 dwarf2out_register_external_die (tree decl
, const char *sym
,
5895 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
5897 if (debug_info_level
== DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
)
5900 if (!external_die_map
)
5901 external_die_map
= hash_map
<tree
, sym_off_pair
>::create_ggc (1000);
5902 gcc_checking_assert (!external_die_map
->get (decl
));
5903 sym_off_pair p
= { IDENTIFIER_POINTER (get_identifier (sym
)), off
};
5904 external_die_map
->put (decl
, p
);
5907 /* If we have a registered external DIE for DECL return a new DIE for
5908 the concrete instance with an appropriate abstract origin. */
5911 maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (tree decl
)
5913 if (!external_die_map
)
5915 sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (decl
);
5919 const char *sym
= desc
->sym
;
5920 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
= desc
->off
;
5923 dw_die_ref die
= (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
5924 ? lookup_block_die (decl
) : lookup_decl_die (decl
));
5929 dw_die_ref parent
= NULL
;
5930 /* Need to lookup a DIE for the decls context - the containing
5931 function or translation unit. */
5932 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
5934 ctx
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (decl
);
5935 /* ??? We do not output DIEs for all scopes thus skip as
5936 many DIEs as needed. */
5937 while (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == BLOCK
5938 && !lookup_block_die (ctx
))
5939 ctx
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (ctx
);
5942 ctx
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
5943 /* Peel types in the context stack. */
5944 while (ctx
&& TYPE_P (ctx
))
5945 ctx
= TYPE_CONTEXT (ctx
);
5946 /* Likewise namespaces in case we do not want to emit DIEs for them. */
5947 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
5948 while (ctx
&& TREE_CODE (ctx
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
5949 ctx
= DECL_CONTEXT (ctx
);
5952 if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == BLOCK
)
5953 parent
= lookup_block_die (ctx
);
5954 else if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
5955 /* Keep the 1:1 association during WPA. */
5957 && flag_incremental_link
!= INCREMENTAL_LINK_LTO
)
5958 /* Otherwise all late annotations go to the main CU which
5959 imports the original CUs. */
5960 parent
= comp_unit_die ();
5961 else if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == FUNCTION_DECL
5962 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
5963 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
5964 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != RESULT_DECL
5965 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != BLOCK
)
5966 /* Leave function local entities parent determination to when
5967 we process scope vars. */
5970 parent
= lookup_decl_die (ctx
);
5973 /* In some cases the FEs fail to set DECL_CONTEXT properly.
5974 Handle this case gracefully by globalizing stuff. */
5975 parent
= comp_unit_die ();
5976 /* Create a DIE "stub". */
5977 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
5979 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
5981 die
= comp_unit_die ();
5982 /* We re-target all CU decls to the LTRANS CU DIE, so no need
5983 to create a DIE for the original CUs. */
5986 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
5987 if (is_fortran (decl
))
5988 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, parent
, decl
);
5990 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, parent
, decl
);
5993 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, parent
, decl
);
5996 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, parent
, decl
);
5999 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, parent
, decl
);
6002 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, parent
, decl
);
6005 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, parent
, decl
);
6008 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, parent
, decl
);
6011 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, parent
, decl
);
6016 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
6017 equate_block_to_die (decl
, die
);
6019 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, die
);
6021 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
6023 /* Add a reference to the DIE providing early debug at $sym + off. */
6024 add_AT_external_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, sym
, off
);
6029 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
6032 decl_loc_hasher::hash (var_loc_list
*x
)
6034 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
6037 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
6041 decl_loc_hasher::equal (var_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
6043 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
6046 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
6048 static inline var_loc_list
*
6049 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
6051 if (!decl_loc_table
)
6053 return decl_loc_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
6056 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
6059 dw_loc_list_hasher::hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
)
6061 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
6064 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
6068 dw_loc_list_hasher::equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
6070 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
6073 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
6076 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
6078 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6080 *decl_die_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
) = decl_die
;
6081 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6084 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
6086 static HOST_WIDE_INT
6087 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
6089 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
6092 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
6093 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
6094 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
6097 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
6100 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
6102 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
6103 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
6105 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
6108 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
6109 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
6111 static rtx_expr_list
*
6112 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
6114 if (bitsize
> 0 && bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
6115 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
6117 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
6122 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
6123 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
6126 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
6127 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
6131 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
6133 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
6138 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
6139 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
6140 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
6141 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
6142 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
6143 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
6144 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
6145 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
6146 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
6149 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
6150 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
6151 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
6154 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
6158 /* First copy all nodes preceding the current bitpos. */
6159 while (src
!= inner
)
6161 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
6162 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
6163 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6164 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
6167 /* Add padding if needed. */
6168 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
6170 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
6171 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6172 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6174 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
6177 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
6178 just update the location for it and return. */
6179 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
6182 /* Add the piece that changed. */
6183 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6184 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6185 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
6186 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
6189 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
6192 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
6194 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
6197 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
6198 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
6201 /* Add padding if needed. */
6202 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
6206 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6207 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6211 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
6214 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
6215 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
6216 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6217 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
6221 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
6223 static struct var_loc_node
*
6224 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
, var_loc_view view
)
6226 unsigned int decl_id
;
6228 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
6229 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
6231 if (VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl
))
6233 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
6234 if (handled_component_p (realdecl
)
6235 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl
) == MEM_REF
6236 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl
, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
))
6239 tree innerdecl
= get_ref_base_and_extent_hwi (realdecl
, &bitpos
,
6240 &bitsize
, &reverse
);
6242 || !DECL_P (innerdecl
)
6243 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
6244 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
6246 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256)
6252 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6254 = decl_loc_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
6257 temp
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_list
> ();
6258 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6264 /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
6265 even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
6267 && temp
->first
== temp
->last
6268 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
6269 && NOTE_P (temp
->first
->loc
)
6270 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp
->first
->loc
) == decl
6271 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
6272 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
)
6273 && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
))
6274 == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
6275 && prev_real_insn (as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (temp
->first
->loc
)) == NULL_RTX
6277 || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
),
6278 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
))
6279 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->first
->loc
)
6280 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))))
6282 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6283 temp
->first
->next
= loc
;
6285 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6287 else if (temp
->last
)
6289 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
6290 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
6291 HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
= 0;
6295 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
6297 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
6299 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
6302 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
6303 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
6305 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
6306 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
6310 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
6311 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
6313 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0 && last
->view
== view
)
6315 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
6316 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
6317 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
6319 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
6320 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
6323 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
6324 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
6326 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
6329 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0 || last
->view
!= view
);
6333 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
6334 || (temp
->first
->next
== temp
->last
6335 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
));
6336 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
6337 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6341 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
6342 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
6343 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
6344 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
6345 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
6346 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
6347 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
6349 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
6350 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
6351 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
6352 we have nothing to do. */
6353 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
6354 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
6355 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
6356 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
6357 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
6358 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
6359 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
6360 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
6361 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
6363 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
6364 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
6365 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
6369 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
6372 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6373 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
6374 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6376 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
6377 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
6379 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
6380 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
6381 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
6389 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6392 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6397 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
6398 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
6399 the DIE internal representation. */
6400 static int print_indent
;
6402 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
6405 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
6407 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
6410 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
6413 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
6417 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
6418 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
6422 print_discr_value (FILE *outfile
, dw_discr_value
*discr_value
)
6424 if (discr_value
->pos
)
6425 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, discr_value
->v
.sval
);
6427 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, discr_value
->v
.uval
);
6430 static void print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
, FILE *);
6432 /* Print the value associated to the VAL DWARF value node to OUTFILE. If
6433 RECURSE, output location descriptor operations. */
6436 print_dw_val (dw_val_node
*val
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
6438 switch (val
->val_class
)
6440 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6441 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
6443 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6444 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
6446 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6447 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
6448 if (val
->v
.val_loc
== NULL
)
6449 fprintf (outfile
, " -> <null>\n");
6452 fprintf (outfile
, ":\n");
6454 print_loc_descr (val
->v
.val_loc
, outfile
);
6459 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6460 fprintf (outfile
, " #\n");
6462 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)\n", (void *) val
->v
.val_loc
);
6465 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6466 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
6467 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->ll_symbol
);
6469 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
6470 val
= view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (val
);
6471 fprintf (outfile
, "location list with views -> labels:%s and %s",
6472 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->ll_symbol
,
6473 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->vl_symbol
);
6475 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6476 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
6478 case dw_val_class_const
:
6479 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
6480 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, val
->v
.val_int
);
6482 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6483 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
6484 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, val
->v
.val_unsigned
);
6486 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6487 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
6488 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
6489 val
->v
.val_double
.high
,
6490 val
->v
.val_double
.low
);
6492 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6494 int i
= val
->v
.val_wide
->get_len ();
6495 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (");
6497 if (val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
- 1) == 0)
6498 fprintf (outfile
, "0x");
6499 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6500 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (--i
));
6502 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_PADDED_HEX
,
6503 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
));
6504 fprintf (outfile
, ")");
6507 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6508 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
6510 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6511 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", val
->v
.val_flag
);
6513 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6514 if (val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= NULL
)
6516 dw_die_ref die
= val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
6518 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
6520 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
6521 print_signature (outfile
,
6522 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
6524 else if (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
6526 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
6527 if (die
->with_offset
)
6528 fprintf (outfile
, " + %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6531 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6532 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6533 fprintf (outfile
, " #");
6535 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) die
);
6538 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
6540 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
6541 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
6542 val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
, val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
);
6544 case dw_val_class_symview
:
6545 fprintf (outfile
, "view: %s", val
->v
.val_symbolic_view
);
6547 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6548 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6549 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6550 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
6551 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6552 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", val
->v
.val_lbl_id
);
6554 case dw_val_class_str
:
6555 if (val
->v
.val_str
->str
!= NULL
)
6556 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", val
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6558 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
6560 case dw_val_class_file
:
6561 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
6562 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", val
->v
.val_file
->filename
,
6563 val
->v
.val_file
->emitted_number
);
6565 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6569 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
6570 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", val
->v
.val_data8
[i
]);
6573 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
6574 print_discr_value (outfile
, &val
->v
.val_discr_value
);
6576 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
6577 for (dw_discr_list_ref node
= val
->v
.val_discr_list
;
6579 node
= node
->dw_discr_next
)
6581 if (node
->dw_discr_range
)
6583 fprintf (outfile
, " .. ");
6584 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
6585 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_upper_bound
);
6588 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
6590 if (node
->dw_discr_next
!= NULL
)
6591 fprintf (outfile
, " | ");
6598 /* Likewise, for a DIE attribute. */
6601 print_attribute (dw_attr_node
*a
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
6603 print_dw_val (&a
->dw_attr_val
, recurse
, outfile
);
6607 /* Print the list of operands in the LOC location description to OUTFILE. This
6608 routine is a debugging aid only. */
6611 print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, FILE *outfile
)
6613 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= loc
;
6617 print_spaces (outfile
);
6618 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>\n");
6622 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
6624 print_spaces (outfile
);
6625 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6626 fprintf (outfile
, "#");
6628 fprintf (outfile
, "(%p)", (void *) l
);
6629 fprintf (outfile
, " %s",
6630 dwarf_stack_op_name (l
->dw_loc_opc
));
6631 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
6633 fprintf (outfile
, " ");
6634 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, false, outfile
);
6636 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
6638 fprintf (outfile
, ", ");
6639 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, false, outfile
);
6641 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6645 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
6646 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6649 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
6655 print_spaces (outfile
);
6656 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s ",
6657 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6658 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6659 fprintf (outfile
, "#\n");
6661 fprintf (outfile
, "(%p)\n", (void*) die
);
6662 print_spaces (outfile
);
6663 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
6664 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6665 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
6667 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
6669 print_spaces (outfile
);
6670 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
6671 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
6672 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6675 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6677 print_spaces (outfile
);
6678 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
6680 print_attribute (a
, true, outfile
);
6681 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6684 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6687 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
6690 if (print_indent
== 0)
6691 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6694 /* Print the list of operations in the LOC location description. */
6697 debug_dwarf_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
6699 print_loc_descr (loc
, stderr
);
6702 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
6705 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6707 print_die (die
, stderr
);
6711 debug (die_struct
&ref
)
6713 print_die (&ref
, stderr
);
6717 debug (die_struct
*ptr
)
6722 fprintf (stderr
, "<nil>\n");
6726 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
6727 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6733 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
6736 /* Verify the DIE tree structure. */
6739 verify_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6741 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6742 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
6743 && die
->die_sib
== NULL
)
6745 /* Verify the die_sib list is cyclic. */
6752 while (x
&& !x
->die_mark
);
6753 gcc_assert (x
== die
);
6757 /* Verify all dies have the same parent. */
6758 gcc_assert (x
->die_parent
== die
->die_parent
);
6761 /* Verify the child has the proper parent and recurse. */
6762 gcc_assert (x
->die_child
->die_parent
== x
);
6763 verify_die (x
->die_child
);
6768 while (x
&& x
->die_mark
);
6771 /* Sanity checks on DIEs. */
6774 check_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6778 bool inline_found
= false;
6779 int n_location
= 0, n_low_pc
= 0, n_high_pc
= 0, n_artificial
= 0;
6780 int n_decl_line
= 0, n_decl_column
= 0, n_decl_file
= 0;
6781 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6786 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
)
6787 inline_found
= true;
6789 case DW_AT_location
:
6798 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6801 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6804 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6807 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6814 if (n_location
> 1 || n_low_pc
> 1 || n_high_pc
> 1 || n_artificial
> 1
6815 || n_decl_column
> 1 || n_decl_line
> 1 || n_decl_file
> 1)
6817 fprintf (stderr
, "Duplicate attributes in DIE:\n");
6818 debug_dwarf_die (die
);
6823 /* A debugging information entry that is a member of an abstract
6824 instance tree [that has DW_AT_inline] should not contain any
6825 attributes which describe aspects of the subroutine which vary
6826 between distinct inlined expansions or distinct out-of-line
6828 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6829 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_low_pc
6830 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_high_pc
6831 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_location
6832 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
6833 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_call_all_calls
6834 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
);
6838 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6839 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
6840 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
6842 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
6845 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
6848 inchash::hash hstate
;
6851 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
6853 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
6854 hash
= hstate
.end();
6858 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
6861 attr_checksum (dw_attr_node
*at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6863 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6866 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
6868 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6869 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6870 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6873 switch (AT_class (at
))
6875 case dw_val_class_const
:
6876 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
6877 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
6879 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6880 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
6881 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
6883 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6884 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
6886 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6887 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
6888 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
6889 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
6891 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6892 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
6893 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6894 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
6896 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6897 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
6899 case dw_val_class_str
:
6900 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
6903 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6905 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6906 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
6909 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6910 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6913 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6914 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
6915 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
6918 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6919 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
6922 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6923 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
6924 case dw_val_class_symview
:
6925 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6926 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6927 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6928 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
6929 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6932 case dw_val_class_file
:
6933 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
6934 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
6937 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6938 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
6946 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6949 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6955 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6958 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
6961 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6963 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
6965 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6966 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
6968 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
6972 #undef CHECKSUM_BLOCK
6973 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6975 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
6976 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6977 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
6978 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
6979 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
6980 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
6981 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
6982 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
6984 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
6987 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
6994 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
6996 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
6997 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
7006 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
7009 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7013 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
7016 /* More bytes to follow. */
7024 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
7025 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
7028 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7032 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
7034 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
7035 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
7036 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
7039 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
7041 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7045 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7046 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7048 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
7049 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
7051 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
7054 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
7057 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7059 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
7060 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
7061 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
7063 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7064 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
7068 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
7071 inchash::hash hstate
;
7074 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dtprel
);
7075 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
7076 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
7077 hash
= hstate
.end ();
7079 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
7083 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
7086 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_node
*at
,
7087 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7089 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7092 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7094 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
7096 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
7097 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
7098 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
7099 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
7100 is complete or not. */
7101 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
7102 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
7103 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
7104 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
7105 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
7106 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
7107 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
7109 dw_attr_node
*name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7111 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
7113 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7117 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
7118 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7119 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7120 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7121 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
7122 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
7127 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
7128 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
7129 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
7130 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
7132 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
7133 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7134 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
7138 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7142 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7143 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
7144 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7145 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7146 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7147 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
7152 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
7153 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7155 switch (AT_class (at
))
7157 case dw_val_class_const
:
7158 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
7159 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7160 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
7163 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7164 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
7165 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7166 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
7169 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7170 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7171 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
7172 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
7175 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
7176 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7177 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
7178 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7179 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
7180 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
7181 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
7184 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7185 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7186 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7187 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
);
7188 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
7189 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7190 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
7193 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7194 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
7195 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
7198 case dw_val_class_str
:
7199 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7200 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
7203 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7205 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
7206 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7207 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
7210 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7211 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7212 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7215 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7216 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
7217 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
7220 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7221 case dw_val_class_symview
:
7222 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7223 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7224 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7225 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
7226 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
7229 case dw_val_class_file
:
7230 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
7231 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7232 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
7235 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7236 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
7244 struct checksum_attributes
7246 dw_attr_node
*at_name
;
7247 dw_attr_node
*at_type
;
7248 dw_attr_node
*at_friend
;
7249 dw_attr_node
*at_accessibility
;
7250 dw_attr_node
*at_address_class
;
7251 dw_attr_node
*at_alignment
;
7252 dw_attr_node
*at_allocated
;
7253 dw_attr_node
*at_artificial
;
7254 dw_attr_node
*at_associated
;
7255 dw_attr_node
*at_binary_scale
;
7256 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_offset
;
7257 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_size
;
7258 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_stride
;
7259 dw_attr_node
*at_byte_size
;
7260 dw_attr_node
*at_byte_stride
;
7261 dw_attr_node
*at_const_value
;
7262 dw_attr_node
*at_containing_type
;
7263 dw_attr_node
*at_count
;
7264 dw_attr_node
*at_data_location
;
7265 dw_attr_node
*at_data_member_location
;
7266 dw_attr_node
*at_decimal_scale
;
7267 dw_attr_node
*at_decimal_sign
;
7268 dw_attr_node
*at_default_value
;
7269 dw_attr_node
*at_digit_count
;
7270 dw_attr_node
*at_discr
;
7271 dw_attr_node
*at_discr_list
;
7272 dw_attr_node
*at_discr_value
;
7273 dw_attr_node
*at_encoding
;
7274 dw_attr_node
*at_endianity
;
7275 dw_attr_node
*at_explicit
;
7276 dw_attr_node
*at_is_optional
;
7277 dw_attr_node
*at_location
;
7278 dw_attr_node
*at_lower_bound
;
7279 dw_attr_node
*at_mutable
;
7280 dw_attr_node
*at_ordering
;
7281 dw_attr_node
*at_picture_string
;
7282 dw_attr_node
*at_prototyped
;
7283 dw_attr_node
*at_small
;
7284 dw_attr_node
*at_segment
;
7285 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length
;
7286 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length_bit_size
;
7287 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length_byte_size
;
7288 dw_attr_node
*at_threads_scaled
;
7289 dw_attr_node
*at_upper_bound
;
7290 dw_attr_node
*at_use_location
;
7291 dw_attr_node
*at_use_UTF8
;
7292 dw_attr_node
*at_variable_parameter
;
7293 dw_attr_node
*at_virtuality
;
7294 dw_attr_node
*at_visibility
;
7295 dw_attr_node
*at_vtable_elem_location
;
7298 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
7301 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
7306 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7317 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
7319 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
7320 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
7322 case DW_AT_address_class
:
7323 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
7325 case DW_AT_alignment
:
7326 attrs
->at_alignment
= a
;
7328 case DW_AT_allocated
:
7329 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
7331 case DW_AT_artificial
:
7332 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
7334 case DW_AT_associated
:
7335 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
7337 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
7338 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
7340 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
7341 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
7343 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
7344 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
7346 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
7347 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
7349 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
7350 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
7352 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
7353 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
7355 case DW_AT_const_value
:
7356 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
7358 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
7359 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
7362 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
7364 case DW_AT_data_location
:
7365 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
7367 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
7368 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
7370 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
7371 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
7373 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
7374 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
7376 case DW_AT_default_value
:
7377 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
7379 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
7380 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
7383 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
7385 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
7386 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
7388 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
7389 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
7391 case DW_AT_encoding
:
7392 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
7394 case DW_AT_endianity
:
7395 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
7397 case DW_AT_explicit
:
7398 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
7400 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
7401 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
7403 case DW_AT_location
:
7404 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
7406 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
7407 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
7410 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
7412 case DW_AT_ordering
:
7413 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
7415 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
7416 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
7418 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
7419 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
7422 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
7425 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
7427 case DW_AT_string_length
:
7428 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
7430 case DW_AT_string_length_bit_size
:
7431 attrs
->at_string_length_bit_size
= a
;
7433 case DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
:
7434 attrs
->at_string_length_byte_size
= a
;
7436 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
7437 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
7439 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
7440 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
7442 case DW_AT_use_location
:
7443 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
7445 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
7446 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
7448 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
7449 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
7451 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7452 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
7454 case DW_AT_visibility
:
7455 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
7457 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
7458 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
7466 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
7469 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7473 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
7475 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
7476 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
7478 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
7480 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7482 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
7483 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
7485 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
7486 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
7487 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
7488 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
7489 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
7490 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
7491 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
7492 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
7493 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
7494 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
7495 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
7496 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
7497 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
7498 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
7499 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
7500 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
7501 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
7502 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
7503 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
7504 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
7505 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
7506 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
7507 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
7508 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
7509 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
7510 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
7511 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
7512 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
7513 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
7514 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
7515 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
7516 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
7517 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
7518 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
7519 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
7520 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
7521 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
7522 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length_bit_size
);
7523 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length_byte_size
);
7524 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
7525 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
7526 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
7527 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
7528 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
7529 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
7530 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
7531 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
7532 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
7533 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
7534 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_alignment
);
7536 /* Checksum the child DIEs. */
7539 dw_attr_node
*name_attr
;
7542 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
7543 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
7545 /* Ignore instantiations of member type and function templates. */
7547 else if (name_attr
!= NULL
7548 && (is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
))
7550 /* Use a shallow checksum for named nested types and member
7552 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
7553 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
7554 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
7558 /* Use a deep checksum for other children. */
7559 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
7560 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
7562 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
7564 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7566 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
7569 /* Add a type name and tag to a hash. */
7571 die_odr_checksum (int tag
, const char *name
, md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7573 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
7574 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
7578 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
7579 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
7580 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
7581 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
7583 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
7584 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
7585 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
7586 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
7587 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
7588 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
7589 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
7592 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
7596 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7601 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
7602 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7603 parent
= get_die_parent (die
);
7605 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
7606 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
7607 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
7609 if (is_cxx () && name
!= NULL
)
7611 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7613 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
7615 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
7617 /* Checksum the current DIE. */
7618 die_odr_checksum (die
->die_tag
, name
, &ctx
);
7619 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7621 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
7624 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
7626 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7628 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
7630 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
7632 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
7634 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
7635 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7636 unmark_all_dies (die
);
7637 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7639 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
7640 type node together. */
7641 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
7642 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
7643 die
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7644 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
7645 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
7647 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
7651 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7652 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
7656 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
7658 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
7660 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
7661 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
7662 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
7665 /* Do the values look the same? */
7667 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
7669 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
7672 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
7675 switch (v1
->val_class
)
7677 case dw_val_class_const
:
7678 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
7679 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
7680 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7681 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
7682 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
7683 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7684 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
7685 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
7686 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
7687 return *v1
->v
.val_wide
== *v2
->v
.val_wide
;
7688 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7689 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
7690 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
7692 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
7693 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
7696 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7697 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
7698 case dw_val_class_str
:
7699 return !strcmp (v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
7701 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7702 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
7703 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
7704 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
7706 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
7708 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7709 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
7711 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7712 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
7714 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
7715 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
7717 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
7719 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7720 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
7722 case dw_val_class_symview
:
7723 return strcmp (v1
->v
.val_symbolic_view
, v2
->v
.val_symbolic_view
) == 0;
7725 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7726 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
7727 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7728 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7729 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7730 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
7731 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
7734 case dw_val_class_file
:
7735 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
7736 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
7738 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7739 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
7746 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
7749 same_attr_p (dw_attr_node
*at1
, dw_attr_node
*at2
, int *mark
)
7751 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
7754 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
7755 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
7756 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
7759 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
7762 /* Do the dies look the same? */
7765 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
7771 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
7773 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
7774 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7776 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
7779 if (vec_safe_length (die1
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die2
->die_attr
))
7782 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
7783 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, &(*die2
->die_attr
)[ix
], mark
))
7786 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
7787 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
7796 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
7800 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
7802 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
7812 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
7813 children, and set die_symbol. */
7816 compute_comp_unit_symbol (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
7818 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7819 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
7820 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
7823 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7826 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
7827 the name filename of the unit. */
7829 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7831 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7832 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
7833 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7835 /* When we this for comp_unit_die () we have a DW_AT_name that might
7836 not start with a letter but with anything valid for filenames and
7837 clean_symbol_name doesn't fix that up. Prepend 'g' if the first
7838 character is not a letter. */
7839 sprintf (name
, "%s%s.", ISALPHA (*base
) ? "" : "g", base
);
7840 clean_symbol_name (name
);
7842 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
7843 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
7845 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
7849 unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
7852 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
7855 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7857 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7859 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
7860 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
7861 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
7862 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
7863 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
7864 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
7865 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
7866 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
7867 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
7868 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
7869 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
7870 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
7871 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
7872 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
7873 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
7874 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
7875 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
7876 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
7877 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
7878 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
7885 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
7888 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7890 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
7891 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
);
7894 /* Returns true iff C is a unit DIE of some sort. */
7897 is_unit_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7899 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
7900 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_partial_unit
7901 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_type_unit
7902 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
);
7905 /* Returns true iff C is a namespace DIE. */
7908 is_namespace_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7910 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
;
7913 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a template parameter. */
7916 is_template_parameter (dw_die_ref die
)
7918 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7920 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
7921 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
7922 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
7923 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
7930 /* Return non-zero if this DIE represents a template instantiation. */
7933 is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref die
)
7937 if (!is_type_die (die
) && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7939 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (is_template_parameter (c
)) return true);
7944 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
7946 char buf
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7948 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
7949 return xstrdup (buf
);
7952 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
7955 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7960 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7961 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
7967 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
7970 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
7972 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7976 return local_scope_p (decl
);
7979 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
7983 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die
)
7987 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
&& ! is_declaration_die (die
))
7989 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (contains_subprogram_definition (c
)) return 1);
7993 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
7994 COMDAT .debug_types section or .debug_info section with DW_UT_*type
7998 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
8000 switch (die
->die_tag
)
8002 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
8003 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
8004 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
8005 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
8006 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, types nested in a
8007 subprogram, or types that contain subprogram definitions. */
8008 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
8009 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
8010 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
)
8011 || contains_subprogram_definition (die
))
8014 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
8015 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
8016 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
8017 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
8018 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
8019 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
8020 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
8021 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
8022 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
8023 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
8024 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
8025 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
8026 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
8027 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
8028 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
8029 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
8035 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
8038 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8040 dw_die_ref clone
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
8044 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8045 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
8050 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
8053 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
8056 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
8058 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree (c
)));
8063 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
8066 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
8073 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
8074 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
8075 return clone_die (die
);
8077 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
8078 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8081 clone
= clone_die (decl
);
8082 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
8083 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
8087 clone
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
8089 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8091 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
8092 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
8093 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
8097 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
8098 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8099 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8100 case DW_AT_external
:
8103 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8104 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
8105 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
8106 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
8108 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8109 case DW_AT_alignment
:
8115 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
8116 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
8118 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
8123 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
8125 struct decl_table_entry
8131 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
8133 /* Hashtable helpers. */
8135 struct decl_table_entry_hasher
: free_ptr_hash
<decl_table_entry
>
8137 typedef die_struct
*compare_type
;
8138 static inline hashval_t
hash (const decl_table_entry
*);
8139 static inline bool equal (const decl_table_entry
*, const die_struct
*);
8143 decl_table_entry_hasher::hash (const decl_table_entry
*entry
)
8145 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
8149 decl_table_entry_hasher::equal (const decl_table_entry
*entry1
,
8150 const die_struct
*entry2
)
8152 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
8155 typedef hash_table
<decl_table_entry_hasher
> decl_hash_type
;
8157 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
8158 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
8159 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
8160 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
8163 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
,
8164 decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8166 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
8167 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
8169 decl_table_entry
**slot
= NULL
;
8170 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
8174 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
8175 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
, htab_hash_pointer (die
),
8177 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8183 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
8184 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8192 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
8195 if (!is_unit_die (parent
))
8196 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
8199 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8200 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
8204 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
8210 /* Copy the declaration context to the new type unit DIE. This includes
8211 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
8212 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
8213 attached to the specification, and returns a pointer to the original
8214 parent of the declaration DIE. Returns NULL otherwise. */
8217 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
8220 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
8221 dw_die_ref orig_parent
= NULL
;
8223 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8232 /* The original DIE will be changed to a declaration, and must
8233 be moved to be a child of the original declaration DIE. */
8234 orig_parent
= decl
->die_parent
;
8236 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
8237 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
8238 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
8239 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8241 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8243 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8245 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
8246 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
8247 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
8248 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
8251 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree (c
)));
8254 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
8255 && !is_unit_die (decl
->die_parent
))
8257 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
8258 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
8260 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
8261 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
8268 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
8269 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
8272 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
8274 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
8277 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
8279 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
8281 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
8282 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
8286 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
8287 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
8288 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
8291 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
8293 skeleton_chain_node node
;
8296 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
8297 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
8299 node
.parent
= parent
;
8301 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
8305 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
8308 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
8310 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
8311 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
8313 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
8315 /* Instantiated templates do not need to be cloned into the
8316 type unit. Just move the DIE and its children back to
8317 the skeleton tree (in the main CU). */
8318 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8319 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8322 else if (c
->comdat_type_p
)
8324 /* This is the skeleton of earlier break_out_comdat_types
8325 type. Clone the existing DIE, but keep the children
8326 under the original (which is in the main CU). */
8327 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
8329 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
8330 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
8331 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8337 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
8338 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
8339 all the original's children, where the original came from
8340 (which is about to be moved to the type unit). */
8341 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
8342 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
8344 /* If the original has a DW_AT_object_pointer attribute,
8345 it would now point to a child DIE just moved to the
8346 cloned tree, so we need to remove that attribute from
8348 remove_AT (c
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
8350 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
8351 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
8352 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8353 node
.old_die
= clone
;
8358 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
8359 } while (next
!= NULL
);
8362 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
8365 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
8367 skeleton_chain_node node
;
8370 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
8373 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
8374 and is not an instantiation of a template, always leave
8375 at least a declaration in its place. */
8376 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
8377 && is_type_die (die
->die_parent
)
8378 && !is_template_instantiation (die
))
8379 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8381 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
8382 return node
.new_die
;
8385 /* Remove the CHILD DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
8386 declaration. The original DIE is moved to a new compile unit so that
8387 existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the
8388 original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the
8389 original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the
8393 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref child
,
8396 dw_die_ref skeleton
, orig_parent
;
8398 /* Copy the declaration context to the type unit DIE. If the returned
8399 ORIG_PARENT is not NULL, the skeleton needs to be added as a child of
8401 orig_parent
= copy_declaration_context (unit
, child
);
8403 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
8404 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
8405 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
8408 skeleton
->comdat_type_p
= true;
8409 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8411 /* If the original DIE was a specification, we need to put
8412 the skeleton under the parent DIE of the declaration.
8413 This leaves the original declaration in the tree, but
8414 it will be pruned later since there are no longer any
8415 references to it. */
8416 if (orig_parent
!= NULL
)
8418 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
8419 add_child_die (orig_parent
, skeleton
);
8422 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
8429 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (dw_die_ref die
,
8430 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8431 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
);
8433 /* Helper for copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies. Make a copy of the DIE DWARF
8434 procedure, put it under TYPE_NODE and return the copy. Continue looking for
8435 DWARF procedure references in the DW_AT_location attribute. */
8438 copy_dwarf_procedure (dw_die_ref die
,
8439 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8440 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8442 gcc_assert (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
);
8444 /* DWARF procedures are not supposed to have children... */
8445 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
== NULL
);
8447 /* ... and they are supposed to have only one attribute: DW_AT_location. */
8448 gcc_assert (vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) == 1
8449 && ((*die
->die_attr
)[0].dw_attr
== DW_AT_location
));
8451 /* Do not copy more than once DWARF procedures. */
8453 dw_die_ref
&die_copy
= copied_dwarf_procs
.get_or_insert (die
, &existed
);
8457 die_copy
= clone_die (die
);
8458 add_child_die (type_node
->root_die
, die_copy
);
8459 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (die_copy
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8463 /* Helper for copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies. Look for references to DWARF
8464 procedures in DIE's attributes. */
8467 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (dw_die_ref die
,
8468 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8469 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8474 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, i
, a
)
8476 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8478 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_loc
)
8481 for (loc
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8483 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
8487 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
8488 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
8489 == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
8490 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
8491 = copy_dwarf_procedure (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
,
8493 copied_dwarf_procs
);
8502 /* Copy DWARF procedures that are referenced by the DIE tree to TREE_NODE and
8503 rewrite references to point to the copies.
8505 References are looked for in DIE's attributes and recursively in all its
8506 children attributes that are location descriptions. COPIED_DWARF_PROCS is a
8507 mapping from old DWARF procedures to their copy. It is used not to copy
8508 twice the same DWARF procedure under TYPE_NODE. */
8511 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (dw_die_ref die
,
8512 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8513 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8517 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (die
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8518 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (c
,
8520 copied_dwarf_procs
));
8523 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types or .debug_info
8524 DW_UT_*type sections for each type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT
8528 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
8532 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
8533 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
8534 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
8536 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
8540 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
8543 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
8544 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
8546 dw_die_ref replacement
;
8547 comdat_type_node
*type_node
;
8549 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
8550 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
8552 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
8553 add it to the list of comdat types. */
8554 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
8555 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
8556 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
8557 type_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<comdat_type_node
> ();
8558 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
8559 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
8560 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
8562 /* Generate the type signature. */
8563 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
8565 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
8566 declaration into the new type unit DIE, then remove this DIE
8567 from the main CU (or replace it with a skeleton if necessary). */
8568 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (unit
, c
, prev
);
8569 type_node
->skeleton_die
= replacement
;
8571 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
8572 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
8574 /* Types can reference DWARF procedures for type size or data location
8575 expressions. Calls in DWARF expressions cannot target procedures
8576 that are not in the same section. So we must copy DWARF procedures
8577 along with this type and then rewrite references to them. */
8578 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> copied_dwarf_procs
;
8579 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (c
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8581 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
8584 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
8585 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
8586 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
8587 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
8589 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
8590 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
8592 } while (next
!= NULL
);
8595 /* Like clone_tree, but copy DW_TAG_subprogram DIEs as declarations.
8596 Enter all the cloned children into the hash table decl_table. */
8599 clone_tree_partial (dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8603 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
8604 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
8606 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8607 clone
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8609 clone
= clone_die (die
);
8611 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
,
8612 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
8614 /* Assert that DIE isn't in the hash table yet. If it would be there
8615 before, the ancestors would be necessarily there as well, therefore
8616 clone_tree_partial wouldn't be called. */
8617 gcc_assert (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
);
8619 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8621 entry
->copy
= clone
;
8624 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8625 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
,
8626 add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
8631 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
8632 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
8636 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8642 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8644 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8646 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
8647 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
8648 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
8650 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || targ
->comdat_type_p
)
8653 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (targ
,
8654 htab_hash_pointer (targ
),
8657 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8659 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
8660 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
8662 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
8666 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
8667 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_die (targ
);
8669 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
8670 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
8671 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
8672 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
8673 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8678 /* If TARG is not a declaration DIE, we need to copy its
8680 if (!is_declaration_die (targ
))
8684 add_child_die (copy
,
8685 clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
8688 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
8692 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
8693 into the new type unit. */
8694 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
8695 && !is_unit_die (targ
->die_parent
))
8696 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
8699 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
8700 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
8702 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
8703 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
8704 get visited otherwise. */
8707 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
8708 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
8709 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
8710 while (parent
->die_parent
8711 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
8713 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
8714 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
8716 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
8722 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
8725 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
8726 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
8727 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
8728 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
8729 don't have an external reference. */
8732 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
8735 decl_hash_type
decl_table (10);
8736 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, &decl_table
);
8740 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
8741 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
8742 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
8745 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
8749 if (! die
->die_child
)
8752 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
8753 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
8755 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
8758 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
8761 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
8767 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8768 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8769 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
8771 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
8774 /* During assign_location_list_indexes and output_loclists_offset the
8775 current index, after it the number of assigned indexes (i.e. how
8776 large the .debug_loclists* offset table should be). */
8777 static unsigned int loc_list_idx
;
8779 /* Output all location list offsets for the DIE and its children. */
8782 output_loclists_offsets (dw_die_ref die
)
8788 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8789 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8791 dw_loc_list_ref l
= AT_loc_list (a
);
8792 if (l
->offset_emitted
)
8794 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l
->ll_symbol
,
8795 loc_section_label
, NULL
);
8796 gcc_assert (l
->hash
== loc_list_idx
);
8798 l
->offset_emitted
= true;
8801 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_loclists_offsets (c
));
8804 /* Recursively set indexes of location lists. */
8807 assign_location_list_indexes (dw_die_ref die
)
8813 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8814 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8816 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
8817 if (!list
->num_assigned
)
8819 list
->num_assigned
= true;
8820 list
->hash
= loc_list_idx
++;
8824 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_location_list_indexes (c
));
8827 /* We want to limit the number of external references, because they are
8828 larger than local references: a relocation takes multiple words, and
8829 even a sig8 reference is always eight bytes, whereas a local reference
8830 can be as small as one byte (though DW_FORM_ref is usually 4 in GCC).
8831 So if we encounter multiple external references to the same type DIE, we
8832 make a local typedef stub for it and redirect all references there.
8834 This is the element of the hash table for keeping track of these
8844 /* Hashtable helpers. */
8846 struct external_ref_hasher
: free_ptr_hash
<external_ref
>
8848 static inline hashval_t
hash (const external_ref
*);
8849 static inline bool equal (const external_ref
*, const external_ref
*);
8853 external_ref_hasher::hash (const external_ref
*r
)
8855 dw_die_ref die
= r
->type
;
8858 /* We can't use the address of the DIE for hashing, because
8859 that will make the order of the stub DIEs non-deterministic. */
8860 if (! die
->comdat_type_p
)
8861 /* We have a symbol; use it to compute a hash. */
8862 h
= htab_hash_string (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8865 /* We have a type signature; use a subset of the bits as the hash.
8866 The 8-byte signature is at least as large as hashval_t. */
8867 comdat_type_node
*type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8868 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
8874 external_ref_hasher::equal (const external_ref
*r1
, const external_ref
*r2
)
8876 return r1
->type
== r2
->type
;
8879 typedef hash_table
<external_ref_hasher
> external_ref_hash_type
;
8881 /* Return a pointer to the external_ref for references to DIE. */
8883 static struct external_ref
*
8884 lookup_external_ref (external_ref_hash_type
*map
, dw_die_ref die
)
8886 struct external_ref ref
, *ref_p
;
8887 external_ref
**slot
;
8890 slot
= map
->find_slot (&ref
, INSERT
);
8891 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8894 ref_p
= XCNEW (struct external_ref
);
8900 /* Subroutine of optimize_external_refs, below.
8902 If we see a type skeleton, record it as our stub. If we see external
8903 references, remember how many we've seen. */
8906 optimize_external_refs_1 (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*map
)
8911 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
8913 if (is_type_die (die
)
8914 && (c
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_signature
)))
8916 /* This is a local skeleton; use it for local references. */
8917 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
8921 /* Scan the DIE references, and remember any that refer to DIEs from
8922 other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
8923 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8924 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
8925 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0
8928 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
8932 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_external_refs_1 (c
, map
));
8935 /* htab_traverse callback function for optimize_external_refs, below. SLOT
8936 points to an external_ref, DATA is the CU we're processing. If we don't
8937 already have a local stub, and we have multiple refs, build a stub. */
8940 dwarf2_build_local_stub (external_ref
**slot
, dw_die_ref data
)
8942 struct external_ref
*ref_p
= *slot
;
8944 if (ref_p
->stub
== NULL
&& ref_p
->n_refs
> 1 && !dwarf_strict
)
8946 /* We have multiple references to this type, so build a small stub.
8947 Both of these forms are a bit dodgy from the perspective of the
8948 DWARF standard, since technically they should have names. */
8949 dw_die_ref cu
= data
;
8950 dw_die_ref type
= ref_p
->type
;
8951 dw_die_ref stub
= NULL
;
8953 if (type
->comdat_type_p
)
8955 /* If we refer to this type via sig8, use AT_signature. */
8956 stub
= new_die (type
->die_tag
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
8957 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_signature
, type
);
8961 /* Otherwise, use a typedef with no name. */
8962 stub
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
8963 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_type
, type
);
8972 /* DIE is a unit; look through all the DIE references to see if there are
8973 any external references to types, and if so, create local stubs for
8974 them which will be applied in build_abbrev_table. This is useful because
8975 references to local DIEs are smaller. */
8977 static external_ref_hash_type
*
8978 optimize_external_refs (dw_die_ref die
)
8980 external_ref_hash_type
*map
= new external_ref_hash_type (10);
8981 optimize_external_refs_1 (die
, map
);
8982 map
->traverse
<dw_die_ref
, dwarf2_build_local_stub
> (die
);
8986 /* The following 3 variables are temporaries that are computed only during the
8987 build_abbrev_table call and used and released during the following
8988 optimize_abbrev_table call. */
8990 /* First abbrev_id that can be optimized based on usage. */
8991 static unsigned int abbrev_opt_start
;
8993 /* Maximum abbrev_id of a base type plus one (we can't optimize DIEs with
8994 abbrev_id smaller than this, because they must be already sized
8995 during build_abbrev_table). */
8996 static unsigned int abbrev_opt_base_type_end
;
8998 /* Vector of usage counts during build_abbrev_table. Indexed by
8999 abbrev_id - abbrev_opt_start. */
9000 static vec
<unsigned int> abbrev_usage_count
;
9002 /* Vector of all DIEs added with die_abbrev >= abbrev_opt_start. */
9003 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> sorted_abbrev_dies
;
9005 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9006 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9007 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9008 die are visited recursively. */
9011 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
)
9013 unsigned int abbrev_id
= 0;
9019 /* Scan the DIE references, and replace any that refer to
9020 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked) with
9021 the local stubs we built in optimize_external_refs. */
9022 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9023 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9024 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0)
9026 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
9027 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
|| AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9030 && (ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (extern_map
, c
))
9031 && ref_p
->stub
&& ref_p
->stub
!= die
)
9032 change_AT_die_ref (a
, ref_p
->stub
);
9034 /* We aren't changing this reference, so mark it external. */
9035 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9038 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (abbrev_die_table
, abbrev_id
, abbrev
)
9040 dw_attr_node
*die_a
, *abbrev_a
;
9046 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9048 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9051 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
))
9054 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
9056 abbrev_a
= &(*abbrev
->die_attr
)[ix
];
9057 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9058 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9068 if (abbrev_id
>= vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
))
9070 vec_safe_push (abbrev_die_table
, die
);
9071 if (abbrev_opt_start
)
9072 abbrev_usage_count
.safe_push (0);
9074 if (abbrev_opt_start
&& abbrev_id
>= abbrev_opt_start
)
9076 abbrev_usage_count
[abbrev_id
- abbrev_opt_start
]++;
9077 sorted_abbrev_dies
.safe_push (die
);
9080 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9081 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
, extern_map
));
9084 /* Callback function for sorted_abbrev_dies vector sorting. We sort
9085 by die_abbrev's usage count, from the most commonly used
9086 abbreviation to the least. */
9089 die_abbrev_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
9091 dw_die_ref die1
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) p1
;
9092 dw_die_ref die2
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) p2
;
9094 gcc_checking_assert (die1
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_start
);
9095 gcc_checking_assert (die2
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_start
);
9097 if (die1
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
9098 && die2
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9100 if (abbrev_usage_count
[die1
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
]
9101 > abbrev_usage_count
[die2
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
])
9103 if (abbrev_usage_count
[die1
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
]
9104 < abbrev_usage_count
[die2
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
])
9108 /* Stabilize the sort. */
9109 if (die1
->die_abbrev
< die2
->die_abbrev
)
9111 if (die1
->die_abbrev
> die2
->die_abbrev
)
9117 /* Convert dw_val_class_const and dw_val_class_unsigned_const class attributes
9118 of DIEs in between sorted_abbrev_dies[first_id] and abbrev_dies[end_id - 1]
9119 into dw_val_class_const_implicit or
9120 dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit. */
9123 optimize_implicit_const (unsigned int first_id
, unsigned int end
,
9124 vec
<bool> &implicit_consts
)
9126 /* It never makes sense if there is just one DIE using the abbreviation. */
9127 if (end
< first_id
+ 2)
9132 dw_die_ref die
= sorted_abbrev_dies
[first_id
];
9133 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9134 if (implicit_consts
[ix
])
9136 enum dw_val_class new_class
= dw_val_class_none
;
9137 switch (AT_class (a
))
9139 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9140 if ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) AT_unsigned (a
) < 0)
9143 /* The .debug_abbrev section will grow by
9144 size_of_sleb128 (AT_unsigned (a)) and we avoid the constants
9145 in all the DIEs using that abbreviation. */
9146 if (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)) * (end
- first_id
)
9147 <= (unsigned) size_of_sleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
)))
9150 new_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
;
9153 case dw_val_class_const
:
9154 new_class
= dw_val_class_const_implicit
;
9157 case dw_val_class_file
:
9158 new_class
= dw_val_class_file_implicit
;
9164 for (i
= first_id
; i
< end
; i
++)
9165 (*sorted_abbrev_dies
[i
]->die_attr
)[ix
].dw_attr_val
.val_class
9170 /* Attempt to optimize abbreviation table from abbrev_opt_start
9171 abbreviation above. */
9174 optimize_abbrev_table (void)
9176 if (abbrev_opt_start
9177 && vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) > abbrev_opt_start
9178 && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) > 127))
9180 auto_vec
<bool, 32> implicit_consts
;
9181 sorted_abbrev_dies
.qsort (die_abbrev_cmp
);
9183 unsigned int abbrev_id
= abbrev_opt_start
- 1;
9184 unsigned int first_id
= ~0U;
9185 unsigned int last_abbrev_id
= 0;
9188 if (abbrev_opt_base_type_end
> abbrev_opt_start
)
9189 abbrev_id
= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
- 1;
9190 /* Reassign abbreviation ids from abbrev_opt_start above, so that
9191 most commonly used abbreviations come first. */
9192 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (sorted_abbrev_dies
, i
, die
)
9197 /* If calc_base_type_die_sizes has been called, the CU and
9198 base types after it can't be optimized, because we've already
9199 calculated their DIE offsets. We've sorted them first. */
9200 if (die
->die_abbrev
< abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9202 if (die
->die_abbrev
!= last_abbrev_id
)
9204 last_abbrev_id
= die
->die_abbrev
;
9205 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && first_id
!= ~0U)
9206 optimize_implicit_const (first_id
, i
, implicit_consts
);
9208 (*abbrev_die_table
)[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9209 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9212 implicit_consts
.truncate (0);
9214 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9215 switch (AT_class (a
))
9217 case dw_val_class_const
:
9218 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9219 case dw_val_class_file
:
9220 implicit_consts
.safe_push (true);
9223 implicit_consts
.safe_push (false);
9228 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9230 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9231 if (!implicit_consts
[ix
])
9235 dw_attr_node
*other_a
9236 = &(*(*abbrev_die_table
)[abbrev_id
]->die_attr
)[ix
];
9237 if (!dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_attr_val
,
9238 &other_a
->dw_attr_val
))
9239 implicit_consts
[ix
] = false;
9242 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9244 gcc_assert (abbrev_id
== vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) - 1);
9245 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && first_id
!= ~0U)
9246 optimize_implicit_const (first_id
, i
, implicit_consts
);
9249 abbrev_opt_start
= 0;
9250 abbrev_opt_base_type_end
= 0;
9251 abbrev_usage_count
.release ();
9252 sorted_abbrev_dies
.release ();
9255 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9258 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9265 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9268 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9273 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9274 .debug_info section. */
9276 static unsigned long
9277 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9279 unsigned long size
= 0;
9282 enum dwarf_form form
;
9284 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9285 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9287 switch (AT_class (a
))
9289 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9290 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
9292 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
9293 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9296 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9298 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9299 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9301 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9303 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9306 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9307 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
9309 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9313 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9314 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
9315 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& dwarf_version
>= 5)
9317 gcc_assert (AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
);
9318 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_loc_list (a
)->hash
);
9321 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9323 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9324 if (value_format (a
) == DW_FORM_rnglistx
)
9326 gcc_assert (rnglist_idx
);
9327 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
9328 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (r
->idx
);
9331 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9333 case dw_val_class_const
:
9334 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9336 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9338 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9339 if (dwarf_version
== 3
9340 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
9342 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
));
9347 case dw_val_class_symview
:
9348 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
9350 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
9352 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
9357 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
9358 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
9359 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
9360 /* These occupy no size in the DIE, just an extra sleb128 in
9363 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9364 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9365 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
9368 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
9369 size
+= (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
9370 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
9371 if (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
9372 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
> DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
9375 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9376 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9377 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9378 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9379 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9381 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9382 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9383 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9384 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9385 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9386 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9387 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9388 the same abbrev entry. */
9389 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
9393 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9394 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9396 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
9397 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9398 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9399 it's always sized as an offset. */
9400 if (use_debug_types
)
9401 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
9402 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
9403 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9405 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9408 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9410 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9411 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9413 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9414 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
9416 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
9417 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9420 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9422 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9423 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9424 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
9425 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9427 case dw_val_class_str
:
9428 form
= AT_string_form (a
);
9429 if (form
== DW_FORM_strp
|| form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
)
9430 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9431 else if (form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
9432 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9434 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
9436 case dw_val_class_file
:
9437 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
9439 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9442 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9443 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9445 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
9446 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9448 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
9449 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
);
9451 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
9453 unsigned block_size
= size_of_discr_list (AT_discr_list (a
));
9455 /* This is a block, so we have the block length and then its
9457 size
+= constant_size (block_size
) + block_size
;
9468 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9469 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9470 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9471 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9474 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
9478 gcc_assert (die
->die_offset
== 0
9479 || (unsigned long int) die
->die_offset
== next_die_offset
);
9480 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
9481 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
9483 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
9485 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
9486 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
9487 next_die_offset
+= 1;
9490 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
9491 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
9492 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
9493 values for the base types. */
9496 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
9498 unsigned long die_offset
= (dwarf_split_debug_info
9499 ? DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
9500 : DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
);
9502 dw_die_ref base_type
;
9503 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
9504 dw_die_ref prev
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
;
9507 die_offset
+= size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
9508 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
9510 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
9511 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_offset
== 0
9512 && prev
->die_sib
== base_type
9513 && base_type
->die_child
== NULL
9514 && base_type
->die_abbrev
);
9517 if (abbrev_opt_start
9518 && base_type
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9519 abbrev_opt_base_type_end
= base_type
->die_abbrev
+ 1;
9520 base_type
->die_offset
= die_offset
;
9521 die_offset
+= size_of_die (base_type
);
9525 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
9526 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
9527 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
9528 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
9531 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9535 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
9538 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
9541 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
9544 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9548 if (! use_debug_types
)
9549 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
9552 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
9555 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
9558 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9568 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
9570 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9571 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9572 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
9575 /* Calculate if the entry should appear in the final output file. It may be
9576 from a pruned a type. */
9579 include_pubname_in_output (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *table
, pubname_entry
*p
)
9581 /* By limiting gnu pubnames to definitions only, gold can generate a
9582 gdb index without entries for declarations, which don't include
9583 enough information to be useful. */
9584 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2 && is_declaration_die (p
->die
))
9587 if (table
== pubname_table
)
9589 /* Enumerator names are part of the pubname table, but the
9590 parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die may have been pruned.
9591 Don't output them if that is the case. */
9592 if (p
->die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumerator
&&
9593 (p
->die
->die_parent
== NULL
9594 || !p
->die
->die_parent
->die_perennial_p
))
9597 /* Everything else in the pubname table is included. */
9601 /* The pubtypes table shouldn't include types that have been
9603 return (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
9604 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
);
9607 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
9608 generated for the compilation unit. */
9610 static unsigned long
9611 size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
9616 int space_for_flags
= (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2) ? 1 : 0;
9618 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
9619 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, p
)
9620 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, p
))
9621 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1 + space_for_flags
;
9623 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9627 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
9629 static unsigned long
9630 size_of_aranges (void)
9634 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
9636 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
9637 if (text_section_used
)
9638 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9639 if (cold_text_section_used
)
9640 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9641 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
9646 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
9648 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
9650 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
9651 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9652 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
9653 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9657 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
9658 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9662 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
9664 static enum dwarf_form
9665 value_format (dw_attr_node
*a
)
9667 switch (AT_class (a
))
9669 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9670 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
9675 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
9676 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
9677 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
9678 ? DW_FORM_addr
: dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_addrx
));
9682 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9685 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9687 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9689 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9691 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9695 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9696 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
9697 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
9698 && dwarf_version
>= 5
9699 && AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
)
9700 return DW_FORM_loclistx
;
9702 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9703 /* For range lists in DWARF 5, use DW_FORM_rnglistx from .debug_info.dwo
9704 but in .debug_info use DW_FORM_sec_offset, which is shorter if we
9705 care about sizes of .debug* sections in shared libraries and
9706 executables and don't take into account relocations that affect just
9707 relocatable objects - for DW_FORM_rnglistx we'd have to emit offset
9708 table in the .debug_rnglists section. */
9709 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
9710 && dwarf_version
>= 5
9711 && AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_range_list
9713 && a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
!= RELOCATED_OFFSET
)
9714 return DW_FORM_rnglistx
;
9715 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9716 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
9718 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9719 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9720 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
9723 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9725 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9729 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9730 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9731 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
9732 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
9735 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9737 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9739 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9743 case dw_val_class_const
:
9744 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
9745 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9746 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
9749 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9751 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9753 /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
9754 DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
9755 constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
9756 a large constant. */
9757 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
9758 return DW_FORM_udata
;
9759 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9761 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
9762 return DW_FORM_udata
;
9763 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9767 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
9768 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
9769 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
9770 return DW_FORM_implicit_const
;
9771 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9772 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9775 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9777 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9779 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9781 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9782 return DW_FORM_data16
;
9785 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9787 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
9788 switch (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9791 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9793 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9795 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9797 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9799 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9800 return DW_FORM_data16
;
9803 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9805 case dw_val_class_symview
:
9806 /* ??? We might use uleb128, but then we'd have to compute
9807 .debug_info offsets in the assembler. */
9808 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
9809 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9810 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
9811 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9812 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
9813 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9815 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9816 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9817 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9818 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9821 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9823 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9825 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9829 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9830 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9832 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9833 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9834 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9835 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9836 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9837 the same abbrev entry. */
9838 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
9839 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
9841 return DW_FORM_flag
;
9842 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9843 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9844 return use_debug_types
? DW_FORM_ref_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
9847 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9848 return DW_FORM_data
;
9849 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9850 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
9851 ? DW_FORM_addr
: dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_addrx
));
9852 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9853 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9854 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
9855 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
9856 case dw_val_class_str
:
9857 return AT_string_form (a
);
9858 case dw_val_class_file
:
9859 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
9862 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9864 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9866 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9871 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9872 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9874 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
9875 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9878 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9880 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9882 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9884 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9889 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
9890 return (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.pos
9893 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
9894 switch (constant_size (size_of_discr_list (AT_discr_list (a
))))
9897 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9899 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9901 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9911 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
9914 output_value_format (dw_attr_node
*a
)
9916 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
9918 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
9921 /* Given a die and id, produce the appropriate abbreviations. */
9924 output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long abbrev_id
, dw_die_ref abbrev
)
9927 dw_attr_node
*a_attr
;
9929 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
9930 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
9931 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
9933 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
9934 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
9936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
9938 for (ix
= 0; vec_safe_iterate (abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, &a_attr
); ix
++)
9940 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
9941 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
9942 output_value_format (a_attr
);
9943 if (value_format (a_attr
) == DW_FORM_implicit_const
)
9945 if (AT_class (a_attr
) == dw_val_class_file_implicit
)
9947 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
9948 const char *filename
= a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
;
9949 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (f
, "(%s)", filename
);
9952 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
, NULL
);
9956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
9957 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
9961 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
9965 output_abbrev_section (void)
9967 unsigned int abbrev_id
;
9970 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (abbrev_die_table
, abbrev_id
, abbrev
)
9972 output_die_abbrevs (abbrev_id
, abbrev
);
9974 /* Terminate the table. */
9975 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
9978 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
9981 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
9982 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, var_loc_view vbegin
,
9983 const char *end
, var_loc_view vend
,
9984 const char *section
)
9986 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_list_node
> ();
9988 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
9989 retlist
->begin_entry
= NULL
;
9991 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
9992 retlist
->section
= section
;
9993 retlist
->vbegin
= vbegin
;
9994 retlist
->vend
= vend
;
9999 /* Return true iff there's any nonzero view number in the loc list.
10001 ??? When views are not enabled, we'll often extend a single range
10002 to the entire function, so that we emit a single location
10003 expression rather than a location list. With views, even with a
10004 single range, we'll output a list if start or end have a nonzero
10005 view. If we change this, we may want to stop splitting a single
10006 range in dw_loc_list just because of a nonzero view, even if it
10007 straddles across hot/cold partitions. */
10010 loc_list_has_views (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10012 if (!debug_variable_location_views
)
10015 for (dw_loc_list_ref loc
= list
;
10016 loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
10017 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (loc
->vbegin
) || !ZERO_VIEW_P (loc
->vend
))
10023 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10024 hasn't got one yet. */
10027 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10029 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10030 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10032 if (!loc_list_has_views (list
))
10035 if (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
10037 /* Use the same label_num for the view list. */
10039 list
->vl_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LVUS");
10042 list
->vl_symbol
= list
->ll_symbol
;
10045 /* Generate a symbol for the list, but only if we really want to emit
10049 maybe_gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10051 if (!list
|| (!list
->dw_loc_next
&& !loc_list_has_views (list
)))
10057 /* Determine whether or not to skip loc_list entry CURR. If SIZEP is
10058 NULL, don't consider size of the location expression. If we're not
10059 to skip it, and SIZEP is non-null, store the size of CURR->expr's
10060 representation in *SIZEP. */
10063 skip_loc_list_entry (dw_loc_list_ref curr
, unsigned long *sizep
= NULL
)
10065 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10066 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0
10067 && curr
->vbegin
== curr
->vend
&& !curr
->force
)
10073 unsigned long size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10075 /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could
10076 perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that
10077 in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value
10078 in a single range are unlikely very useful. */
10079 if (dwarf_version
< 5 && size
> 0xffff)
10087 /* Output a view pair loclist entry for CURR, if it requires one. */
10090 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (dw_loc_list_ref curr
)
10092 if (!dwarf2out_locviews_in_loclist ())
10095 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
) && ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10098 #ifdef DW_LLE_view_pair
10099 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_view_pair
, "DW_LLE_view_pair");
10101 if (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
)
10103 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
))
10104 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Location view begin");
10107 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10108 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vbegin
);
10109 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
, "Location view begin");
10112 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Location view end");
10116 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10117 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vend
);
10118 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
, "Location view end");
10123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vbegin
, "Location view begin");
10124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vend
, "Location view end");
10126 #endif /* DW_LLE_view_pair */
10131 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10134 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10136 int vcount
= 0, lcount
= 0;
10138 if (list_head
->emitted
)
10140 list_head
->emitted
= true;
10142 if (list_head
->vl_symbol
&& dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
10144 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10146 for (dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
;
10147 curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10149 unsigned long size
;
10151 if (skip_loc_list_entry (curr
, &size
))
10156 /* ?? dwarf_split_debug_info? */
10157 if (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
)
10159 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10161 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
))
10163 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vbegin
);
10164 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
,
10165 "View list begin (%s)",
10166 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10169 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0,
10170 "View list begin (%s)",
10171 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10173 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10175 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vend
);
10176 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
,
10177 "View list end (%s)",
10178 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10181 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0,
10182 "View list end (%s)",
10183 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10187 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vbegin
,
10188 "View list begin (%s)",
10189 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10190 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vend
,
10191 "View list end (%s)",
10192 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10197 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10199 const char *last_section
= NULL
;
10200 const char *base_label
= NULL
;
10202 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10203 for (dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
;
10204 curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10206 unsigned long size
;
10208 /* Skip this entry? If we skip it here, we must skip it in the
10209 view list above as well. */
10210 if (skip_loc_list_entry (curr
, &size
))
10215 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10217 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10219 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10220 /* For -gsplit-dwarf, emit DW_LLE_starx_length, which has
10221 uleb128 index into .debug_addr and uleb128 length. */
10222 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_startx_length
,
10223 "DW_LLE_startx_length (%s)",
10224 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10225 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->begin_entry
->index
,
10226 "Location list range start index "
10227 "(%s)", curr
->begin
);
10228 /* FIXME: This will ICE ifndef HAVE_AS_LEB128.
10229 For that case we probably need to emit DW_LLE_startx_endx,
10230 but we'd need 2 .debug_addr entries rather than just one. */
10231 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10232 "Location list length (%s)",
10233 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10235 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections
&& HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
10237 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10238 /* If all code is in .text section, the base address is
10239 already provided by the CU attributes. Use
10240 DW_LLE_offset_pair where both addresses are uleb128 encoded
10241 offsets against that base. */
10242 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_offset_pair
,
10243 "DW_LLE_offset_pair (%s)",
10244 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10245 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10246 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10247 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10248 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10249 "Location list end address (%s)",
10250 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10252 else if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
10254 /* Otherwise, find out how many consecutive entries could share
10255 the same base entry. If just one, emit DW_LLE_start_length,
10256 otherwise emit DW_LLE_base_address for the base address
10257 followed by a series of DW_LLE_offset_pair. */
10258 if (last_section
== NULL
|| curr
->section
!= last_section
)
10260 dw_loc_list_ref curr2
;
10261 for (curr2
= curr
->dw_loc_next
; curr2
!= NULL
;
10262 curr2
= curr2
->dw_loc_next
)
10264 if (strcmp (curr2
->begin
, curr2
->end
) == 0
10269 if (curr2
== NULL
|| curr
->section
!= curr2
->section
)
10270 last_section
= NULL
;
10273 last_section
= curr
->section
;
10274 base_label
= curr
->begin
;
10275 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_base_address
,
10276 "DW_LLE_base_address (%s)",
10277 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10278 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, base_label
,
10279 "Base address (%s)",
10280 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10283 /* Only one entry with the same base address. Use
10284 DW_LLE_start_length with absolute address and uleb128
10286 if (last_section
== NULL
)
10288 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10289 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_start_length
,
10290 "DW_LLE_start_length (%s)",
10291 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10292 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10293 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10294 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10295 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10296 "Location list length "
10297 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10299 /* Otherwise emit DW_LLE_offset_pair, relative to above emitted
10300 DW_LLE_base_address. */
10303 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10304 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_offset_pair
,
10305 "DW_LLE_offset_pair (%s)",
10306 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10307 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->begin
, base_label
,
10308 "Location list begin address "
10309 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10310 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, base_label
,
10311 "Location list end address "
10312 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10315 /* The assembler does not support .uleb128 directive. Emit
10316 DW_LLE_start_end with a pair of absolute addresses. */
10319 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10320 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_start_end
,
10321 "DW_LLE_start_end (%s)",
10322 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10323 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10324 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10325 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10326 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10327 "Location list end address (%s)",
10328 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10331 else if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10333 /* For -gsplit-dwarf -gdwarf-{2,3,4} emit index into .debug_addr
10334 and 4 byte length. */
10335 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_start_length_entry
,
10336 "Location list start/length entry (%s)",
10337 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10338 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->begin_entry
->index
,
10339 "Location list range start index (%s)",
10341 /* The length field is 4 bytes. If we ever need to support
10342 an 8-byte length, we can add a new DW_LLE code or fall back
10343 to DW_LLE_GNU_start_end_entry. */
10344 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10345 "Location list range length (%s)",
10346 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10348 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10350 /* Pair of relative addresses against start of text section. */
10351 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10352 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10353 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10354 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10355 "Location list end address (%s)",
10356 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10360 /* Pair of absolute addresses. */
10361 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10362 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10363 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10364 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10365 "Location list end address (%s)",
10366 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10369 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10370 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10371 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Location expression size");
10374 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10375 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "Location expression size");
10378 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
10381 /* And finally list termination. */
10382 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10383 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_end_of_list
,
10384 "DW_LLE_end_of_list (%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10385 else if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10386 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_end_of_list_entry
,
10387 "Location list terminator (%s)",
10388 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10391 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10392 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10393 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10394 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10395 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10396 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10399 gcc_assert (!list_head
->vl_symbol
10400 || vcount
== lcount
* (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute () ? 1 : 0));
10403 /* Output a range_list offset into the .debug_ranges or .debug_rnglists
10404 section. Emit a relocated reference if val_entry is NULL, otherwise,
10405 emit an indirect reference. */
10408 output_range_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10410 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10412 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
== RELOCATED_OFFSET
)
10414 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10416 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
10417 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, r
->label
,
10418 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10422 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10423 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10424 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
10425 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10426 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10430 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10432 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
10433 gcc_assert (rnglist_idx
);
10434 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
->idx
, "%s", name
);
10437 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10438 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10439 "%s (offset from %s)", name
, ranges_section_label
);
10442 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
10445 output_loc_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10447 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10450 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10451 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10452 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10453 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10455 gcc_assert (AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
);
10456 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_loc_list (a
)->hash
, "%s (%s)",
10457 dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
),
10461 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, loc_section_label
,
10462 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10465 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
10468 output_view_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10470 char *sym
= (*AT_loc_list_ptr (a
))->vl_symbol
;
10473 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10474 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, loc_section_label
,
10475 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10477 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10478 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10481 /* Output an attribute's index or value appropriately. */
10484 output_attr_index_or_value (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10486 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10488 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
10490 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
), "%s", name
);
10493 switch (AT_class (a
))
10495 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10496 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10498 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
10499 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10500 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10503 gcc_unreachable ();
10507 /* Output a type signature. */
10510 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10514 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10515 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10518 /* Output a discriminant value. */
10521 output_discr_value (dw_discr_value
*discr_value
, const char *name
)
10523 if (discr_value
->pos
)
10524 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (discr_value
->v
.uval
, "%s", name
);
10526 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (discr_value
->v
.sval
, "%s", name
);
10529 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10530 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10533 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10537 unsigned long size
;
10540 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10541 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10542 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10544 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10546 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10548 switch (AT_class (a
))
10550 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10551 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
10554 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10555 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10559 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10560 output_range_list_offset (a
);
10563 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10564 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10566 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10567 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10568 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
10570 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10572 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
10575 case dw_val_class_const
:
10576 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10577 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10578 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10579 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10582 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10584 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10585 if (dwarf_version
== 3
10586 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
10588 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10590 dw2_asm_output_data (csize
, AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10594 case dw_val_class_symview
:
10597 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
10599 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
10601 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
10605 dw2_asm_output_addr (vsize
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_symbolic_view
,
10610 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
10611 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10612 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s ("
10613 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
")\n",
10614 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
, AT_int (a
));
10617 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
10618 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10619 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s ("
10620 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
")\n",
10621 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
, AT_unsigned (a
));
10624 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10626 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10628 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
10629 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10630 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
10631 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10634 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10636 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10637 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10641 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10642 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10645 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10646 first
, "%s", name
);
10647 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10652 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
10655 int len
= get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
);
10656 int l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10657 if (len
* HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
> DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
10658 dw2_asm_output_data (1, get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
10661 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10662 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10664 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
10669 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
10671 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
10678 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10680 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10681 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10685 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10686 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10687 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10692 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10694 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10695 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10696 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10700 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10701 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10703 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10704 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10705 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10706 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10707 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10708 the same abbrev entry. */
10709 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
10710 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10711 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10712 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
10715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10718 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10719 output_loc_list_offset (a
);
10722 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
10723 output_view_list_offset (a
);
10726 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10727 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10729 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
10731 comdat_type_node
*type_node
10732 = AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10734 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10735 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10739 const char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10743 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10744 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10746 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10747 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10749 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10750 /* ??? We cannot unconditionally output die_offset if
10751 non-zero - others might create references to those
10753 And we do not clear its DIE offset after outputting it
10754 (and the label refers to the actual DIEs, not the
10755 DWARF CU unit header which is when using label + offset
10756 would be the correct thing to do).
10757 ??? This is the reason for the with_offset flag. */
10758 if (AT_ref (a
)->with_offset
)
10759 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10760 debug_info_section
, "%s", name
);
10762 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10768 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10769 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10774 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10776 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10778 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10779 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10780 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10785 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10786 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA
10787 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10788 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
10791 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10792 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
10797 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10798 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
10801 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10802 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10803 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10806 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10807 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10808 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10811 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
10812 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10813 debug_loc_section
, "%s", name
);
10816 case dw_val_class_str
:
10817 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
10818 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10819 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10821 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10822 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
)
10823 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10824 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10825 debug_line_str_section
,
10826 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10827 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
10828 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
),
10829 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10831 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10834 case dw_val_class_file
:
10836 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10838 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10839 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10843 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
10844 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10845 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s (%d, %s)\n",
10846 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
,
10847 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
),
10848 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10851 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10855 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10857 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10861 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
10862 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10863 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "DW_AT_high_pc");
10866 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
10867 output_discr_value (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
, name
);
10870 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
10872 dw_discr_list_ref list
= AT_discr_list (a
);
10873 const int size
= size_of_discr_list (list
);
10875 /* This is a block, so output its length first. */
10876 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
,
10877 "%s: block size", name
);
10879 for (; list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->dw_discr_next
)
10881 /* One byte for the discriminant value descriptor, and then as
10882 many LEB128 numbers as required. */
10883 if (list
->dw_discr_range
)
10884 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_DSC_range
,
10885 "%s: DW_DSC_range", name
);
10887 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_DSC_label
,
10888 "%s: DW_DSC_label", name
);
10890 output_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_lower_bound
, name
);
10891 if (list
->dw_discr_range
)
10892 output_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_upper_bound
, name
);
10898 gcc_unreachable ();
10902 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10904 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10905 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10907 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10910 /* Output the dwarf version number. */
10913 output_dwarf_version ()
10915 /* ??? For now, if -gdwarf-6 is specified, we output version 5 with
10916 views in loclist. That will change eventually. */
10917 if (dwarf_version
== 6)
10923 "-gdwarf-6 is output as version 5 with incompatibilities");
10926 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF version number");
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
, "DWARF version number");
10932 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10933 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10936 output_compilation_unit_header (enum dwarf_unit_type ut
)
10938 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
10940 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10941 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10942 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10943 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10944 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
10945 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10948 output_dwarf_version ();
10949 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10954 case DW_UT_compile
: name
= "DW_UT_compile"; break;
10955 case DW_UT_type
: name
= "DW_UT_type"; break;
10956 case DW_UT_split_compile
: name
= "DW_UT_split_compile"; break;
10957 case DW_UT_split_type
: name
= "DW_UT_split_type"; break;
10958 default: gcc_unreachable ();
10960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ut
, "%s", name
);
10961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10963 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
10964 debug_abbrev_section
,
10965 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10966 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
10967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10970 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10973 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
,
10974 const unsigned char *dwo_id
)
10976 const char *secname
, *oldsym
;
10979 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10980 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
10983 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10984 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10985 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10986 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10987 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10990 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (die
);
10992 /* For now, optimize only the main CU, in order to optimize the rest
10993 we'd need to see all of them earlier. Leave the rest for post-linking
10995 if (die
== comp_unit_die ())
10996 abbrev_opt_start
= vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
);
10998 build_abbrev_table (die
, extern_map
);
11000 optimize_abbrev_table ();
11004 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11005 next_die_offset
= (dwo_id
11006 ? DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
11007 : DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
);
11008 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11010 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11011 if (oldsym
&& die
->comdat_type_p
)
11013 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11015 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11017 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11018 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11022 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11023 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11024 info_section_emitted
= true;
11027 /* For LTO cross unit DIE refs we want a symbol on the start of the
11028 debuginfo section, not on the CU DIE. */
11029 if ((flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
) && oldsym
)
11031 /* ??? No way to get visibility assembled without a decl. */
11032 tree decl
= build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION
, VAR_DECL
,
11033 get_identifier (oldsym
), char_type_node
);
11034 TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) = true;
11035 TREE_STATIC (decl
) = true;
11036 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
) = true;
11037 DECL_VISIBILITY (decl
) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
;
11038 DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl
) = true;
11039 targetm
.asm_out
.assemble_visibility (decl
, VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
);
11040 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
11041 /* We prefer a .weak because that handles duplicates from duplicate
11042 archive members in a graceful way. */
11043 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11045 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11047 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11050 /* Output debugging information. */
11051 output_compilation_unit_header (dwo_id
11052 ? DW_UT_split_compile
: DW_UT_compile
);
11053 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11055 if (dwo_id
!= NULL
)
11056 for (int i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11057 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dwo_id
[i
], i
== 0 ? "DWO id" : NULL
);
11061 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11062 output_pubnames. */
11066 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11070 /* Whether to generate the DWARF accelerator tables in .debug_pubnames
11071 and .debug_pubtypes. This is configured per-target, but can be
11072 overridden by the -gpubnames or -gno-pubnames options. */
11075 want_pubnames (void)
11077 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11079 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
!= -1)
11080 return debug_generate_pub_sections
;
11081 return targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
;
11084 /* Add the DW_AT_GNU_pubnames and DW_AT_GNU_pubtypes attributes. */
11087 add_AT_pubnames (dw_die_ref die
)
11089 if (want_pubnames ())
11090 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_pubnames
, 1);
11093 /* Add a string attribute value to a skeleton DIE. */
11096 add_skeleton_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
11100 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
11102 if (! skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
11103 skeleton_debug_str_hash
11104 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
11106 node
= find_AT_string_in_table (str
, skeleton_debug_str_hash
);
11107 find_string_form (node
);
11108 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
11109 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
11111 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
11112 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
11113 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
11114 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
11115 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
11118 /* Helper function to generate top-level dies for skeleton debug_info and
11122 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (dw_die_ref die
)
11124 const char *dwo_file_name
= concat (aux_base_name
, ".dwo", NULL
);
11125 const char *comp_dir
= comp_dir_string ();
11127 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_dwo_name
), dwo_file_name
);
11128 if (comp_dir
!= NULL
)
11129 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, comp_dir
);
11130 add_AT_pubnames (die
);
11131 add_AT_lineptr (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_addr_base
), debug_addr_section_label
);
11134 /* Output skeleton debug sections that point to the dwo file. */
11137 output_skeleton_debug_sections (dw_die_ref comp_unit
,
11138 const unsigned char *dwo_id
)
11140 /* These attributes will be found in the full debug_info section. */
11141 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_producer
);
11142 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_language
);
11144 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_info_section
);
11145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
);
11147 /* Produce the skeleton compilation-unit header. This one differs enough from
11148 a normal CU header that it's better not to call output_compilation_unit
11150 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11151 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11152 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit "
11153 "DWARF extension");
11155 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11156 DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
11157 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
11158 + size_of_die (comp_unit
),
11159 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11160 output_dwarf_version ();
11161 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11163 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_UT_skeleton
, "DW_UT_skeleton");
11164 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11166 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
11167 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
,
11168 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11169 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
11170 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11172 for (int i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11173 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dwo_id
[i
], i
== 0 ? "DWO id" : NULL
);
11175 comp_unit
->die_abbrev
= SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
;
11176 output_die (comp_unit
);
11178 /* Build the skeleton debug_abbrev section. */
11179 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
);
11180 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
);
11182 output_die_abbrevs (SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
, comp_unit
);
11184 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of skeleton .debug_abbrev");
11187 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11190 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
11192 const char *secname
;
11195 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11199 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11200 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11202 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (node
->root_die
);
11204 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
, extern_map
);
11209 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11210 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11211 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11213 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11214 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11216 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11217 secname
= ".debug_info";
11219 secname
= ".debug_info.dwo";
11221 else if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11222 secname
= ".debug_types";
11224 secname
= ".debug_types.dwo";
11226 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11227 sprintf (tmp
, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? "wi." : "wt.");
11228 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11229 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11230 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11231 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11232 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11235 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11236 sprintf (tmp
, (dwarf_version
>= 5
11237 ? ".gnu.linkonce.wi." : ".gnu.linkonce.wt."));
11238 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11239 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11241 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11244 /* Output debugging information. */
11245 output_compilation_unit_header (dwarf_split_debug_info
11246 ? DW_UT_split_type
: DW_UT_type
);
11247 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11248 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11249 "Offset to Type DIE");
11250 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11252 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11255 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11257 static const char *
11258 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11260 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11262 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11265 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11268 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11273 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11274 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
11278 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11280 if (!want_pubnames ())
11283 /* Don't add items to the table when we expect that the consumer will have
11284 just read the enclosing die. For example, if the consumer is looking at a
11285 class_member, it will either be inside the class already, or will have just
11286 looked up the class to find the member. Either way, searching the class is
11287 faster than searching the index. */
11288 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) && !class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
))
11289 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
11291 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11294 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11298 /* Add an enumerator to the pubnames section. */
11301 add_enumerator_pubname (const char *scope_name
, dw_die_ref die
)
11305 gcc_assert (scope_name
);
11306 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
), NULL
);
11308 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
11311 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11314 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11318 if (!want_pubnames ())
11321 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11322 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
11323 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11326 const char *scope_name
= "";
11327 const char *sep
= is_cxx () ? "::" : ".";
11330 scope
= TYPE_P (decl
) ? TYPE_CONTEXT (decl
) : NULL
;
11331 if (scope
&& TREE_CODE (scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11333 scope_name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (scope
, 1);
11334 if (scope_name
!= NULL
&& scope_name
[0] != '\0')
11335 scope_name
= concat (scope_name
, sep
, NULL
);
11341 name
= type_tag (decl
);
11343 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1);
11345 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11346 it to the table. */
11347 if (name
!= NULL
&& name
[0] != '\0')
11350 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, name
, NULL
);
11351 vec_safe_push (pubtype_table
, e
);
11354 /* Although it might be more consistent to add the pubinfo for the
11355 enumerators as their dies are created, they should only be added if the
11356 enum type meets the criteria above. So rather than re-check the parent
11357 enum type whenever an enumerator die is created, just output them all
11358 here. This isn't protected by the name conditional because anonymous
11359 enums don't have names. */
11360 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumeration_type
)
11364 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_enumerator_pubname (scope_name
, c
));
11369 /* Output a single entry in the pubnames table. */
11372 output_pubname (dw_offset die_offset
, pubname_entry
*entry
)
11374 dw_die_ref die
= entry
->die
;
11375 int is_static
= get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_external
) ? 0 : 1;
11377 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, die_offset
, "DIE offset");
11379 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2)
11381 /* This logic follows gdb's method for determining the value of the flag
11383 uint32_t flags
= GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_NONE
;
11384 switch (die
->die_tag
)
11386 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
11387 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
11388 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
11389 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11390 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11392 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
11393 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11394 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11396 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11398 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
11399 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11400 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_FUNCTION
);
11402 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11404 case DW_TAG_constant
:
11405 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11406 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11407 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11409 case DW_TAG_variable
:
11410 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11411 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11412 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11414 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
11415 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
11416 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11418 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
11419 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
11420 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
11421 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
11422 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
11423 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11425 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11428 /* An unusual tag. Leave the flag-byte empty. */
11431 dw2_asm_output_data (1, flags
>> GDB_INDEX_CU_BITSIZE
,
11432 "GDB-index flags");
11435 dw2_asm_output_nstring (entry
->name
, -1, "external name");
11439 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11440 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11443 output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
11446 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11447 pubname_entry
*pub
;
11449 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11451 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11452 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11453 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11454 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11455 "Pub Info Length");
11458 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is independent of dwarf version. */
11459 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF pubnames/pubtypes version");
11461 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11462 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
11463 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
11464 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11466 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11467 debug_info_section
,
11468 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11469 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11470 "Compilation Unit Length");
11472 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, pub
)
11474 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, pub
))
11476 dw_offset die_offset
= pub
->die
->die_offset
;
11478 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11479 if (names
== pubname_table
&& pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
11480 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11482 /* If we're putting types in their own .debug_types sections,
11483 the .debug_pubtypes table will still point to the compile
11484 unit (not the type unit), so we want to use the offset of
11485 the skeleton DIE (if there is one). */
11486 if (pub
->die
->comdat_type_p
&& names
== pubtype_table
)
11488 comdat_type_node
*type_node
= pub
->die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11490 if (type_node
!= NULL
)
11491 die_offset
= (type_node
->skeleton_die
!= NULL
11492 ? type_node
->skeleton_die
->die_offset
11493 : comp_unit_die ()->die_offset
);
11496 output_pubname (die_offset
, pub
);
11500 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11503 /* Output public names and types tables if necessary. */
11506 output_pubtables (void)
11508 if (!want_pubnames () || !info_section_emitted
)
11511 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
11512 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
11513 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
11514 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
11515 simply won't look for the section. */
11516 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
11517 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
11521 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11522 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11523 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11526 output_aranges (void)
11529 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
11531 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11533 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11534 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11535 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11536 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11537 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11540 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even up to DWARF5. */
11541 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF aranges version");
11542 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11543 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
11544 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
11545 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11547 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11548 debug_info_section
,
11549 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11551 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11553 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11554 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11556 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11558 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11559 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11560 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11561 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11564 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11565 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11566 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11567 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11568 confused with the terminator. */
11569 if (text_section_used
)
11571 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11572 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11573 text_section_label
, "Length");
11575 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11577 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11579 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11580 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11583 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
11588 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
11590 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
11592 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
11594 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
11596 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
11597 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, "Length");
11599 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
11601 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
11603 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
11604 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, "Length");
11609 /* Output the terminator words. */
11610 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11611 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11614 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return its index into
11615 ranges_table vector. */
11617 static unsigned int
11618 add_ranges_num (int num
, bool maybe_new_sec
)
11620 dw_ranges r
= { NULL
, num
, 0, maybe_new_sec
};
11621 vec_safe_push (ranges_table
, r
);
11622 return vec_safe_length (ranges_table
) - 1;
11625 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11626 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. MAYBE_NEW_SEC is true if
11627 this entry might be in a different section from previous range. */
11629 static unsigned int
11630 add_ranges (const_tree block
, bool maybe_new_sec
)
11632 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0, maybe_new_sec
);
11635 /* Note that (*rnglist_table)[offset] is either a head of a rnglist
11636 chain, or middle entry of a chain that will be directly referred to. */
11639 note_rnglist_head (unsigned int offset
)
11641 if (dwarf_version
< 5 || (*ranges_table
)[offset
].label
)
11643 (*ranges_table
)[offset
].label
= gen_internal_sym ("LLRL");
11646 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of labels.
11647 When using dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined
11648 for the final executable should be direct references--setting the
11649 parameter force_direct ensures this behavior. */
11652 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11653 bool *added
, bool force_direct
)
11655 unsigned int in_use
= vec_safe_length (ranges_by_label
);
11656 unsigned int offset
;
11657 dw_ranges_by_label rbl
= { begin
, end
};
11658 vec_safe_push (ranges_by_label
, rbl
);
11659 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1, true);
11662 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
, force_direct
);
11664 note_rnglist_head (offset
);
11668 /* Emit .debug_ranges section. */
11671 output_ranges (void)
11674 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11675 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11678 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
11679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
11680 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11682 int block_num
= r
->num
;
11686 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11687 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11689 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11692 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11693 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11694 base of the text section. */
11695 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11697 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11698 text_section_label
,
11699 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11700 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11701 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11704 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11705 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11706 about whether the target supports cross-section
11710 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11711 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11712 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11718 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11719 else if (block_num
< 0)
11721 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11723 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11725 gcc_unreachable ();
11727 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11728 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11729 the #if 0 above. */
11730 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11731 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
,
11732 text_section_label
,
11733 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11734 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11735 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
,
11736 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11741 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11742 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
,
11743 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11744 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11745 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
,
11751 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11758 /* Non-zero if .debug_line_str should be used for .debug_line section
11759 strings or strings that are likely shareable with those. */
11760 #define DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR \
11761 (!DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET \
11762 && (DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) != 0 \
11763 /* FIXME: there is no .debug_line_str.dwo section, \
11764 for -gsplit-dwarf we should use DW_FORM_strx instead. */ \
11765 && !dwarf_split_debug_info)
11767 /* Assign .debug_rnglists indexes. */
11770 index_rnglists (void)
11775 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11777 r
->idx
= rnglist_idx
++;
11780 /* Emit .debug_rnglists section. */
11783 output_rnglists (unsigned generation
)
11787 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11788 char l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11789 char basebuf
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11791 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
11792 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
11793 /* There are up to 4 unique ranges labels per generation.
11794 See also init_sections_and_labels. */
11795 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
11796 2 + generation
* 4);
11797 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
11798 3 + generation
* 4);
11799 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11800 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11801 "Initial length escape value indicating "
11802 "64-bit DWARF extension");
11803 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11804 "Length of Range Lists");
11805 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11806 output_dwarf_version ();
11807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
11808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
11809 /* Emit the offset table only for -gsplit-dwarf. If we don't care
11810 about relocation sizes and primarily care about the size of .debug*
11811 sections in linked shared libraries and executables, then
11812 the offset table plus corresponding DW_FORM_rnglistx uleb128 indexes
11813 into it are usually larger than just DW_FORM_sec_offset offsets
11814 into the .debug_rnglists section. */
11815 dw2_asm_output_data (4, dwarf_split_debug_info
? rnglist_idx
: 0,
11816 "Offset Entry Count");
11817 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11819 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_base_label
);
11820 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11822 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, r
->label
,
11823 ranges_base_label
, NULL
);
11826 const char *lab
= "";
11827 unsigned int len
= vec_safe_length (ranges_table
);
11828 const char *base
= NULL
;
11829 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11831 int block_num
= r
->num
;
11835 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, r
->label
);
11838 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
&& (r
->label
|| r
->maybe_new_sec
))
11842 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11843 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11845 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11846 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11848 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
11850 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11851 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11852 base of the text section. */
11853 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11855 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_offset_pair
,
11856 "DW_RLE_offset_pair (%s)", lab
);
11857 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (blabel
, text_section_label
,
11858 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11859 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, text_section_label
,
11860 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11865 dw_ranges
*r2
= NULL
;
11867 r2
= &(*ranges_table
)[i
+ 1];
11870 && r2
->label
== NULL
11871 && !r2
->maybe_new_sec
)
11873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_base_address
,
11874 "DW_RLE_base_address (%s)", lab
);
11875 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11876 "Base address (%s)", lab
);
11877 strcpy (basebuf
, blabel
);
11883 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_offset_pair
,
11884 "DW_RLE_offset_pair (%s)", lab
);
11885 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (blabel
, base
,
11886 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11887 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, base
,
11888 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11891 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_length
,
11892 "DW_RLE_start_length (%s)", lab
);
11893 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11894 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11895 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, blabel
,
11896 "Range length (%s)", lab
);
11900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_end
,
11901 "DW_RLE_start_end (%s)", lab
);
11902 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11903 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11904 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11905 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11909 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11910 else if (block_num
< 0)
11912 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11913 const char *blabel
= (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
;
11914 const char *elabel
= (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
;
11916 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11917 gcc_unreachable ();
11918 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
11920 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_length
,
11921 "DW_RLE_start_length (%s)", lab
);
11922 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11923 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11924 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, blabel
,
11925 "Range length (%s)", lab
);
11929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_end
,
11930 "DW_RLE_start_end (%s)", lab
);
11931 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11932 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11933 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11934 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_end_of_list
,
11939 "DW_RLE_end_of_list (%s)", lab
);
11941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
11944 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11947 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11948 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11949 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11950 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11951 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11954 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11958 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11959 int length
; /* Path length. */
11960 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11961 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11962 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11965 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11966 the directories in the path. */
11969 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11971 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11972 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11973 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11974 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11976 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11977 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11978 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11979 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11980 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. We want the one with
11981 the directory to sort after the one without, so all no directory files
11982 are at the start (normally only the compilation unit file). */
11983 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11984 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11986 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11987 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11993 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above,
11994 but now we want longer directory prefixes before shorter ones. */
11995 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11996 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11997 return ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11998 - (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
));
12000 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12001 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
12002 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
12006 struct file_name_acquire_data
12008 struct file_info
*files
;
12013 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12016 file_name_acquire (dwarf_file_data
**slot
, file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
)
12018 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
12019 struct file_info
*fi
;
12022 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
12024 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
12027 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
12029 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
12031 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12033 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
12036 /* Create a new array entry. */
12038 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
12041 /* Search for the file name part. */
12042 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
12043 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12045 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
12049 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
12055 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
12059 /* Helper function for output_file_names. Emit a FORM encoded
12060 string STR, with assembly comment start ENTRY_KIND and
12064 output_line_string (enum dwarf_form form
, const char *str
,
12065 const char *entry_kind
, unsigned int idx
)
12069 case DW_FORM_string
:
12070 dw2_asm_output_nstring (str
, -1, "%s: %#x", entry_kind
, idx
);
12072 case DW_FORM_line_strp
:
12073 if (!debug_line_str_hash
)
12074 debug_line_str_hash
12075 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
12077 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
12078 node
= find_AT_string_in_table (str
, debug_line_str_hash
);
12079 set_indirect_string (node
);
12081 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->label
,
12082 debug_line_str_section
, "%s: %#x: \"%s\"",
12083 entry_kind
, 0, node
->str
);
12086 gcc_unreachable ();
12090 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12091 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12092 slowdowns with many input files. */
12095 output_file_names (void)
12097 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
12099 struct file_info
*files
;
12100 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
12108 if (!last_emitted_file
)
12110 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12112 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Directory entry format count");
12113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Directories count");
12114 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "File name entry format count");
12115 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "File names count");
12119 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12120 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12125 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12127 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12128 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12129 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12131 fnad
.files
= files
;
12132 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12133 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12134 file_table
->traverse
<file_name_acquire_data
*, file_name_acquire
> (&fnad
);
12135 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12137 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12139 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12140 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12141 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12142 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12144 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12145 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12148 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12149 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12150 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12151 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12153 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12154 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12155 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12161 /* This is a new directory. */
12162 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12163 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12164 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12165 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12166 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12168 /* Search for a prefix. */
12169 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12170 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12171 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12172 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12173 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12174 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12175 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12176 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12181 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12182 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12183 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12184 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12185 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12186 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12187 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12188 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12190 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12191 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12196 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12197 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12198 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12199 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12201 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12204 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12206 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12210 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12211 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12212 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12216 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12217 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12219 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12220 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12225 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12227 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12229 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12230 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12231 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12233 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12234 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12236 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12237 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12242 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12243 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12244 enum dwarf_form str_form
= DW_FORM_string
;
12245 enum dwarf_form idx_form
= DW_FORM_udata
;
12246 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12248 const char *comp_dir
= comp_dir_string ();
12249 if (comp_dir
== NULL
)
12251 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Directory entry format count");
12252 if (DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR
)
12253 str_form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
12254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_path
, "DW_LNCT_path");
12255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (str_form
, "%s",
12256 get_DW_FORM_name (str_form
));
12257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ndirs
+ idx_offset
, "Directories count");
12258 if (str_form
== DW_FORM_string
)
12260 dw2_asm_output_nstring (comp_dir
, -1, "Directory Entry: %#x", 0);
12261 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12262 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12264 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12265 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12269 output_line_string (str_form
, comp_dir
, "Directory Entry", 0);
12270 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12273 = ggc_alloc_string (dirs
[i
].path
,
12275 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
);
12276 output_line_string (str_form
, str
, "Directory Entry",
12277 (unsigned) i
+ idx_offset
);
12283 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12284 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12286 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12287 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12289 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12292 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12293 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12294 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12295 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12296 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12297 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12299 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12301 const char *filename0
= get_AT_string (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_name
);
12302 if (filename0
== NULL
)
12304 /* DW_LNCT_directory_index can use DW_FORM_udata, DW_FORM_data1 and
12305 DW_FORM_data2. Choose one based on the number of directories
12306 and how much space would they occupy in each encoding.
12307 If we have at most 256 directories, all indexes fit into
12308 a single byte, so DW_FORM_data1 is most compact (if there
12309 are at most 128 directories, DW_FORM_udata would be as
12310 compact as that, but not shorter and slower to decode). */
12311 if (ndirs
+ idx_offset
<= 256)
12312 idx_form
= DW_FORM_data1
;
12313 /* If there are more than 65536 directories, we have to use
12314 DW_FORM_udata, DW_FORM_data2 can't refer to them.
12315 Otherwise, compute what space would occupy if all the indexes
12316 used DW_FORM_udata - sum - and compare that to how large would
12317 be DW_FORM_data2 encoding, and pick the more efficient one. */
12318 else if (ndirs
+ idx_offset
<= 65536)
12320 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT sum
= 1;
12321 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12323 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12324 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12325 sum
+= size_of_uleb128 (dir_idx
);
12327 if (sum
>= HOST_WIDE_INT_UC (2) * (numfiles
+ 1))
12328 idx_form
= DW_FORM_data2
;
12330 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12331 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 4, "File name entry format count");
12333 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "File name entry format count");
12335 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_path
, "DW_LNCT_path");
12336 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (str_form
, "%s",
12337 get_DW_FORM_name (str_form
));
12338 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_directory_index
,
12339 "DW_LNCT_directory_index");
12340 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (idx_form
, "%s",
12341 get_DW_FORM_name (idx_form
));
12342 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12343 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_timestamp
, "DW_LNCT_timestamp");
12344 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_FORM_udata
, "DW_FORM_udata");
12345 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_size
, "DW_LNCT_size");
12346 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_FORM_udata
, "DW_FORM_udata");
12348 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (numfiles
+ 1, "File names count");
12350 output_line_string (str_form
, filename0
, "File Entry", 0);
12352 /* Include directory index. */
12353 if (idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12354 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12357 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12359 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12360 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12361 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12365 /* Now write all the file names. */
12366 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12368 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12369 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12371 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12372 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12374 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12375 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12380 int maxfilelen
= (strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12381 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12382 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1);
12383 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12385 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12386 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12387 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12389 output_line_string (str_form
, filebuf
, "File Entry", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12391 /* Include directory index. */
12392 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12393 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12394 dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12396 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12398 /* Modification time. */
12399 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
,
12400 &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12403 /* File length in bytes. */
12404 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
,
12405 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12408 output_line_string (str_form
,
12409 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
,
12410 "File Entry", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12412 /* Include directory index. */
12413 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12414 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12415 dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12417 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12419 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12422 /* Modification time. */
12423 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12425 /* File length in bytes. */
12426 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12427 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12430 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
12431 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12435 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
12438 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table
*table
)
12440 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12441 unsigned int current_line
= 1;
12442 bool current_is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
12443 dw_line_info_entry
*ent
, *prev_addr
;
12449 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (table
->entries
, i
, ent
)
12451 switch (ent
->opcode
)
12453 case LI_set_address
:
12454 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
12455 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
12456 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
12457 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
12458 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
12459 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12464 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12465 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12466 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s%s", line_label
,
12467 debug_variable_location_views
12468 ? ", reset view to 0" : "");
12469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12471 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12476 case LI_adv_address
:
12478 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12479 char prev_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12480 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (prev_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, prev_addr
->val
);
12484 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
, "fixed advance PC, increment view to %i", view
);
12485 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_label
,
12486 "from %s to %s", prev_label
, line_label
);
12493 if (ent
->val
== current_line
)
12495 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12496 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
,
12497 "copy line %u", current_line
);
12501 int line_offset
= ent
->val
- current_line
;
12502 int line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12504 current_line
= ent
->val
;
12505 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12507 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12508 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
12509 This takes 1 byte. */
12510 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12511 "line %u", current_line
);
12515 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12516 depending on the value being encoded. */
12517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12518 "advance to line %u", current_line
);
12519 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, NULL
);
12526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "set file %u", ent
->val
);
12527 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12530 case LI_set_column
:
12531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column
, "column %u", ent
->val
);
12532 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12535 case LI_negate_stmt
:
12536 current_is_stmt
= !current_is_stmt
;
12537 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt
,
12538 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt
);
12541 case LI_set_prologue_end
:
12542 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end
,
12543 "set prologue end");
12546 case LI_set_epilogue_begin
:
12547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin
,
12548 "set epilogue begin");
12551 case LI_set_discriminator
:
12552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent
->val
);
12553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent
->val
), NULL
);
12554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator
, NULL
);
12555 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, NULL
);
12560 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
12561 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table
->end_label
);
12562 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12563 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12564 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, table
->end_label
, NULL
);
12566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
12567 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12571 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12572 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12575 output_line_info (bool prologue_only
)
12577 static unsigned int generation
;
12578 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12579 char p1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], p2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12580 bool saw_one
= false;
12583 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, generation
);
12584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, generation
);
12585 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, generation
);
12586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, generation
++);
12588 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
12590 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12591 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12592 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12593 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12594 "Length of Source Line Info");
12597 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12599 output_dwarf_version ();
12600 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
12603 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
12605 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12606 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12608 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
12609 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
12610 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
12611 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
12612 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
12613 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
12614 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
12615 and don't let the target override. */
12616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
12618 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
12619 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12620 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12622 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12624 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12626 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12627 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12628 "Special Opcode Base");
12630 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12635 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12636 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12637 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12638 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12639 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12640 case DW_LNS_set_isa
:
12648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12652 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12653 output_file_names ();
12654 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12657 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12658 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12662 if (separate_line_info
)
12664 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
12667 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*separate_line_info
, i
, table
)
12670 output_one_line_info_table (table
);
12674 if (cold_text_section_line_info
&& cold_text_section_line_info
->in_use
)
12676 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info
);
12680 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
12681 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
12682 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
12683 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
12684 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
12685 if (text_section_line_info
->in_use
|| !saw_one
)
12686 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info
);
12688 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12692 /* Return true if DW_AT_endianity should be emitted according to REVERSE. */
12695 need_endianity_attribute_p (bool reverse
)
12697 return reverse
&& (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
);
12700 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12701 a DIE that describes the given type. REVERSE is true if the type is
12702 to be interpreted in the reverse storage order wrt the target order.
12704 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12705 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12708 base_type_die (tree type
, bool reverse
)
12710 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12711 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12712 bool fpt_used
= false;
12713 struct fixed_point_type_info fpt_info
;
12714 tree type_bias
= NULL_TREE
;
12716 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12717 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12718 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12719 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12721 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12724 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12725 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12726 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12727 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12728 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12730 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12731 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12732 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12734 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12738 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12739 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_fixed_point_type_info
)
12741 memset (&fpt_info
, 0, sizeof (fpt_info
));
12742 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_fixed_point_type_info (type
, &fpt_info
))
12745 encoding
= ((TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12746 ? DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
12747 : DW_ATE_signed_fixed
);
12751 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12753 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12754 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12756 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12758 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12759 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12761 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12764 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias
)
12765 type_bias
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias (type
);
12769 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12771 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12772 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12774 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12777 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12780 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12781 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12782 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12783 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12784 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12786 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12789 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12790 a user defined type for it. */
12792 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12793 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12795 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12799 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12800 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12804 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12805 gcc_unreachable ();
12808 base_type_result
= new_die_raw (DW_TAG_base_type
);
12810 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12811 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12812 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12814 if (need_endianity_attribute_p (reverse
))
12815 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_endianity
,
12816 BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? DW_END_little
: DW_END_big
);
12818 add_alignment_attribute (base_type_result
, type
);
12822 switch (fpt_info
.scale_factor_kind
)
12824 case fixed_point_scale_factor_binary
:
12825 add_AT_int (base_type_result
, DW_AT_binary_scale
,
12826 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.binary
);
12829 case fixed_point_scale_factor_decimal
:
12830 add_AT_int (base_type_result
, DW_AT_decimal_scale
,
12831 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.decimal
);
12834 case fixed_point_scale_factor_arbitrary
:
12835 /* Arbitrary scale factors cannot be described in standard DWARF,
12839 /* Describe the scale factor as a rational constant. */
12840 const dw_die_ref scale_factor
12841 = new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12843 add_AT_unsigned (scale_factor
, DW_AT_GNU_numerator
,
12844 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.arbitrary
.numerator
);
12845 add_AT_int (scale_factor
, DW_AT_GNU_denominator
,
12846 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.arbitrary
.denominator
);
12848 add_AT_die_ref (base_type_result
, DW_AT_small
, scale_factor
);
12853 gcc_unreachable ();
12858 add_scalar_info (base_type_result
, DW_AT_GNU_bias
, type_bias
,
12859 dw_scalar_form_constant
12860 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
12861 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
12864 return base_type_result
;
12867 /* A C++ function with deduced return type can have a TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM
12868 named 'auto' in its type: return true for it, false otherwise. */
12871 is_cxx_auto (tree type
)
12875 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
12876 if (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
12877 || name
== get_identifier ("decltype(auto)"))
12883 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12884 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12887 is_base_type (tree type
)
12889 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12893 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12902 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12903 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12904 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12907 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12915 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
12917 gcc_unreachable ();
12923 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12924 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12925 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12926 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12927 ERROR_MARK node. */
12929 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12930 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12932 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12933 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12934 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12936 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE (type
)))
12937 return tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12939 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12942 /* Similarly, but return an offset_int instead of UHWI. */
12944 static inline offset_int
12945 offset_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12947 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12948 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12949 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12951 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
12952 return wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12954 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12957 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12958 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12961 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, tree bias
,
12962 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12964 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12965 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12967 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12968 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
12970 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12972 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12974 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12975 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12976 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12979 add_alignment_attribute (subrange_die
, type
);
12982 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
, NULL
);
12984 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
, NULL
);
12985 if (bias
&& !dwarf_strict
)
12986 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_GNU_bias
, bias
,
12987 dw_scalar_form_constant
12988 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
12989 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
12992 return subrange_die
;
12995 /* Returns the (const and/or volatile) cv_qualifiers associated with
12996 the decl node. This will normally be augmented with the
12997 cv_qualifiers of the underlying type in add_type_attribute. */
13000 decl_quals (const_tree decl
)
13002 return ((TREE_READONLY (decl
)
13003 /* The C++ front-end correctly marks reference-typed
13004 variables as readonly, but from a language (and debug
13005 info) standpoint they are not const-qualified. */
13006 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != REFERENCE_TYPE
13007 ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)
13008 | (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
13009 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
));
13012 /* Determine the TYPE whose qualifiers match the largest strict subset
13013 of the given TYPE_QUALS, and return its qualifiers. Ignore all
13014 qualifiers outside QUAL_MASK. */
13017 get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (tree type
, int type_quals
, int qual_mask
)
13020 int best_rank
= 0, best_qual
= 0, max_rank
;
13022 type_quals
&= qual_mask
;
13023 max_rank
= popcount_hwi (type_quals
) - 1;
13025 for (t
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
); t
&& best_rank
< max_rank
;
13026 t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
13028 int q
= TYPE_QUALS (t
) & qual_mask
;
13030 if ((q
& type_quals
) == q
&& q
!= type_quals
13031 && check_base_type (t
, type
))
13033 int rank
= popcount_hwi (q
);
13035 if (rank
> best_rank
)
13046 struct dwarf_qual_info_t
{ int q
; enum dwarf_tag t
; };
13047 static const dwarf_qual_info_t dwarf_qual_info
[] =
13049 { TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, DW_TAG_const_type
},
13050 { TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
, DW_TAG_volatile_type
},
13051 { TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
, DW_TAG_restrict_type
},
13052 { TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
, DW_TAG_atomic_type
}
13054 static const unsigned int dwarf_qual_info_size
13055 = sizeof (dwarf_qual_info
) / sizeof (dwarf_qual_info
[0]);
13057 /* If DIE is a qualified DIE of some base DIE with the same parent,
13058 return the base DIE, otherwise return NULL. Set MASK to the
13059 qualifiers added compared to the returned DIE. */
13062 qualified_die_p (dw_die_ref die
, int *mask
, unsigned int depth
)
13065 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13066 if (die
->die_tag
== dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
)
13068 if (i
== dwarf_qual_info_size
)
13070 if (vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) != 1)
13072 dw_die_ref type
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_type
);
13073 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->die_parent
!= die
->die_parent
)
13075 *mask
|= dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
;
13078 dw_die_ref ret
= qualified_die_p (type
, mask
, depth
- 1);
13085 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
13086 entry that chains the modifiers specified by CV_QUALS in front of the
13087 given type. REVERSE is true if the type is to be interpreted in the
13088 reverse storage order wrt the target order. */
13091 modified_type_die (tree type
, int cv_quals
, bool reverse
,
13092 dw_die_ref context_die
)
13094 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
13095 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
13096 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
13097 tree item_type
= NULL
;
13098 tree qualified_type
;
13099 tree name
, low
, high
;
13100 dw_die_ref mod_scope
;
13101 /* Only these cv-qualifiers are currently handled. */
13102 const int cv_qual_mask
= (TYPE_QUAL_CONST
| TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
13103 | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
| TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
|
13104 ENCODE_QUAL_ADDR_SPACE(~0U));
13105 const bool reverse_base_type
13106 = need_endianity_attribute_p (reverse
) && is_base_type (type
);
13108 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
13111 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
13113 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (type
);
13115 if (debug_type
!= NULL_TREE
&& debug_type
!= type
)
13116 return modified_type_die (debug_type
, cv_quals
, reverse
, context_die
);
13119 cv_quals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
13121 /* Don't emit DW_TAG_restrict_type for DWARFv2, since it is a type
13122 tag modifier (and not an attribute) old consumers won't be able
13124 if (dwarf_version
< 3)
13125 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
;
13127 /* Likewise for DW_TAG_atomic_type for DWARFv5. */
13128 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
13129 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
;
13131 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
13133 qualified_type
= get_qualified_type (type
, cv_quals
);
13135 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
)
13137 /* Try not to expose the internal sizetype type's name. */
13138 if (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
13139 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
13141 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
13143 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
13144 && (TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
13145 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
))
13146 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
13147 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
)));
13148 qualified_type
= t
;
13150 else if (qualified_type
== sizetype
13151 && TREE_CODE (sizetype
) == TREE_CODE (size_type_node
)
13152 && TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype
) == TYPE_PRECISION (size_type_node
)
13153 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype
) == TYPE_UNSIGNED (size_type_node
))
13154 qualified_type
= size_type_node
;
13157 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
13158 if (qualified_type
)
13160 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
13162 /* DW_AT_endianity doesn't come from a qualifier on the type, so it is
13163 dealt with specially: the DIE with the attribute, if it exists, is
13164 placed immediately after the regular DIE for the same base type. */
13166 && (!reverse_base_type
13167 || ((mod_type_die
= mod_type_die
->die_sib
) != NULL
13168 && get_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_endianity
))))
13169 return mod_type_die
;
13172 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
13174 /* Handle C typedef types. */
13176 && TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13177 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
13178 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
13180 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
13182 /* Skip the typedef for base types with DW_AT_endianity, no big deal. */
13183 if (qualified_type
== dtype
&& !reverse_base_type
)
13185 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (name
);
13187 /* Typedef variants that have an abstract origin don't get their own
13188 type DIE (see gen_typedef_die), so fall back on the ultimate
13189 abstract origin instead. */
13190 if (origin
!= NULL
&& origin
!= name
)
13191 return modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (origin
), cv_quals
, reverse
,
13194 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
13195 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
13196 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
13200 int dquals
= TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (dtype
);
13201 dquals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
13202 if ((dquals
& ~cv_quals
) != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
13203 || (cv_quals
== dquals
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
13204 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use
13205 the unnamed type to which it refers. */
13206 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
), cv_quals
,
13207 reverse
, context_die
);
13208 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
13212 mod_scope
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
13216 int sub_quals
= 0, first_quals
= 0;
13218 dw_die_ref first
= NULL
, last
= NULL
;
13220 /* Determine a lesser qualified type that most closely matches
13221 this one. Then generate DW_TAG_* entries for the remaining
13223 sub_quals
= get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (type
, cv_quals
,
13225 if (sub_quals
&& use_debug_types
)
13227 bool needed
= false;
13228 /* If emitting type units, make sure the order of qualifiers
13229 is canonical. Thus, start from unqualified type if
13230 an earlier qualifier is missing in sub_quals, but some later
13231 one is present there. */
13232 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13233 if (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
& ~sub_quals
)
13235 else if (needed
&& (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
))
13241 mod_type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, sub_quals
, reverse
, context_die
);
13242 if (mod_scope
&& mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_parent
== mod_scope
)
13244 /* As not all intermediate qualified DIEs have corresponding
13245 tree types, ensure that qualified DIEs in the same scope
13246 as their DW_AT_type are emitted after their DW_AT_type,
13247 only with other qualified DIEs for the same type possibly
13248 in between them. Determine the range of such qualified
13249 DIEs now (first being the base type, last being corresponding
13250 last qualified DIE for it). */
13251 unsigned int count
= 0;
13252 first
= qualified_die_p (mod_type_die
, &first_quals
,
13253 dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13255 first
= mod_type_die
;
13256 gcc_assert ((first_quals
& ~sub_quals
) == 0);
13257 for (count
= 0, last
= first
;
13258 count
< (1U << dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13259 count
++, last
= last
->die_sib
)
13262 if (last
== mod_scope
->die_child
)
13264 if (qualified_die_p (last
->die_sib
, &quals
, dwarf_qual_info_size
)
13270 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13271 if (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
& ~sub_quals
)
13274 if (first
&& first
!= last
)
13276 for (d
= first
->die_sib
; ; d
= d
->die_sib
)
13279 qualified_die_p (d
, &quals
, dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13280 if (quals
== (first_quals
| dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
))
13296 d
= new_die_raw (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
);
13297 add_child_die_after (mod_scope
, d
, last
);
13301 d
= new_die (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
, mod_scope
, type
);
13303 add_AT_die_ref (d
, DW_AT_type
, mod_type_die
);
13305 first_quals
|= dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
;
13308 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
|| code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13310 dwarf_tag tag
= DW_TAG_pointer_type
;
13311 if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13313 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
13314 tag
= DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
;
13316 tag
= DW_TAG_reference_type
;
13318 mod_type_die
= new_die (tag
, mod_scope
, type
);
13320 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
13321 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
13322 add_alignment_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
);
13323 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13325 addr_space_t as
= TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
);
13326 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as
))
13328 int action
= targetm
.addr_space
.debug (as
);
13331 /* Positive values indicate an address_class. */
13332 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, action
);
13336 /* Negative values indicate an (inverted) segment base reg. */
13338 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (~action
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13339 add_AT_loc (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_segment
, d
);
13343 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
13344 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
13345 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
13347 tree bias
= NULL_TREE
;
13348 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias
)
13349 bias
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias (type
);
13350 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, bias
, context_die
);
13351 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13353 else if (is_base_type (type
))
13355 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
, reverse
);
13357 /* The DIE with DW_AT_endianity is placed right after the naked DIE. */
13358 if (reverse_base_type
)
13360 dw_die_ref after_die
13361 = modified_type_die (type
, cv_quals
, false, context_die
);
13362 add_child_die_after (comp_unit_die (), mod_type_die
, after_die
);
13365 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), mod_type_die
);
13367 add_pubtype (type
, mod_type_die
);
13371 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13373 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
13374 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
13375 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
13376 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
13377 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
13379 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
13380 || TREE_CODE (type
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
13382 /* For function/method types, can't just use type_main_variant here,
13383 because that can have different ref-qualifiers for C++,
13384 but try to canonicalize. */
13385 tree main
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
13386 for (tree t
= main
; t
; t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
13387 if (TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (t
) == 0
13388 && check_base_type (t
, main
)
13389 && check_lang_type (t
, type
))
13390 return lookup_type_die (t
);
13391 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13393 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
13394 && TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
)
13395 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
13397 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
13398 not the main variant. */
13399 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13402 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
13403 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
13404 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
13405 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
13406 if the base type already has the same name. */
13408 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
13409 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
13410 || (cv_quals
== TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)))
13411 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13412 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
13413 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
13415 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13416 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
13417 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
13418 useful source coordinates anyway. */
13419 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
13420 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
13422 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
13423 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
13425 name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
13426 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
,
13427 name
? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
) : "__unknown__");
13430 if (qualified_type
&& !reverse_base_type
)
13431 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
13434 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
13435 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
13436 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
13437 types are possible in Ada. */
13438 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
13439 TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
),
13443 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
13444 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
13446 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
, context_die
);
13447 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
13448 add_AT_flag (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13450 return mod_type_die
;
13453 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
13454 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
13455 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
13458 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
13462 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
13465 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
13469 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
13470 else if (DECL_P (t
))
13471 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
13475 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
13477 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13478 or function. End of story. */
13481 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
13482 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
13483 if (TREE_CHAIN (args
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_CHAIN (args
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
13484 non_default
= int_cst_value (TREE_CHAIN (args
));
13486 non_default
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (args
);
13487 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
13489 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
13490 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
13492 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
13493 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
13494 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
13495 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
13497 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
13499 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13500 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13501 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13502 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13503 an argument pack. */
13504 if (arg_pack_elems
)
13505 parm_die
= template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
13509 parm_die
= generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
13510 true /* emit name */, die
);
13511 if (i
>= non_default
)
13512 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_default_value
, 1);
13517 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13518 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13519 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13520 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13521 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13523 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13524 as a child node. */
13527 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
13529 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13531 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
13532 const char *name
= NULL
;
13534 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
13537 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13538 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13539 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13541 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13542 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13543 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13544 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13545 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13546 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13547 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13548 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13549 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13550 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13551 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13552 name of the template template argument. */
13553 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
13556 gcc_unreachable ();
13562 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13563 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13564 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13565 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13569 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13571 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13574 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13576 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13577 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13578 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13579 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13580 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13581 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13582 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
,
13583 (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
)
13584 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
),
13585 false, parent_die
);
13589 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13590 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13591 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13593 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13594 to the name of the argument. */
13595 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13597 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13600 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13601 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13602 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13603 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13605 We must be careful here:
13606 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13607 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13608 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13609 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13610 emitted after cgraph computations.
13611 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13612 after cgraph is ready. */
13613 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13619 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13620 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13621 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13624 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13625 tree parm_pack_args
,
13626 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13631 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13633 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13634 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13635 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13636 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13637 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13638 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13643 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13645 static unsigned int
13646 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13648 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13650 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13652 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13653 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13655 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13656 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13657 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13661 regno
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13662 gcc_assert (regno
!= INVALID_REGNUM
);
13666 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13667 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13668 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13671 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13673 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13675 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13677 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13678 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13681 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13682 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13686 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13687 zero if there is none. */
13689 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13690 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13694 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13697 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13698 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13699 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13700 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13701 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13702 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13703 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13705 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13707 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13709 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, GET_MODE (rtl
), VOIDmode
,
13712 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13713 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13718 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13720 if (REG_NREGS (rtl
) > 1 || regs
)
13721 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13724 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
13725 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
13727 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
, initialized
);
13731 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13732 a given hard register number. */
13734 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13735 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13737 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13741 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13743 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13745 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13746 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13748 return reg_loc_descr
;
13751 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13752 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13754 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13755 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13756 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13759 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13761 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13762 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13764 unsigned reg
= REGNO (rtl
);
13767 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13768 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13770 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13771 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13772 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13776 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13777 nregs
= REG_NREGS (rtl
);
13779 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
13780 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)).is_constant (&size
))
13787 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13789 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13790 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13791 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13792 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13798 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13800 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13802 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
13803 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0))).is_constant (&size
))
13807 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13809 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13811 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13812 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13813 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13814 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13817 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13818 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13822 static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13824 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
13825 as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
13828 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13829 int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
13831 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
);
13832 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13833 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13837 /* Return a location descriptor that designates constant POLY_I. */
13839 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13840 int_loc_descriptor (poly_int64 poly_i
)
13842 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13845 if (!poly_i
.is_constant (&i
))
13847 /* Create location descriptions for the non-constant part and
13848 add any constant offset at the end. */
13849 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
;
13850 HOST_WIDE_INT constant
= poly_i
.coeffs
[0];
13851 for (unsigned int j
= 1; j
< NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS
; ++j
)
13853 HOST_WIDE_INT coeff
= poly_i
.coeffs
[j
];
13856 dw_loc_descr_ref start
= ret
;
13857 unsigned int factor
;
13859 unsigned int regno
= targetm
.dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value
13860 (j
, &factor
, &bias
);
13862 /* Add COEFF * ((REGNO / FACTOR) - BIAS) to the value:
13863 add COEFF * (REGNO / FACTOR) now and subtract
13864 COEFF * BIAS from the final constant part. */
13865 constant
-= coeff
* bias
;
13866 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_reg_loc_descr (regno
, 0));
13867 if (coeff
% factor
== 0)
13871 int amount
= exact_log2 (factor
);
13872 gcc_assert (amount
>= 0);
13873 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (amount
));
13874 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
13878 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (coeff
));
13879 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13882 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13885 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, constant
);
13889 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13890 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13893 int clz
= clz_hwi (i
);
13894 int ctz
= ctz_hwi (i
);
13896 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13897 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13898 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13899 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13900 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13901 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
13902 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13903 /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
13904 DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
13905 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
13906 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 5);
13907 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
13908 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13909 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
13910 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
13911 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
13913 else if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> 0x7fffffff
13914 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
)
13917 /* As i >= 2**31, the double cast above will yield a negative number.
13918 Since wrapping is defined in DWARF expressions we can output big
13919 positive integers as small negative ones, regardless of the size
13922 Here, since the evaluator will handle 32-bit values and since i >=
13923 2**31, we know it's going to be interpreted as a negative literal:
13924 store it this way if we can do better than 5 bytes this way. */
13925 return int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
);
13927 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13928 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
13930 /* Past this point, i >= 0x100000000 and thus DW_OP_constu will take at
13931 least 6 bytes: see if we can do better before falling back to it. */
13932 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
13933 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13934 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes. */
13935 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
13936 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
13937 && clz
+ 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
13938 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13939 /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
13940 DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes. */
13941 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 16);
13942 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
13943 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
13944 && size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 6)
13945 /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
13946 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 32);
13953 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
13954 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13955 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
13956 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13958 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
) < 5)
13960 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
13961 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
13964 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
13968 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
)
13969 < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
))
13971 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
13972 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
13979 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
13982 /* Likewise, for unsigned constants. */
13984 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13985 uint_loc_descriptor (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13987 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_int
= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13988 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_uint
13989 = INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13991 /* If possible, use the clever signed constants handling. */
13993 return int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
13995 /* Here, we are left with positive numbers that cannot be represented as
13996 HOST_WIDE_INT, i.e.:
13997 max (HOST_WIDE_INT) < i <= max (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13999 Using DW_OP_const4/8/./u operation to encode them consumes a lot of bytes
14000 whereas may be better to output a negative integer: thanks to integer
14001 wrapping, we know that:
14002 x = x - 2 ** DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14003 = x - 2 * (max (HOST_WIDE_INT) + 1)
14004 So numbers close to max (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) could be represented as
14005 small negative integers. Let's try that in cases it will clearly improve
14006 the encoding: there is no gain turning DW_OP_const4u into
14008 if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* 8 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14009 && ((DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> max_uint
- 0x8000)
14010 || (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 8 && i
> max_uint
- 0x80000000)))
14012 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first_shift
= i
- max_int
- 1;
14014 /* Now, -1 < first_shift <= max (HOST_WIDE_INT)
14015 i.e. 0 <= first_shift <= max (HOST_WIDE_INT). */
14016 const HOST_WIDE_INT second_shift
14017 = (HOST_WIDE_INT
) first_shift
- (HOST_WIDE_INT
) max_int
- 1;
14019 /* So we finally have:
14020 -max (HOST_WIDE_INT) - 1 <= second_shift <= -1.
14021 i.e. min (HOST_WIDE_INT) <= second_shift < 0. */
14022 return int_loc_descriptor (second_shift
);
14025 /* Last chance: fallback to a simple constant operation. */
14026 return new_loc_descr
14027 ((HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14033 /* Generate and return a location description that computes the unsigned
14034 comparison of the two stack top entries (a OP b where b is the top-most
14035 entry and a is the second one). The KIND of comparison can be LT_EXPR,
14036 LE_EXPR, GT_EXPR or GE_EXPR. */
14038 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14039 uint_comparison_loc_list (enum tree_code kind
)
14041 enum dwarf_location_atom op
, flip_op
;
14042 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, bra_node
, jmp_node
, tmp
;
14059 gcc_unreachable ();
14062 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14063 jmp_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14065 /* Until DWARFv4, operations all work on signed integers. It is nevertheless
14066 possible to perform unsigned comparisons: we just have to distinguish
14069 1. when a and b have the same sign (as signed integers); then we should
14070 return: a OP(signed) b;
14072 2. when a is a negative signed integer while b is a positive one, then a
14073 is a greater unsigned integer than b; likewise when a and b's roles
14076 So first, compare the sign of the two operands. */
14077 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0);
14078 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14079 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
14080 /* If they have different signs (i.e. they have different sign bits), then
14081 the stack top value has now the sign bit set and thus it's smaller than
14083 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_lit0
, 0, 0));
14084 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_lt
, 0, 0));
14085 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
14087 /* We are in case 1. At this point, we know both operands have the same
14088 sign, to it's safe to use the built-in signed comparison. */
14089 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14090 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jmp_node
);
14092 /* We are in case 2. Here, we know both operands do not have the same sign,
14093 so we have to flip the signed comparison. */
14094 flip_op
= (kind
== LT_EXPR
|| kind
== LE_EXPR
) ? DW_OP_gt
: DW_OP_lt
;
14095 tmp
= new_loc_descr (flip_op
, 0, 0);
14096 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14097 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14098 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14100 /* This dummy operation is necessary to make the two branches join. */
14101 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14102 jmp_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14103 jmp_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14104 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14109 /* Likewise, but takes the location description lists (might be destructive on
14110 them). Return NULL if either is NULL or if concatenation fails. */
14112 static dw_loc_list_ref
14113 loc_list_from_uint_comparison (dw_loc_list_ref left
, dw_loc_list_ref right
,
14114 enum tree_code kind
)
14116 if (left
== NULL
|| right
== NULL
)
14119 add_loc_list (&left
, right
);
14123 add_loc_descr_to_each (left
, uint_comparison_loc_list (kind
));
14127 /* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
14128 without actually allocating it. */
14130 static unsigned long
14131 size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
14133 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
)
14134 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
)
14138 /* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
14139 actually allocating it. */
14141 static unsigned long
14142 size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14151 else if (i
<= 0xff)
14153 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
14157 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
14158 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14159 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14161 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14162 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14163 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14165 else if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> 0x7fffffff
14166 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
)
14168 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
);
14169 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14171 s
= size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
14172 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14173 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14174 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14176 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
14177 && clz
+ 16 + (s
> 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14178 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14180 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
14181 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14183 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14192 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
14194 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
14196 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
14198 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
14206 unsigned long r
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
14207 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
14209 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
14218 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
14219 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
14221 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14222 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14225 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14227 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14230 litsize
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
);
14231 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
14232 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
14233 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
14234 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
14235 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
14236 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
14238 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
14239 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14240 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14244 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14246 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
14247 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
14251 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
14253 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14254 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, poly_int64 offset
,
14255 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14257 unsigned int regno
;
14258 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
14259 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
14261 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
14262 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
14263 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
14264 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
14265 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
14267 rtx elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
14268 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
14269 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
14273 /* Allow hard frame pointer here even if frame pointer
14274 isn't used since hard frame pointer is encoded with
14275 DW_OP_fbreg which uses the DW_AT_frame_base attribute,
14276 not hard frame pointer directly. */
14277 elim
= strip_offset_and_add (elim
, &offset
);
14278 gcc_assert (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
14279 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
);
14281 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
14282 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
14283 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
14284 access stack variables. */
14285 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
14286 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
14289 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
14290 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
14292 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
14295 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
);
14296 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
14297 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
14298 if (offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
14299 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, const_offset
, 0);
14302 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, 0, 0);
14303 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, offset
);
14309 regno
= REGNO (reg
);
14310 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
14311 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
14313 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
14314 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
14315 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
14318 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (regno
);
14320 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
14321 if (!optimize
&& fde
14322 && (fde
->drap_reg
== regno
|| fde
->vdrap_reg
== regno
)
14323 && offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
14325 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
14326 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
14327 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
14328 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
14329 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
14330 else in other part of the routine. */
14331 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, const_offset
, 0);
14334 result
= new_reg_loc_descr (regno
, offset
);
14336 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14337 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14342 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
14345 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
14347 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
14348 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14349 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
14350 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
14353 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
14356 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14357 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
14360 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
14362 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem
))
14365 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
14368 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
14371 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1, NULL
);
14372 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14375 if (maybe_ne (MEM_OFFSET (mem
), 0))
14376 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, MEM_OFFSET (mem
));
14381 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
14385 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
14387 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
14389 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
14391 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
14394 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
14395 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
14397 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
14401 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output. */
14404 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx rtl
)
14406 if (targetm
.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl
))
14408 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != UNSPEC
)
14410 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14411 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
14415 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, and
14416 the target hook doesn't explicitly allow it in debug info, assume
14417 we can't express it in the debug info. */
14418 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
14419 delegitimize. Note this could be a non-decl SYMBOL_REF such as
14420 one in a constant pool entry, so testing SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL
14421 rather than DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P is not just an optimization. */
14423 && (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) == 0
14424 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
14425 || SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == TLS_MODEL_NONE
))
14426 inform (current_function_decl
14427 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
14428 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
14429 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
14430 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
14431 ((XINT (rtl
, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl
, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES
)
14432 ? unspec_strings
[XINT (rtl
, 1)] : "unknown"),
14435 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
14438 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14439 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
14443 if (CONST_POLY_INT_P (rtl
))
14446 if (targetm
.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl
))
14448 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14449 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
14453 /* FIXME: Refer to PR60655. It is possible for simplification
14454 of rtl expressions in var tracking to produce such expressions.
14455 We should really identify / validate expressions
14456 enclosed in CONST that can be handled by assemblers on various
14457 targets and only handle legitimate cases here. */
14458 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14469 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
14472 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
14473 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
14474 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
14477 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14478 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
14483 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
14486 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
14487 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
14488 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
14489 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
14490 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
14491 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
14493 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
14495 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
14497 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14498 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
14506 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
14507 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
14508 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
14511 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
14513 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
14514 return const_ok_for_output_1 (rtl
);
14516 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
14518 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
14519 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
14520 if (!const_ok_for_output_1 (*iter
))
14528 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
14529 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
14532 base_type_for_mode (machine_mode mode
, bool unsignedp
)
14534 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14535 tree type
= lang_hooks
.types
.type_for_mode (mode
, unsignedp
);
14539 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
14547 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
14549 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
14551 if (type_die
== NULL
|| type_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_base_type
)
14556 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
14557 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
14558 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
14561 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14562 convert_descriptor_to_mode (scalar_int_mode mode
, dw_loc_descr_ref op
)
14564 machine_mode outer_mode
= mode
;
14565 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14566 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14568 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14570 add_loc_descr (&op
, new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0));
14573 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (outer_mode
, 1);
14574 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14576 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14577 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14578 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14579 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14580 add_loc_descr (&op
, cvt
);
14584 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
14586 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14587 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, dw_loc_descr_ref op0
,
14588 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14590 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= op0
;
14591 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14592 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14593 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
14595 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
14596 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14601 /* Subroutine of scompare_loc_descriptor for the case in which we're
14602 comparing two scalar integer operands OP0 and OP1 that have mode OP_MODE,
14603 and in which OP_MODE is bigger than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE. */
14605 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14606 scompare_loc_descriptor_wide (enum dwarf_location_atom op
,
14607 scalar_int_mode op_mode
,
14608 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14610 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (op_mode
, 0);
14611 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14613 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14615 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14616 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14617 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14618 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14619 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14620 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14621 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14622 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14623 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14624 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14625 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14628 /* Subroutine of scompare_loc_descriptor for the case in which we're
14629 comparing two scalar integer operands OP0 and OP1 that have mode OP_MODE,
14630 and in which OP_MODE is smaller than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE. */
14632 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14633 scompare_loc_descriptor_narrow (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14634 scalar_int_mode op_mode
,
14635 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14637 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14638 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
14639 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
14640 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
14642 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14643 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14645 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14647 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14648 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14649 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14650 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14651 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14652 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14653 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14654 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14655 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14656 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14657 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14658 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
14659 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14661 /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
14662 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
14663 DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
14666 DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
14667 DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
14668 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14669 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14670 && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
) + 1
14671 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (UINTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
)
14672 >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)) + 1
14673 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14674 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14676 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)));
14677 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14678 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14679 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
));
14680 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14683 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14684 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14685 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14686 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (UINTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
14689 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14690 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14692 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14695 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
14697 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14698 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14699 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14701 machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14702 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
14704 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14705 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14706 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14709 scalar_int_mode int_op_mode
;
14711 && dwarf_version
< 5
14712 && (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (op_mode
, &int_op_mode
)
14713 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
14716 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14717 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14718 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14719 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14721 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14724 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (op_mode
, &int_op_mode
))
14726 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14727 return scompare_loc_descriptor_narrow (op
, rtl
, int_op_mode
, op0
, op1
);
14729 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14730 return scompare_loc_descriptor_wide (op
, int_op_mode
, op0
, op1
);
14732 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14735 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
14737 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14738 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14739 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14741 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
14743 machine_mode test_op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14744 if (test_op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14745 test_op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14747 scalar_int_mode op_mode
;
14748 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (test_op_mode
, &op_mode
))
14752 && dwarf_version
< 5
14753 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14756 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14757 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14758 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14759 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14761 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14764 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14766 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
14767 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14768 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14770 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14772 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14773 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
14774 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14775 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14776 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14778 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14779 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14781 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14782 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
14783 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14784 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14785 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14787 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14788 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14791 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14793 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14794 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14795 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14796 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14797 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14798 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14800 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14803 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14806 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
14808 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14809 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
14810 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14812 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14813 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
;
14814 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14816 scalar_int_mode int_mode
;
14818 && dwarf_version
< 5
14819 && (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14820 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
14823 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14824 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14825 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14826 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14828 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14831 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14832 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14833 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14834 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14836 /* Checked by the caller. */
14837 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
14838 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14840 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (int_mode
);
14841 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14842 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14843 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14844 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14846 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14848 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14849 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14850 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14851 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14854 else if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14855 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14857 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14858 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14859 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14860 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14861 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14863 else if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14864 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14866 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 0);
14867 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14868 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14870 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14871 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14872 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14873 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14874 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14875 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14876 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14877 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14878 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14879 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14882 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14887 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14888 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14889 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14890 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
14891 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14892 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14893 add_loc_descr (&ret
, drop_node
);
14894 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14895 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14896 if ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMAX
)
14897 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14898 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14899 ret
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (int_mode
, ret
);
14903 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
14904 but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
14905 convert back to unsigned. */
14907 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14908 typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
, dw_die_ref type_die
,
14909 scalar_int_mode mode
, machine_mode mem_mode
)
14911 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
, op0
, op1
;
14913 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14915 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14916 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14917 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14918 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14919 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14921 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14922 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14923 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14924 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14925 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14926 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14927 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14928 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14929 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14930 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14931 add_loc_descr (&op0
, op1
);
14932 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14933 return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode
, op0
);
14936 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
14937 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
14938 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
14939 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
14941 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
14942 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
14943 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
14944 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
14949 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
14950 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
14951 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
14952 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
14957 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
14958 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
14959 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
14960 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
14964 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14965 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
14966 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14968 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
14969 HOST_WIDE_INT valv
;
14970 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
14971 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
14972 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump
, l3label
;
14973 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump
, l4label
;
14976 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
14979 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14980 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14984 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
)
14986 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
14987 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
14989 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
)
14991 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
14992 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
14993 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14994 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14995 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
14996 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
14997 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv
), mode
, mem_mode
,
14998 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15001 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15002 l4jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15003 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4jump
);
15004 l1label
= mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
15005 ? const1_rtx
: const0_rtx
,
15007 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15008 if (l1label
== NULL
)
15010 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15011 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15012 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15013 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15014 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != CLZ
)
15016 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15017 msb
= GEN_INT (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U
15018 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 1));
15020 msb
= immed_wide_int_const
15021 (wi::set_bit_in_zero (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
) - 1,
15022 GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
)), mode
);
15023 if (GET_CODE (msb
) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (msb
) < 0)
15024 tmp
= new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
15025 ? DW_OP_const4u
: HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
15026 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
, INTVAL (msb
), 0);
15028 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (msb
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15029 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15032 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15033 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15034 l3jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15035 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3jump
);
15036 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15037 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15040 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15041 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
15042 ? DW_OP_shl
: DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15043 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15044 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, 1, 0));
15045 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15046 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15047 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15048 l3label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15049 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3label
);
15050 l4label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15051 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4label
);
15052 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15053 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15054 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15055 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15056 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15057 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l3label
;
15058 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15059 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l4label
;
15063 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
15064 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
15066 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
15067 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
15071 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
15072 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
15075 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15076 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15077 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15079 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15080 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15081 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15083 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
15086 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15087 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15091 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15092 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15095 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15096 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15097 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15098 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15099 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15100 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15101 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15102 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
15103 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15104 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15107 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15108 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15109 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == POPCOUNT
15110 ? DW_OP_plus
: DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
15111 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15112 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15113 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15114 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15115 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15116 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15117 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15118 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15119 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15120 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15121 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15122 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15123 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15127 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
15129 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
15130 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
15131 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
15132 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
15133 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
15135 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15136 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15137 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15139 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15140 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15141 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15143 if (BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 8
15144 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 32
15145 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 64))
15148 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15149 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15154 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
15156 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15159 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15160 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15161 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15164 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15165 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0);
15166 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15167 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
15169 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15170 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15171 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 3, 0));
15172 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15173 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15174 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode
, mem_mode
,
15175 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15178 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15179 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15180 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0));
15181 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15182 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
15183 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15184 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15185 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15186 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15187 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15188 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq
, 0, 0));
15189 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15190 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15191 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode
, mem_mode
,
15192 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15193 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15194 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15195 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15196 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15197 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15198 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15199 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15200 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15201 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
15202 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15203 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15204 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15205 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15209 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
15210 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
15211 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
15212 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
15214 ROTATERT is similar:
15215 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
15216 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
15217 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
15219 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15220 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15221 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15223 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15224 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
, mask
[2] = { NULL
, NULL
};
15227 if (is_narrower_int_mode (GET_MODE (rtlop1
), mode
))
15228 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, rtlop1
);
15229 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15230 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15231 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15232 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15233 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
15235 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15236 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15238 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15239 mask
[i
] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode
)),
15241 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15242 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15243 mask
[i
] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
15245 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
15246 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
,
15247 GET_MODE_MASK (mode
), 0);
15250 if (mask
[i
] == NULL
)
15252 add_loc_descr (&mask
[i
], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15255 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
15256 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15257 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15258 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATERT
)
15260 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
15261 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15262 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
15264 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15265 if (mask
[0] != NULL
)
15266 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[0]);
15267 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
15268 if (mask
[1] != NULL
)
15270 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15271 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[1]);
15272 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15274 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATE
)
15276 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
15277 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15278 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
15280 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15281 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
15285 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
15286 for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
15288 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15289 parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
15291 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
15296 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
);
15297 /* With LTO during LTRANS we get the late DIE that refers to the early
15298 DIE, thus we add another indirection here. This seems to confuse
15299 gdb enough to make gcc.dg/guality/pr68860-1.c FAIL with LTO. */
15300 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
));
15301 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
, 0, 0);
15304 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15305 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
15306 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15310 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
15311 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
);
15316 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
15317 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
15318 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
15319 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
15321 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
15322 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
15323 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
15324 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
15326 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
15328 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
15329 autoincrement addressing modes.
15331 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
15334 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
15335 machine_mode mem_mode
,
15336 enum var_init_status initialized
)
15338 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
15339 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15340 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
15341 rtx inner
= NULL_RTX
;
15344 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
15345 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15347 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
15348 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
15349 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
15350 zeroth element of the array. */
15352 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15354 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (rtl
) && GET_MODE (rtl
) != VOIDmode
)
15357 scalar_int_mode int_mode
, inner_mode
, op1_mode
;
15358 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15363 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
15366 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
15367 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
15368 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
15369 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
15370 contains the given subreg. */
15371 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
15373 inner
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
15376 if (inner
== NULL_RTX
)
15377 inner
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15378 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15379 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (inner
), &inner_mode
)
15380 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15381 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15382 || (int_mode
== Pmode
&& mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
)
15385 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15387 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
15389 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15392 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15394 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15395 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (inner
), &inner_mode
)
15396 ? GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
)
15397 : known_eq (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
))))
15399 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15400 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
15402 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
15404 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15405 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
15407 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15408 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15410 mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
15413 if (maybe_ne (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
))))
15414 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15416 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_reinterpret
), 0, 0);
15417 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15418 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15419 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15420 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15421 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15422 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15424 /* Convert it to untyped afterwards. */
15425 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15426 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15432 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15433 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15434 && rtl
!= arg_pointer_rtx
15435 && rtl
!= frame_pointer_rtx
15436 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15437 && (int_mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
15441 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15442 unsigned int dbx_regnum
;
15444 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15446 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15448 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15449 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15452 dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
15453 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
15455 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_regval_type
),
15457 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15458 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15459 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15462 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
15463 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
15464 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
15465 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
15466 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
15467 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
15468 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
15469 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
15470 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
15471 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
15472 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
15473 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
15474 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
15475 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15476 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15477 else if (stack_realign_drap
15479 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
15480 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15482 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
15483 out, use DRAP instead. */
15484 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
15485 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15491 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15492 || !is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &inner_mode
))
15494 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), inner_mode
,
15495 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15498 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
15499 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15500 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
15501 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
15502 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
15504 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= 4)
15506 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15507 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15508 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (inner_mode
)));
15509 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15511 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15513 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
);
15514 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15515 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
15519 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15520 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
15521 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15522 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
15523 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15525 else if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15527 dw_die_ref type_die1
, type_die2
;
15528 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
15530 type_die1
= base_type_for_mode (inner_mode
,
15531 GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
);
15532 if (type_die1
== NULL
)
15534 type_die2
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1);
15535 if (type_die2
== NULL
)
15537 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15538 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15539 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15540 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die1
;
15541 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15542 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15543 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15544 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15545 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die2
;
15546 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15547 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15553 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15554 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
15556 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15558 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
15559 return mem_loc_result
;
15562 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15563 get_address_mode (rtl
), mode
,
15564 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15565 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
15566 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
15567 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
15569 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15570 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15572 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15573 dw_loc_descr_ref deref
;
15574 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
15576 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15578 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
15581 = base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15582 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15584 deref
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_deref_type
), size
, 0);
15585 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15586 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15587 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15588 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, deref
);
15590 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15591 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
15593 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15594 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
15595 GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
), 0));
15600 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
15603 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
15604 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
15608 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15609 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15610 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15611 && (int_mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
15615 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
15616 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
15618 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
15620 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
15621 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15624 temp
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_true
);
15626 /* We check for DWARF 5 here because gdb did not implement
15627 DW_OP_form_tls_address until after 7.12. */
15628 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr ((dwarf_version
>= 5
15629 ? DW_OP_form_tls_address
15630 : DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
),
15632 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
15637 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15639 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
15640 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15644 goto try_const_unop
;
15647 goto try_const_unop
;
15650 arg
= XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0);
15651 if (!CONSTANT_P (arg
))
15652 arg
= gen_rtx_CONST (int_mode
, arg
);
15653 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (arg
, int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15657 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15658 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15662 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), int_mode
,
15663 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15670 mem_loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
15671 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15677 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
15678 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
15679 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
15683 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15685 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)))
15687 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15688 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15689 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
15690 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15693 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
));
15694 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
15696 op0
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
,
15697 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15700 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
))
15701 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), 0)))
15703 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
15704 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15705 if (op0
&& op0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
)
15709 gcc_unreachable ();
15712 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_entry_value
), 0, 0);
15713 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15714 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= op0
;
15717 case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
:
15718 mem_loc_result
= parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl
);
15722 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
15723 PLUS code below. */
15724 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15729 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
15731 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15732 gen_int_mode (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
15733 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
)
15734 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
),
15741 if (is_based_loc (rtl
)
15742 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15743 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15744 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
15745 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
))
15746 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15747 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
15748 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15751 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15752 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15753 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
15756 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
15757 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
))
15758 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
15759 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
15762 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15763 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15766 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15767 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15768 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15773 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
15774 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
15784 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15785 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15786 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15788 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
15789 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
15790 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
15813 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
15815 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15816 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15818 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15819 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtlop1
), &op1_mode
)
15820 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op1_mode
) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
))
15821 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (int_mode
, rtlop1
);
15822 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15823 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15826 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
15829 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15830 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15831 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15847 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15848 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15849 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15850 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15852 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
15855 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15856 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15857 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15861 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15862 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15863 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15865 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_mod
, rtl
,
15866 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
15867 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
15871 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15872 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15873 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15874 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15876 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
15879 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15880 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15881 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15882 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15883 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
15884 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
15885 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15889 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15890 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
15892 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15897 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
15898 base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1),
15899 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
15916 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15917 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15922 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15923 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15927 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15928 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15929 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15930 || (int_mode
== Pmode
15931 && mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
15932 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), ptr_mode
) == INTVAL (rtl
))
15936 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
15939 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15940 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
15941 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
))
15943 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1);
15944 scalar_int_mode amode
;
15945 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15947 if (INTVAL (rtl
) >= 0
15948 && (int_mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0)
15950 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), amode
) == INTVAL (rtl
)
15951 /* const DW_OP_convert <XXX> vs.
15952 DW_OP_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
15953 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
)) + 1 + 1
15954 < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
))
15956 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
15957 op0
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15958 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15959 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15960 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15961 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
15962 return mem_loc_result
;
15964 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0,
15966 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15967 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15968 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15969 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15970 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
15973 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
15974 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
15975 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
15976 = double_int::from_shwi (INTVAL (rtl
));
15982 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15984 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15986 /* Note that if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0, a
15987 CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either a large integer
15988 or a floating-point constant. If TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT != 0,
15989 the value is always a floating point constant.
15991 When it is an integer, a CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
15992 the constant requires 2 HWIs to be adequately represented.
15993 We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
15994 if (mode
== VOIDmode
15995 || (GET_MODE (rtl
) == VOIDmode
15996 && maybe_ne (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
),
15997 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
)))
15999 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
16000 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16002 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0, 0);
16003 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16004 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16005 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16006 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
16007 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16009 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16010 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
16011 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16012 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
16017 scalar_float_mode float_mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (mode
);
16018 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (float_mode
);
16019 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
16021 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16022 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16023 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
16024 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
16025 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16030 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
16031 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16033 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16035 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
16036 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16038 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0, 0);
16039 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16040 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16041 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16042 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16043 = dw_val_class_wide_int
;
16044 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
16045 *mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, mode
);
16049 case CONST_POLY_INT
:
16050 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (rtx_to_poly_int64 (rtl
));
16054 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16058 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16062 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16066 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16070 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16074 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16078 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16082 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16086 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16090 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16095 if (!SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
))
16100 mem_loc_result
= minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
16105 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
16106 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
16107 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16108 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &inner_mode
)
16109 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16110 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16111 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
16112 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
16113 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
)))
16116 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), inner_mode
,
16117 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16120 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
16124 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16125 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
16126 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
16127 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16128 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) - shift
- size
;
16129 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16131 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
16132 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16134 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
16136 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16138 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
16139 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
16140 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16147 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
16148 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
16149 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == VOIDmode
16150 ? word_mode
: GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
16151 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16152 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
16153 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16154 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
, mem_mode
,
16155 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16156 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
16159 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
16160 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
16161 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
16162 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
16163 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
16164 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
16165 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
16166 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
16167 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
16168 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
16173 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
16175 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
16178 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16180 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16181 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
16183 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
16184 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16187 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &int_mode
)
16188 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FLOAT
16189 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
16191 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
,
16192 GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT
);
16193 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16195 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16196 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16197 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16198 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16199 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
16201 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FIX
);
16202 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16204 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16205 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16206 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16207 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16208 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
16209 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16210 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FIX
16211 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
16213 op0
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (int_mode
, op0
);
16217 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16224 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16225 mem_loc_result
= clz_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16230 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16231 mem_loc_result
= popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16235 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16236 mem_loc_result
= bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16241 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16242 mem_loc_result
= rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16246 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
16247 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
16272 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
16273 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
16275 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
16281 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
16286 case STRICT_LOW_PART
:
16292 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
16293 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
16298 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
16301 /* RTL sequences inside PARALLEL record a series of DWARF operations for
16302 the expression. An UNSPEC rtx represents a raw DWARF operation,
16303 new_loc_descr is called for it to build the operation directly.
16304 Otherwise mem_loc_descriptor is called recursively. */
16308 dw_loc_descr_ref exp_result
= NULL
;
16310 for (; index
< XVECLEN (rtl
, 0); index
++)
16312 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, index
);
16313 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == UNSPEC
)
16315 /* Each DWARF operation UNSPEC contain two operands, if
16316 one operand is not used for the operation, const0_rtx is
16318 gcc_assert (XVECLEN (elem
, 0) == 2);
16320 HOST_WIDE_INT dw_op
= XINT (elem
, 1);
16321 HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
= INTVAL (XVECEXP (elem
, 0, 0));
16322 HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
= INTVAL (XVECEXP (elem
, 0, 1));
16324 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) dw_op
, oprnd1
,
16329 = mem_loc_descriptor (elem
, mode
, mem_mode
,
16330 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16332 if (!mem_loc_result
)
16333 mem_loc_result
= exp_result
;
16335 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, exp_result
);
16344 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
16345 gcc_unreachable ();
16350 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16351 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16353 return mem_loc_result
;
16356 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
16357 This is typically a complex variable. */
16359 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16360 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
16362 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16363 unsigned int size0
, size1
;
16364 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)).is_constant (&size0
)
16365 || !GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)).is_constant (&size1
))
16368 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
16369 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
16370 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16371 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
16372 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16374 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
16377 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
16378 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size0
);
16380 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
16381 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size1
);
16383 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16384 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16386 return cc_loc_result
;
16389 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
16392 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16393 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
16396 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
16397 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
16400 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
16402 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
16403 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
16405 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16406 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)).is_constant (&size
))
16409 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16413 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
16414 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size
);
16417 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16418 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16420 return cc_loc_result
;
16423 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_implicit_pointer
16424 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
16426 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16427 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16429 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
16432 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
16434 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
16435 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
16436 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
16437 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
16438 ret
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
), 0, offset
);
16439 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
16442 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16443 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
16444 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16448 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
16449 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
16454 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
16455 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
16456 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
16457 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
16458 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
16460 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
16461 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
16462 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
16464 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
16466 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16467 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
16468 enum var_init_status initialized
)
16470 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
16471 scalar_int_mode int_mode
;
16473 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16476 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
16477 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
16478 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
16479 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
16480 contains the given subreg. */
16481 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
16482 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
),
16483 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)), initialized
);
16489 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
16493 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
16494 GET_MODE (rtl
), initialized
);
16495 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16496 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
16497 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16499 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16500 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
16501 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
16506 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
16511 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
16516 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
16518 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
16519 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16520 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
16521 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
16525 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
16530 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
16531 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
16535 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
16536 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
16537 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16538 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16540 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
16541 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16542 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
16544 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
16545 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
16547 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
16549 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
16550 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16553 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
16554 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
16555 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16556 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
16558 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
16564 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
16566 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
16567 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
),
16573 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16574 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16576 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16578 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
16580 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
16581 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
16582 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
16583 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
16584 scalar_mode smode
= as_a
<scalar_mode
> (mode
);
16585 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16586 GET_MODE_SIZE (smode
), 0);
16587 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
16588 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (smode
))
16590 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
16591 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16592 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
16597 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (smode
);
16598 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
16600 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16601 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16602 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
16603 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
16604 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16609 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
16610 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16611 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16613 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16615 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
16616 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16617 GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
), 0);
16618 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
16619 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
16620 *loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, int_mode
);
16625 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16626 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16628 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16630 unsigned int length
;
16631 if (!CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
).is_constant (&length
))
16634 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16635 unsigned char *array
16636 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
16639 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
16641 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
16642 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16644 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16645 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16647 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16648 insert_wide_int (rtx_mode_t (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
16652 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16653 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16655 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16656 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16661 gcc_unreachable ();
16664 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16665 length
* elt_size
, 0);
16666 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16667 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
16668 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
16669 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16674 if (mode
== VOIDmode
16675 || CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16676 || CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16677 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
16679 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
16684 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16688 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16689 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16690 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16692 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
16693 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16694 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16698 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
16699 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
16703 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
16704 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
16707 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
16713 if ((is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16714 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == int_mode
16715 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16716 && dwarf_version
>= 4)
16717 || (!dwarf_strict
&& mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
))
16719 /* Value expression. */
16720 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16722 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
16723 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16731 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
16732 address ranges where a given location is valid.
16733 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
16734 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
16735 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
16736 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
16738 static const char *
16739 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
16741 const char *secname
;
16743 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
)
16744 && (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) || TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || TREE_STATIC (decl
))
16745 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
16746 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
16747 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
16749 if (in_cold_section_p
)
16751 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
16752 if (sec
->common
.flags
& SECTION_NAMED
)
16753 return sec
->named
.name
;
16755 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
16757 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
16758 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
16760 secname
= text_section_label
;
16765 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
16768 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
16770 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
16772 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
16775 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
16778 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16779 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
16780 enum var_init_status initialized
)
16782 int have_address
= 0;
16783 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
16786 if (want_address
!= 2)
16788 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
16790 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
16792 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
16793 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16794 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16795 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
16796 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
16798 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16799 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, get_address_mode (varloc
),
16800 mode
, initialized
);
16805 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
16807 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VOIDmode
,
16812 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16819 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
16820 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
16822 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
16823 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
16830 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
16831 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16833 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16835 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16836 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16839 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16842 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
16843 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
16845 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16846 "Want address and only have value");
16850 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
16851 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
16853 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
16854 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
16856 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
16858 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16859 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16862 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16865 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
16867 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
16873 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
16874 if it is not possible. */
16876 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16877 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16879 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
16880 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
16881 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
16882 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
16887 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
16888 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
16890 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16891 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
16894 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT padsize
= 0;
16895 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
16896 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
16898 enum var_init_status initialized
;
16900 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
16901 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
16904 decl_size
= tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
16906 descr_tail
= &descr
;
16908 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
16910 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
16911 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
16912 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
16913 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
16914 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opsize
= 0;
16916 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
16917 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
16919 padsize
+= bitsize
;
16922 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
16923 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
16924 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
16925 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
16927 padsize
+= bitsize
;
16931 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
16932 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
16933 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
16934 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
16935 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
16936 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
16938 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
16942 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
16944 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
16948 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
16950 padsize
+= bitsize
;
16951 /* Discard the current piece of the descriptor and release any
16952 addr_table entries it uses. */
16953 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
16957 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
16958 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
16961 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
16963 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
16964 goto discard_descr
;
16966 decl_size
-= padsize
;
16967 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
16968 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
16970 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
16971 goto discard_descr
;
16973 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16976 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
16978 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
16979 goto discard_descr
;
16980 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
16983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
16984 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
16985 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
16987 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
16988 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16989 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16993 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
16994 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
16995 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
16996 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16997 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
16998 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
17003 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
17004 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
17005 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
17007 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
17009 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
;
17010 if (!poly_uint64 (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)).is_constant (&memsize
))
17011 goto discard_descr
;
17012 memsize
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17013 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
17015 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
17016 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
17017 goto discard_descr
;
17018 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
17019 goto discard_descr
;
17020 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17021 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
17025 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
17026 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17027 goto discard_descr
;
17028 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17032 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
17034 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
17036 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
17037 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17038 goto discard_descr
;
17043 /* Discard the descriptor and release any addr_table entries it uses. */
17044 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (descr
);
17048 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
17049 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
17052 static dw_loc_list_ref
17053 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
17055 const char *endname
, *secname
;
17056 var_loc_view endview
;
17058 enum var_init_status initialized
;
17059 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
17060 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
17061 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17062 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
17063 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
17065 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
17066 actually construct the list of locations.
17067 The first location information is what is passed to the
17068 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
17069 locations just get added on to that list.
17070 Note that we only know the start address for a location
17071 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
17072 the range [current location start, next location start].
17073 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
17074 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
17076 if (cfun
&& crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
17078 bool save_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
17079 in_cold_section_p
= first_function_block_is_cold
;
17080 if (loc_list
->last_before_switch
== NULL
)
17081 in_cold_section_p
= !in_cold_section_p
;
17082 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17083 in_cold_section_p
= save_in_cold_section_p
;
17086 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17088 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17090 bool range_across_switch
= false;
17091 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
17092 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
17094 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17097 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
17098 inside DWARF expressions. */
17099 if (want_address
== 2)
17100 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
17104 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
17105 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
17106 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
17110 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
17111 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
17112 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
17113 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
17114 of first partition and second one starting at the
17115 beginning of second partition. */
17116 if (node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
17117 && (node
!= loc_list
->first
|| loc_list
->first
->next
17118 /* If we are to emit a view number, we will emit
17119 a loclist rather than a single location
17120 expression for the entire function (see
17121 loc_list_has_views), so we have to split the
17122 range that straddles across partitions. */
17123 || !ZERO_VIEW_P (node
->view
))
17124 && current_function_decl
)
17126 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_end
;
17128 range_across_switch
= true;
17130 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
17131 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
17132 else if (node
->next
)
17133 endname
= node
->next
->label
, endview
= node
->next
->view
;
17134 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
17135 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
17136 else if (!current_function_decl
)
17137 endname
= text_end_label
, endview
= 0;
17140 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
17141 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17142 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
17146 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->view
,
17147 endname
, endview
, secname
);
17148 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
17149 && node
== loc_list
->first
17150 && NOTE_P (node
->loc
)
17151 && strcmp (node
->label
, endname
) == 0)
17152 (*listp
)->force
= true;
17153 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
17158 && crtl
->has_bb_partition
17159 && node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
)
17161 bool save_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
17162 in_cold_section_p
= !first_function_block_is_cold
;
17163 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17164 in_cold_section_p
= save_in_cold_section_p
;
17167 if (range_across_switch
)
17169 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17170 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
17173 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
17174 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
17175 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
,
17178 gcc_assert (descr
);
17179 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
17180 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
17182 endname
= node
->next
->label
, endview
= node
->next
->view
;
17184 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, endview
= 0;
17185 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, 0,
17186 endname
, endview
, secname
);
17187 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
17191 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
17192 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
17193 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
17194 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
17195 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
17197 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
17200 maybe_gen_llsym (list
);
17205 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
17206 as location description. */
17209 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
17211 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
17212 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
17215 /* Duplicate a single element of location list. */
17217 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
17218 copy_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17220 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
= ggc_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
17221 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
17225 /* To each location in list LIST append loc descr REF. */
17228 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17230 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
17231 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
17232 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17235 copy
= copy_loc_descr (ref
);
17236 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
17237 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
17238 copy
= copy
->dw_loc_next
= copy_loc_descr (copy
->dw_loc_next
);
17239 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17243 /* To each location in list LIST prepend loc descr REF. */
17246 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17248 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
17249 dw_loc_descr_ref ref_end
= list
->expr
;
17250 add_loc_descr (&ref
, list
->expr
);
17252 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17255 dw_loc_descr_ref end
= list
->expr
;
17256 list
->expr
= copy
= copy_loc_descr (ref
);
17257 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
!= ref_end
)
17258 copy
= copy
->dw_loc_next
= copy_loc_descr (copy
->dw_loc_next
);
17259 copy
->dw_loc_next
= end
;
17260 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17264 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
17265 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
17266 to expression in RET on each position in program.
17267 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
17269 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
17270 element. General case would involve sorting the lists in program order
17271 and merging them that will need some additional work.
17272 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
17276 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
17285 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
17287 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
17290 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
17292 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
17296 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
17297 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
17298 " location lists.\n");
17303 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
17304 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
17306 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17307 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
17309 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
17310 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
17312 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
17317 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17319 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
17320 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
17322 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
17324 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
17325 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
17328 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
17329 GET_MODE (rtl
), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
17332 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
17333 by looking for inner INDIRECT_REF expression and turning
17334 it into simple arithmetics.
17336 See loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
17338 static dw_loc_list_ref
17339 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
,
17340 loc_descr_context
*context
)
17343 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
17345 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
17346 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
17348 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
17349 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
17350 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
17352 if (!multiple_p (bitpos
, BITS_PER_UNIT
, &bytepos
))
17354 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
17357 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
17359 expansion_failed (obj
,
17360 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
17363 if (!offset
&& known_eq (bitpos
, 0))
17364 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1,
17367 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
17368 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
17370 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0, context
);
17375 /* Variable offset. */
17376 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0, context
);
17377 if (list_ret1
== 0)
17379 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
17382 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17383 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
17385 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
17386 if (bytepos
.is_constant (&value
) && value
> 0)
17387 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17388 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, value
, 0));
17389 else if (maybe_ne (bytepos
, 0))
17390 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
17391 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17392 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
17397 /* Set LOC to the next operation that is not a DW_OP_nop operation. In the case
17398 all operations from LOC are nops, move to the last one. Insert in NOPS all
17399 operations that are skipped. */
17402 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
,
17403 hash_set
<dw_loc_descr_ref
> &nops
)
17405 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_nop
)
17408 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
17412 /* Helper for loc_descr_without_nops: free the location description operation
17416 free_loc_descr (const dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17422 /* Remove all DW_OP_nop operations from LOC except, if it exists, the one that
17426 loc_descr_without_nops (dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
)
17428 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_nop
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
17431 /* Set of all DW_OP_nop operations we remove. */
17432 hash_set
<dw_loc_descr_ref
> nops
;
17434 /* First, strip all prefix NOP operations in order to keep the head of the
17435 operations list. */
17436 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (loc
, nops
);
17438 for (dw_loc_descr_ref cur
= loc
; cur
!= NULL
;)
17440 /* For control flow operations: strip "prefix" nops in destination
17442 if (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
17443 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
, nops
);
17444 if (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
17445 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_loc
, nops
);
17447 /* Do the same for the operations that follow, then move to the next
17449 if (cur
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
17450 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_next
, nops
);
17451 cur
= cur
->dw_loc_next
;
17454 nops
.traverse
<void *, free_loc_descr
> (NULL
);
17458 struct dwarf_procedure_info
;
17460 /* Helper structure for location descriptions generation. */
17461 struct loc_descr_context
17463 /* The type that is implicitly referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address, or
17464 NULL_TREE if DW_OP_push_object_address in invalid for this location
17465 description. This is used when processing PLACEHOLDER_EXPR nodes. */
17467 /* The ..._DECL node that should be translated as a
17468 DW_OP_push_object_address operation. */
17470 /* Information about the DWARF procedure we are currently generating. NULL if
17471 we are not generating a DWARF procedure. */
17472 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
;
17473 /* True if integral PLACEHOLDER_EXPR stands for the first argument passed
17474 by consumer. Used for DW_TAG_generic_subrange attributes. */
17475 bool placeholder_arg
;
17476 /* True if PLACEHOLDER_EXPR has been seen. */
17477 bool placeholder_seen
;
17480 /* DWARF procedures generation
17482 DWARF expressions (aka. location descriptions) are used to encode variable
17483 things such as sizes or offsets. Such computations can have redundant parts
17484 that can be factorized in order to reduce the size of the output debug
17485 information. This is the whole point of DWARF procedures.
17487 Thanks to stor-layout.c, size and offset expressions in GENERIC trees are
17488 already factorized into functions ("size functions") in order to handle very
17489 big and complex types. Such functions are quite simple: they have integral
17490 arguments, they return an integral result and their body contains only a
17491 return statement with arithmetic expressions. This is the only kind of
17492 function we are interested in translating into DWARF procedures, here.
17494 DWARF expressions and DWARF procedure are executed using a stack, so we have
17495 to define some calling convention for them to interact. Let's say that:
17497 - Before calling a DWARF procedure, DWARF expressions must push on the stack
17498 all arguments in reverse order (right-to-left) so that when the DWARF
17499 procedure execution starts, the first argument is the top of the stack.
17501 - Then, when returning, the DWARF procedure must have consumed all arguments
17502 on the stack, must have pushed the result and touched nothing else.
17504 - Each integral argument and the result are integral types can be hold in a
17507 - We call "frame offset" the number of stack slots that are "under DWARF
17508 procedure control": it includes the arguments slots, the temporaries and
17509 the result slot. Thus, it is equal to the number of arguments when the
17510 procedure execution starts and must be equal to one (the result) when it
17513 /* Helper structure used when generating operations for a DWARF procedure. */
17514 struct dwarf_procedure_info
17516 /* The FUNCTION_DECL node corresponding to the DWARF procedure that is
17517 currently translated. */
17519 /* The number of arguments FNDECL takes. */
17520 unsigned args_count
;
17523 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node for a DWARF procedure. Add
17524 LOCATION as its DW_AT_location attribute. If FNDECL is not NULL_TREE,
17525 equate it to this DIE. */
17528 new_dwarf_proc_die (dw_loc_descr_ref location
, tree fndecl
,
17529 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
17531 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
;
17533 if ((dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
17534 || location
== NULL
)
17537 dwarf_proc_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
, parent_die
, fndecl
);
17539 equate_decl_number_to_die (fndecl
, dwarf_proc_die
);
17540 add_AT_loc (dwarf_proc_die
, DW_AT_location
, location
);
17541 return dwarf_proc_die
;
17544 /* Return whether TYPE is a supported type as a DWARF procedure argument
17545 type or return type (we handle only scalar types and pointer types that
17546 aren't wider than the DWARF expression evaluation stack. */
17549 is_handled_procedure_type (tree type
)
17551 return ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type
)
17552 || TREE_CODE (type
) == OFFSET_TYPE
17553 || TREE_CODE (type
) == POINTER_TYPE
)
17554 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
17557 /* Helper for resolve_args_picking: do the same but stop when coming across
17558 visited nodes. For each node we visit, register in FRAME_OFFSETS the frame
17559 offset *before* evaluating the corresponding operation. */
17562 resolve_args_picking_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, unsigned initial_frame_offset
,
17563 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
,
17564 hash_map
<dw_loc_descr_ref
, unsigned> &frame_offsets
)
17566 /* The "frame_offset" identifier is already used to name a macro... */
17567 unsigned frame_offset_
= initial_frame_offset
;
17568 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
17570 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
;)
17573 unsigned &l_frame_offset
= frame_offsets
.get_or_insert (l
, &existed
);
17575 /* If we already met this node, there is nothing to compute anymore. */
17578 /* Make sure that the stack size is consistent wherever the execution
17579 flow comes from. */
17580 gcc_assert ((unsigned) l_frame_offset
== frame_offset_
);
17583 l_frame_offset
= frame_offset_
;
17585 /* If needed, relocate the picking offset with respect to the frame
17587 if (l
->frame_offset_rel
)
17589 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
;
17590 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17593 off
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
17602 gcc_unreachable ();
17604 /* frame_offset_ is the size of the current stack frame, including
17605 incoming arguments. Besides, the arguments are pushed
17606 right-to-left. Thus, in order to access the Nth argument from
17607 this operation node, the picking has to skip temporaries *plus*
17608 one stack slot per argument (0 for the first one, 1 for the second
17611 The targetted argument number (N) is already set as the operand,
17612 and the number of temporaries can be computed with:
17613 frame_offsets_ - dpi->args_count */
17614 off
+= frame_offset_
- dpi
->args_count
;
17616 /* DW_OP_pick handles only offsets from 0 to 255 (inclusive)... */
17622 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_dup
;
17623 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= 0;
17627 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_over
;
17628 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= 0;
17632 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_pick
;
17633 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= off
;
17637 /* Update frame_offset according to the effect the current operation has
17639 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17647 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
17683 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
17685 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
17686 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
17687 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
17691 case DW_OP_const1u
:
17692 case DW_OP_const1s
:
17693 case DW_OP_const2u
:
17694 case DW_OP_const2s
:
17695 case DW_OP_const4u
:
17696 case DW_OP_const4s
:
17697 case DW_OP_const8u
:
17698 case DW_OP_const8s
:
17769 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
17770 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
17771 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
17796 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
17802 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
17804 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
17805 int *stack_usage
= dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
->get (dwarf_proc
);
17807 if (stack_usage
== NULL
)
17809 frame_offset_
+= *stack_usage
;
17813 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
17814 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
17815 case DW_OP_const_type
:
17816 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
17817 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
17818 case DW_OP_convert
:
17819 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
17820 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
17821 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
17822 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
17823 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
17824 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
17825 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
17826 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
17827 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
17828 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
17829 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
17830 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
17831 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
17832 /* loc_list_from_tree will probably not output these operations for
17833 size functions, so assume they will not appear here. */
17834 /* Fall through... */
17837 gcc_unreachable ();
17840 /* Now, follow the control flow (except subroutine calls). */
17841 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17844 if (!resolve_args_picking_1 (l
->dw_loc_next
, frame_offset_
, dpi
,
17847 /* Fall through. */
17850 l
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
;
17853 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
17857 l
= l
->dw_loc_next
;
17865 /* Make a DFS over operations reachable through LOC (i.e. follow branch
17866 operations) in order to resolve the operand of DW_OP_pick operations that
17867 target DWARF procedure arguments (DPI). INITIAL_FRAME_OFFSET is the frame
17868 offset *before* LOC is executed. Return if all relocations were
17872 resolve_args_picking (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, unsigned initial_frame_offset
,
17873 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
)
17875 /* Associate to all visited operations the frame offset *before* evaluating
17877 hash_map
<dw_loc_descr_ref
, unsigned> frame_offsets
;
17879 return resolve_args_picking_1 (loc
, initial_frame_offset
, dpi
,
17883 /* Try to generate a DWARF procedure that computes the same result as FNDECL.
17884 Return NULL if it is not possible. */
17887 function_to_dwarf_procedure (tree fndecl
)
17889 struct loc_descr_context ctx
;
17890 struct dwarf_procedure_info dpi
;
17891 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
;
17892 tree tree_body
= DECL_SAVED_TREE (fndecl
);
17893 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_body
, epilogue
;
17898 /* Do not generate multiple DWARF procedures for the same function
17900 dwarf_proc_die
= lookup_decl_die (fndecl
);
17901 if (dwarf_proc_die
!= NULL
)
17902 return dwarf_proc_die
;
17904 /* DWARF procedures are available starting with the DWARFv3 standard. */
17905 if (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
17908 /* We handle only functions for which we still have a body, that return a
17909 supported type and that takes arguments with supported types. Note that
17910 there is no point translating functions that return nothing. */
17911 if (tree_body
== NULL_TREE
17912 || DECL_RESULT (fndecl
) == NULL_TREE
17913 || !is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (fndecl
))))
17916 for (cursor
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl
);
17917 cursor
!= NULL_TREE
;
17918 cursor
= TREE_CHAIN (cursor
))
17919 if (!is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (cursor
)))
17922 /* Match only "expr" in: RETURN_EXPR (MODIFY_EXPR (RESULT_DECL, expr)). */
17923 if (TREE_CODE (tree_body
) != RETURN_EXPR
)
17925 tree_body
= TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 0);
17926 if (TREE_CODE (tree_body
) != MODIFY_EXPR
17927 || TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 0) != DECL_RESULT (fndecl
))
17929 tree_body
= TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 1);
17931 /* Try to translate the body expression itself. Note that this will probably
17932 cause an infinite recursion if its call graph has a cycle. This is very
17933 unlikely for size functions, however, so don't bother with such things at
17935 ctx
.context_type
= NULL_TREE
;
17936 ctx
.base_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
17938 ctx
.placeholder_arg
= false;
17939 ctx
.placeholder_seen
= false;
17940 dpi
.fndecl
= fndecl
;
17941 dpi
.args_count
= list_length (DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl
));
17942 loc_body
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree_body
, 0, &ctx
);
17946 /* After evaluating all operands in "loc_body", we should still have on the
17947 stack all arguments plus the desired function result (top of the stack).
17948 Generate code in order to keep only the result in our stack frame. */
17950 for (i
= 0; i
< dpi
.args_count
; ++i
)
17952 dw_loc_descr_ref op_couple
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0);
17953 op_couple
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
17954 op_couple
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
= epilogue
;
17955 epilogue
= op_couple
;
17957 add_loc_descr (&loc_body
, epilogue
);
17958 if (!resolve_args_picking (loc_body
, dpi
.args_count
, &dpi
))
17961 /* Trailing nops from loc_descriptor_from_tree (if any) cannot be removed
17962 because they are considered useful. Now there is an epilogue, they are
17963 not anymore, so give it another try. */
17964 loc_descr_without_nops (loc_body
);
17966 /* fndecl may be used both as a regular DW_TAG_subprogram DIE and as
17967 a DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure, so we may have a conflict, here. It's unlikely,
17968 though, given that size functions do not come from source, so they should
17969 not have a dedicated DW_TAG_subprogram DIE. */
17971 = new_dwarf_proc_die (loc_body
, fndecl
,
17972 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (fndecl
)));
17974 /* The called DWARF procedure consumes one stack slot per argument and
17975 returns one stack slot. */
17976 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
->put (dwarf_proc_die
, 1 - dpi
.args_count
);
17978 return dwarf_proc_die
;
17982 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
17983 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
17984 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
17985 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
17986 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
17987 to refer to register values).
17989 CONTEXT provides information to customize the location descriptions
17990 generation. Its context_type field specifies what type is implicitly
17991 referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address. If it is NULL_TREE, this operation
17992 will not be generated.
17994 Its DPI field determines whether we are generating a DWARF expression for a
17995 DWARF procedure, so PARM_DECL references are processed specifically.
17997 If CONTEXT is NULL, the behavior is the same as if context_type, base_decl
17998 and dpi fields were null. */
18000 static dw_loc_list_ref
18001 loc_list_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
,
18002 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
18004 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
18005 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
18006 int have_address
= 0;
18007 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
18009 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
18010 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
18013 if (context
!= NULL
18014 && context
->base_decl
== loc
18015 && want_address
== 0)
18017 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18018 return new_loc_list (new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0),
18019 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 0, NULL
);
18024 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
18027 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
18030 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
18031 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
18032 position of other fields. It is supposed to appear only as the first
18033 operand of COMPONENT_REF nodes and to reference precisely the type
18034 that the context allows. */
18035 if (context
!= NULL
18036 && TREE_TYPE (loc
) == context
->context_type
18037 && want_address
>= 1)
18039 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18041 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
18048 /* For DW_TAG_generic_subrange attributes, PLACEHOLDER_EXPR stands for
18049 the single argument passed by consumer. */
18050 else if (context
!= NULL
18051 && context
->placeholder_arg
18052 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
))
18053 && want_address
== 0)
18055 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 0, 0);
18056 ret
->frame_offset_rel
= 1;
18057 context
->placeholder_seen
= true;
18061 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18062 "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR for an unexpected type");
18067 const int nargs
= call_expr_nargs (loc
);
18068 tree callee
= get_callee_fndecl (loc
);
18070 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc
;
18072 if (callee
== NULL_TREE
)
18073 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18075 /* We handle only functions that return an integer. */
18076 if (!is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (callee
))))
18077 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18079 dwarf_proc
= function_to_dwarf_procedure (callee
);
18080 if (dwarf_proc
== NULL
)
18081 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18083 /* Evaluate arguments right-to-left so that the first argument will
18084 be the top-most one on the stack. */
18085 for (i
= nargs
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
18087 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
18088 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (CALL_EXPR_ARG (loc
, i
), 0,
18091 if (loc_descr
== NULL
)
18092 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18094 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descr
);
18097 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call4
, 0, 0);
18098 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
18099 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= dwarf_proc
;
18100 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
18101 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18104 call_expansion_failed
:
18105 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
18106 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
18110 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
18111 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
18112 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
18113 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
18114 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
18115 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
18119 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
18120 e.g. for &this->field. */
18123 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
18124 (loc
, want_address
== 2, context
);
18127 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
18128 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18131 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
18132 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
18133 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1, context
);
18137 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
18143 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
18146 enum dwarf_location_atom tls_op
;
18147 enum dtprel_bool dtprel
= dtprel_false
;
18149 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
18151 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
18153 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
18156 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
18157 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
18158 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
18159 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
18160 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
18161 operand shouldn't be. */
18162 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
18164 dtprel
= dtprel_true
;
18165 /* We check for DWARF 5 here because gdb did not implement
18166 DW_OP_form_tls_address until after 7.12. */
18167 tls_op
= (dwarf_version
>= 5 ? DW_OP_form_tls_address
18168 : DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
);
18172 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
18173 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18175 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
18176 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
18177 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
18178 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
18179 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
18180 tls_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
18183 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
18184 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
18189 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
18190 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
18193 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel
);
18194 ret1
= new_loc_descr (tls_op
, 0, 0);
18195 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18203 if (context
!= NULL
&& context
->dpi
!= NULL
18204 && DECL_CONTEXT (loc
) == context
->dpi
->fndecl
)
18206 /* We are generating code for a DWARF procedure and we want to access
18207 one of its arguments: find the appropriate argument offset and let
18208 the resolve_args_picking pass compute the offset that complies
18209 with the stack frame size. */
18213 for (cursor
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (context
->dpi
->fndecl
);
18214 cursor
!= NULL_TREE
&& cursor
!= loc
;
18215 cursor
= TREE_CHAIN (cursor
), ++i
)
18217 /* If we are translating a DWARF procedure, all referenced parameters
18218 must belong to the current function. */
18219 gcc_assert (cursor
!= NULL_TREE
);
18221 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, i
, 0);
18222 ret
->frame_offset_rel
= 1;
18228 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
18229 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
18230 want_address
, context
);
18233 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
18236 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
18238 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
18240 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
18241 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
18244 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
18245 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
18247 if (TREE_CODE (loc
) != FUNCTION_DECL
18249 && current_function_decl
18250 && want_address
!= 1
18251 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (loc
)
18252 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
))
18253 || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18254 && DECL_CONTEXT (loc
) == current_function_decl
18255 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18256 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
18258 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (loc
);
18259 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
, 0, 0);
18262 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
18263 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
18264 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
18268 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
18269 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= loc
;
18273 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
18276 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
18278 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
18279 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18280 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
18281 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
18283 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
18285 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
18288 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
18289 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
18292 machine_mode mode
, mem_mode
;
18294 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
18295 if (want_address
== 2)
18297 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
18298 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18303 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
18304 mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
18308 mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
18309 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
18312 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
18313 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18316 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
18317 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
18323 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
18330 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18334 case TARGET_MEM_REF
:
18336 case DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
:
18339 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
18340 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
,
18344 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
18347 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
18348 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
,
18351 case COMPONENT_REF
:
18352 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
18354 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
18355 case REALPART_EXPR
:
18356 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
18359 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
18361 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
18363 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
18364 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
18366 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
18368 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (obj
,
18370 && known_eq (bitpos
, 0)
18371 && !offset
? 2 : 1,
18373 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
18374 for nonzero bitpos. */
18377 if (!multiple_p (bitpos
, BITS_PER_UNIT
, &bytepos
)
18378 || !multiple_p (bitsize
, BITS_PER_UNIT
))
18380 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18381 "bitfield access");
18385 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
18387 /* Variable offset. */
18388 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0, context
);
18389 if (list_ret1
== 0)
18391 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18394 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
18397 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
18398 if (bytepos
.is_constant (&value
) && value
> 0)
18399 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
18401 else if (maybe_ne (bytepos
, 0))
18402 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
18409 if ((want_address
|| !tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
18410 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18412 else if (want_address
== 2
18413 && tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
)
18414 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
18415 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
18416 tree_to_shwi (loc
))))
18418 else if (tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
18419 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_to_shwi (loc
));
18420 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (loc
))
18421 ret
= uint_loc_descriptor (tree_to_uhwi (loc
));
18424 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18425 "Integer operand is not host integer");
18434 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18436 else if (TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONSTRUCTOR
)
18438 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (loc
);
18439 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18440 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
18441 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
18442 constructor_elt
*ce
;
18444 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18446 /* This is very limited, but it's enough to output
18447 pointers to member functions, as long as the
18448 referenced function is defined in the current
18449 translation unit. */
18450 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (loc
), cnt
, ce
)
18452 tree val
= ce
->value
;
18454 tree field
= ce
->index
;
18459 if (!field
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
18461 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18462 "bitfield in record type constructor");
18463 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18468 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
));
18469 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
18470 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
18473 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18474 "out-of-order fields in record constructor");
18475 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18481 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, pos
- offset
, 0);
18482 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18485 if (val
&& fieldsize
!= 0)
18487 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, want_address
, context
);
18490 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18491 "unsupported expression in field");
18492 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18496 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18500 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, fieldsize
, 0);
18501 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18502 offset
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
18506 if (offset
!= size
)
18508 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
- offset
, 0);
18509 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18513 have_address
= !!want_address
;
18516 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18517 "constructor of non-record type");
18520 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
18521 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18522 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
18525 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
18526 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
18531 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
18536 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
18537 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
18542 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
18543 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
18544 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
18545 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
18546 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR
:
18547 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18556 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
18557 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
18558 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
18559 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
18560 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18565 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18566 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18567 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
18570 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18573 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
18574 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
18575 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
18576 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
18577 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
18589 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
18592 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
18595 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
18597 /* Big unsigned numbers can fit in HOST_WIDE_INT but it may be
18598 smarter to encode their opposite. The DW_OP_plus_uconst operation
18599 takes 1 + X bytes, X being the size of the ULEB128 addend. On the
18600 other hand, a "<push literal>; DW_OP_minus" pattern takes 1 + Y
18601 bytes, Y being the size of the operation that pushes the opposite
18602 of the addend. So let's choose the smallest representation. */
18603 const tree tree_addend
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1);
18604 offset_int wi_addend
;
18605 HOST_WIDE_INT shwi_addend
;
18606 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_naddend
;
18608 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18612 /* Try to get the literal to push. It is the opposite of the addend,
18613 so as we rely on wrapping during DWARF evaluation, first decode
18614 the literal as a "DWARF-sized" signed number. */
18615 wi_addend
= wi::to_offset (tree_addend
);
18616 wi_addend
= wi::sext (wi_addend
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* 8);
18617 shwi_addend
= wi_addend
.to_shwi ();
18618 loc_naddend
= (shwi_addend
!= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
18619 ? int_loc_descriptor (-shwi_addend
)
18622 if (loc_naddend
!= NULL
18623 && ((unsigned) size_of_uleb128 (shwi_addend
)
18624 > size_of_loc_descr (loc_naddend
)))
18626 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, loc_naddend
);
18627 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
18628 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
18632 for (dw_loc_descr_ref loc_cur
= loc_naddend
; loc_cur
!= NULL
; )
18634 loc_naddend
= loc_cur
;
18635 loc_cur
= loc_cur
->dw_loc_next
;
18636 ggc_free (loc_naddend
);
18638 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, wi_addend
.to_shwi ());
18648 goto do_comp_binop
;
18652 goto do_comp_binop
;
18656 goto do_comp_binop
;
18660 goto do_comp_binop
;
18663 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
18665 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18666 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18667 list_ret
= loc_list_from_uint_comparison (list_ret
, list_ret1
,
18683 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18684 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18685 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
18688 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18691 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18694 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
18708 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18712 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18718 const enum tree_code code
=
18719 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
18721 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
18722 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
18723 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
18724 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
18731 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
18732 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18733 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
18734 = loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0, context
);
18735 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
18737 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18738 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
18741 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
18742 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
18744 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
18745 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
18746 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
18748 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
18749 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
18750 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
18752 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
18753 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
18754 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
18755 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
18756 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
18760 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
18764 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
18765 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
18766 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
18767 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
18769 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18770 "language specific tree node");
18774 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
18775 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
18777 gcc_unreachable ();
18779 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
18780 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
18784 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
18787 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
18788 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
18790 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18792 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18793 "DWARF address size mismatch");
18797 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
18799 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
18800 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
18803 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
18804 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
18806 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18807 "Want address and only have value");
18811 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
18813 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
18814 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
18816 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
18818 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
18820 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18821 "DWARF address size mismatch");
18824 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18827 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
18830 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
18832 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
18835 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, 0, NULL
, 0, NULL
);
18840 /* Likewise, but strip useless DW_OP_nop operations in the resulting
18843 static dw_loc_list_ref
18844 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
18845 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
18847 dw_loc_list_ref result
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (loc
, want_address
, context
);
18849 for (dw_loc_list_ref loc_cur
= result
;
18850 loc_cur
!= NULL
; loc_cur
= loc_cur
->dw_loc_next
)
18851 loc_descr_without_nops (loc_cur
->expr
);
18855 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
18856 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18857 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
18858 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
18860 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
, context
);
18863 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
18865 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18866 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
18872 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
18873 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
18874 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
18875 ERROR_MARK node. */
18878 field_type (const_tree decl
)
18882 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
18883 return integer_type_node
;
18885 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
18886 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
18887 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18892 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
18893 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
18894 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
18896 static inline unsigned
18897 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
18899 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
18902 static inline unsigned
18903 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
18905 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
18908 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
18910 static inline offset_int
18911 round_up_to_align (const offset_int
&t
, unsigned int align
)
18913 return wi::udiv_trunc (t
+ align
- 1, align
) * align
;
18916 /* Compute the size of TYPE in bytes. If possible, return NULL and store the
18917 size as an integer constant in CST_SIZE. Otherwise, if possible, return a
18918 DWARF expression that computes the size. Return NULL and set CST_SIZE to -1
18919 if we fail to return the size in one of these two forms. */
18921 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18922 type_byte_size (const_tree type
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*cst_size
)
18925 struct loc_descr_context ctx
;
18927 /* Return a constant integer in priority, if possible. */
18928 *cst_size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18929 if (*cst_size
!= -1)
18932 ctx
.context_type
= const_cast<tree
> (type
);
18933 ctx
.base_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
18935 ctx
.placeholder_arg
= false;
18936 ctx
.placeholder_seen
= false;
18938 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
18939 tree_size
= TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type
);
18940 return ((tree_size
!= NULL_TREE
)
18941 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree_size
, 0, &ctx
)
18945 /* Helper structure for RECORD_TYPE processing. */
18948 /* Root RECORD_TYPE. It is needed to generate data member location
18949 descriptions in variable-length records (VLR), but also to cope with
18950 variants, which are composed of nested structures multiplexed with
18951 QUAL_UNION_TYPE nodes. Each time such a structure is passed to a
18952 function processing a FIELD_DECL, it is required to be non null. */
18954 /* When generating a variant part in a RECORD_TYPE (i.e. a nested
18955 QUAL_UNION_TYPE), this holds an expression that computes the offset for
18956 this variant part as part of the root record (in storage units). For
18957 regular records, it must be NULL_TREE. */
18958 tree variant_part_offset
;
18961 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute the byte offset of the lowest
18962 addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL. If
18963 possible, return a native constant through CST_OFFSET (in which case NULL is
18964 returned); otherwise return a DWARF expression that computes the offset.
18966 Set *CST_OFFSET to 0 and return NULL if we are unable to determine what
18967 that offset is, either because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an
18968 ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset expression is too complex for us.
18970 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
18972 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18973 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
,
18974 HOST_WIDE_INT
*cst_offset
)
18977 dw_loc_list_ref loc_result
;
18981 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
18984 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
18986 /* We cannot handle variable bit offsets at the moment, so abort if it's the
18988 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
18991 /* We used to handle only constant offsets in all cases. Now, we handle
18992 properly dynamic byte offsets only when PCC bitfield type doesn't
18994 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
18995 && TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
18997 offset_int object_offset_in_bits
;
18998 offset_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
18999 offset_int bitpos_int
;
19001 tree field_size_tree
;
19002 offset_int deepest_bitpos
;
19003 offset_int field_size_in_bits
;
19004 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
19005 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
19006 offset_int type_size_in_bits
;
19008 bitpos_int
= wi::to_offset (bit_position (decl
));
19009 type
= field_type (decl
);
19010 type_size_in_bits
= offset_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
19011 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
19013 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
19015 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
19016 a flexible array member. */
19017 if (!field_size_tree
)
19018 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
19020 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
19021 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
19022 field_size_in_bits
= wi::to_offset (field_size_tree
);
19024 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
19026 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
19028 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
19029 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
19030 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
19031 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
19032 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
19033 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
19034 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
19035 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
19036 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
19038 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
19040 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
19041 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
19042 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
19043 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
19044 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
19045 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
19046 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
19047 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
19048 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
19049 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
19050 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
19052 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
19053 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
19054 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
19055 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
19056 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
19057 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
19058 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
19059 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
19060 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
19061 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
19064 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
19065 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
19066 must have believed that the containing object started (within
19067 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
19068 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
19069 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
19070 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
19072 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
19073 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
19074 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
19076 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
19077 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
19079 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
19081 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
19083 object_offset_in_bits
19084 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
19086 if (wi::gtu_p (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
))
19088 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
19090 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
19091 object_offset_in_bits
19092 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
19095 object_offset_in_bytes
19096 = wi::lrshift (object_offset_in_bits
, LOG2_BITS_PER_UNIT
);
19097 if (ctx
->variant_part_offset
== NULL_TREE
)
19099 *cst_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
.to_shwi ();
19102 tree_result
= wide_int_to_tree (sizetype
, object_offset_in_bytes
);
19105 tree_result
= byte_position (decl
);
19107 if (ctx
->variant_part_offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
19108 tree_result
= fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (tree_result
),
19109 ctx
->variant_part_offset
, tree_result
);
19111 /* If the byte offset is a constant, it's simplier to handle a native
19112 constant rather than a DWARF expression. */
19113 if (TREE_CODE (tree_result
) == INTEGER_CST
)
19115 *cst_offset
= wi::to_offset (tree_result
).to_shwi ();
19118 struct loc_descr_context loc_ctx
= {
19119 ctx
->struct_type
, /* context_type */
19120 NULL_TREE
, /* base_decl */
19122 false, /* placeholder_arg */
19123 false /* placeholder_seen */
19125 loc_result
= loc_list_from_tree (tree_result
, 0, &loc_ctx
);
19127 /* We want a DWARF expression: abort if we only have a location list with
19128 multiple elements. */
19129 if (!loc_result
|| !single_element_loc_list_p (loc_result
))
19132 return loc_result
->expr
;
19135 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
19136 associated with them. */
19138 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
19140 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
19141 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
19142 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
19145 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
19146 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
19148 bool check_no_locviews
= true;
19151 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
19152 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
19155 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
19156 gcc_assert (descr
->ll_symbol
);
19157 if (attr_kind
== DW_AT_location
&& descr
->vl_symbol
19158 && dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
19160 add_AT_view_list (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
19161 check_no_locviews
= false;
19165 if (check_no_locviews
)
19166 gcc_assert (!get_AT (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
));
19169 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
19172 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
19174 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
19175 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
19176 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
19177 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
19178 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
19179 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
19181 if (dwarf_version
== 2
19182 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
19183 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
19184 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
19186 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
19188 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
19189 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
19192 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
19193 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
19194 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
19195 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
19196 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
19197 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
19200 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
19201 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
19202 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
19203 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
19204 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
19205 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
19206 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
19207 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
19208 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
19211 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
19214 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
,
19216 struct vlr_context
*ctx
)
19218 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
19219 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
19221 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
19223 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
19224 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
19226 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
19227 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
19228 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
19229 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
19231 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
19233 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
19235 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
19237 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
19238 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
19239 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19241 /* Extract the vtable address. */
19242 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
19243 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19245 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
19246 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
));
19247 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
19249 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
19250 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19251 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
19252 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19254 /* Extract the offset. */
19255 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
19256 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19258 /* Add it to the object address. */
19259 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
19260 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19263 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
));
19267 loc_descr
= field_byte_offset (decl
, ctx
, &offset
);
19269 /* If loc_descr is available then we know the field offset is dynamic.
19270 However, GDB does not handle dynamic field offsets very well at the
19272 if (loc_descr
!= NULL
&& gnat_encodings
!= DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
)
19278 /* Data member location evalutation starts with the base address on the
19279 stack. Compute the field offset and add it to this base address. */
19280 else if (loc_descr
!= NULL
)
19281 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
19286 /* While DW_AT_data_bit_offset has been added already in DWARF4,
19287 e.g. GDB only added support to it in November 2016. For DWARF5
19288 we need newer debug info consumers anyway. We might change this
19289 to dwarf_version >= 4 once most consumers catched up. */
19290 if (dwarf_version
>= 5
19291 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
19292 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
19294 tree off
= bit_position (decl
);
19295 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (off
) && get_AT (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
))
19297 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
19298 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
);
19299 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_bit_offset
, tree_to_uhwi (off
));
19303 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
19305 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
19307 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
19309 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
19314 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
19316 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
19317 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
19318 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
19319 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
19320 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
19324 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
19327 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
19330 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
19334 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
19340 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
19342 static HOST_WIDE_INT
19343 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
19345 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
19351 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
19357 /* Writes wide_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
19360 insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&val
, unsigned char *dest
, int elt_size
)
19364 if (elt_size
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/BITS_PER_UNIT
)
19366 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (0), elt_size
, dest
);
19370 /* We'd have to extend this code to support odd sizes. */
19371 gcc_assert (elt_size
% (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0);
19373 int n
= elt_size
/ (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
19375 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
19376 for (i
= n
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
19378 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
19379 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
19382 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
19384 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
19385 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
19389 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
19392 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
19396 scalar_float_mode mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtl
));
19398 real_to_target (val
, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (rtl
), mode
);
19400 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
19401 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4; i
++)
19403 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
19408 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
19409 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
19410 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
19411 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
19412 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
19415 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
19417 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
19421 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
19424 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
19426 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
19430 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
19432 wide_int w1
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, MAX_MODE_INT
);
19433 unsigned int prec
= MIN (wi::min_precision (w1
, UNSIGNED
),
19434 (unsigned int)CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (rtl
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
19435 wide_int w
= wi::zext (w1
, prec
);
19436 add_AT_wide (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, w
);
19441 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
19442 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
19443 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
19445 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
== 0
19446 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
19447 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
19448 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
19451 scalar_float_mode mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtl
));
19452 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
19453 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
19455 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
19456 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
19462 unsigned int length
;
19463 if (!CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
).is_constant (&length
))
19466 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
19467 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
19468 unsigned char *array
19469 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
19472 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
19474 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
19476 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
19477 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
19479 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
19480 insert_wide_int (rtx_mode_t (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
19484 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
19485 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
19487 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
19488 insert_float (elt
, p
);
19493 gcc_unreachable ();
19496 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
19501 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19503 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
19504 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
19506 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
19507 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
19508 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
19509 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
19515 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
19516 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
19519 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
19523 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19528 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
19529 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
19530 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
19531 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
19532 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
19533 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
19534 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
19535 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
19536 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
19537 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
19538 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
19546 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
19547 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
19548 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
19550 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
19556 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
19557 gcc_unreachable ();
19562 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
19563 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
19566 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
19567 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
19569 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
19570 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
19572 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
19573 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
19575 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
19576 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
19577 be conservative. */
19578 else if (!symtab
->global_info_ready
&& VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (*tp
))
19580 else if (VAR_P (*tp
))
19582 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (*tp
);
19583 if (!node
|| !node
->definition
)
19586 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19587 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
19589 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
19590 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
19591 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
19592 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
19593 if (!cgraph_node::get (*tp
))
19596 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
19602 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
19603 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
19606 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
19608 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
19612 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
19613 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
19614 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
19616 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
19617 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
19618 scalar_int_mode mode
;
19620 if (is_int_mode (TYPE_MODE (enttype
), &mode
)
19621 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
19623 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
)
19624 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
)) == INTEGER_CST
19625 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
19626 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
19627 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
19628 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
19629 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
19631 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
19632 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
19633 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
19634 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
19637 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
19639 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
19640 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
19641 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
19642 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
19644 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
19645 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
19646 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
19647 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
19649 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
19650 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
19651 reference variables which won't be output. */
19652 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
19653 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
19655 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
19657 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
19658 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
19663 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
19665 vec
<constructor_elt
, va_gc
> *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
19666 bool constant_p
= true;
19668 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
19670 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
19671 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
19672 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
19673 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
19674 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
19676 constant_p
= false;
19682 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
19692 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
19694 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
19695 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
19701 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
19704 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
19708 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
19709 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
19710 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
19712 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
19713 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
19714 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
19715 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
19716 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
19717 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
19718 referenced within the function.
19720 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
19721 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
19722 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
19723 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
19725 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
19726 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
19727 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
19728 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
19729 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
19730 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
19732 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
19733 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
19734 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
19735 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
19736 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
19737 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
19738 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
19739 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
19740 output at debug-time.
19742 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
19743 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
19744 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
19745 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
19746 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
19747 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
19748 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
19749 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
19750 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
19751 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
19752 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
19753 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
19754 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
19756 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
19757 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
19758 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
19759 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
19760 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
19761 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
19762 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
19763 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
19764 I'd like to fix it.
19766 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
19767 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
19768 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
19769 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
19770 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
19771 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
19772 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
19773 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
19774 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
19775 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
19776 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
19778 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
19779 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19781 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
19782 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
19783 fixed registers. */
19784 if (! reload_completed
)
19787 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
19789 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
19792 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
19794 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
19799 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
19801 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
19802 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
19804 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
19805 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
19806 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19807 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))))
19809 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19810 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
19811 machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
19812 machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
19814 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
19815 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
19816 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
19817 if (dmode
== pmode
)
19818 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
19819 else if ((rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
19820 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
19821 && known_le (GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
))
19822 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19824 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
19827 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
19829 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
19830 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
19831 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
19832 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
19839 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
19840 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
19841 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
19842 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
19843 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
19844 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
19846 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
19847 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
19848 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
19849 /* Not passed in memory. */
19850 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19851 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
19852 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
19853 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
19854 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
19855 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
19856 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
19859 /* Big endian correction check. */
19860 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
19861 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
19862 && known_lt (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))),
19865 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
19866 poly_int64 offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
19867 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
19869 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19870 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
19873 else if (VAR_P (decl
)
19876 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19878 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
19879 poly_int64 offset
= byte_lowpart_offset (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19882 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
19883 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
19884 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
19885 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
19886 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
19887 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
19888 if (maybe_ne (offset
, 0))
19889 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19890 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
19893 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
19894 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
19895 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
19896 if (!rtl
&& VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
19897 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19900 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
19902 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
19903 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
19904 code, and thus is not emitted. */
19906 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
19908 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
19909 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
19911 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
19912 && !(early_dwarf
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
19914 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
19915 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
19916 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
19917 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
19918 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
19920 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
19922 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
19923 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
19930 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
19931 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
19932 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
19935 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
19937 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
19939 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
;
19941 HOST_WIDE_INT cbitpos
;
19942 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
19944 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
19945 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
19946 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
19947 be handled as such. */
19949 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
19950 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
19954 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
19955 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
19958 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
19959 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
19961 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
19963 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
19964 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
)
19965 /* We don't expect to have to cope with variable offsets,
19966 since at present all static data must have a constant size. */
19967 || !bitpos
.is_constant (&cbitpos
))
19971 if (offset
!= NULL
)
19973 if (!tree_fits_shwi_p (offset
))
19975 *value
= tree_to_shwi (offset
);
19978 *value
+= cbitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
19983 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
19984 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
19985 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
19986 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
19987 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
19988 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
19989 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
19990 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
19991 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
19992 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
19994 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
19995 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
19996 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
19997 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
20000 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, bool cache_p
)
20003 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
20004 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
20005 cached_dw_loc_list
*cache
;
20010 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
20013 if (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
)
20014 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20017 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl
) || TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
20018 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
20020 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
20023 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
20024 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
20025 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
20028 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
20029 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
20030 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
20031 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
20034 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
20035 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
20036 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
20037 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
20039 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
20041 node
= loc_list
->first
;
20042 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
20043 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
20044 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
20045 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
20046 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
20049 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
20050 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
20052 if (loc_list
== NULL
|| cached_dw_loc_list_table
== NULL
)
20056 cache
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
20058 list
= cache
->loc_list
;
20062 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2,
20064 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
20065 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
20066 if (cache_p
&& list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
20068 cached_dw_loc_list
**slot
20069 = cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
,
20072 cache
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<cached_dw_loc_list
> ();
20073 cache
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
20074 cache
->loc_list
= list
;
20080 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
20083 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
20084 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
20085 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
20088 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
20089 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
20092 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
20096 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
20100 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
20103 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
20104 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
20106 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
20107 scalar_int_mode mode
;
20109 if (!is_int_mode (TYPE_MODE (enttype
), &mode
)
20110 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
20112 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
20114 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
20116 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
20117 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
20118 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
20119 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
20122 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
20127 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
20128 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
20130 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
20132 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
20133 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
20134 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
20135 constructor_elt
*ce
;
20137 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
20138 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
20141 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
20142 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
20145 min_index
= tree_to_shwi (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
20146 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
20147 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
20149 tree val
= ce
->value
;
20150 tree index
= ce
->index
;
20152 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
20153 pos
= (tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0)) - min_index
)
20156 pos
= (tree_to_shwi (index
) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
20161 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
20164 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
20165 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
20167 int count
= tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1))
20168 - tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0));
20169 while (count
-- > 0)
20172 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
20173 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
20176 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
20180 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
20181 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
20183 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
20184 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
20185 constructor_elt
*ce
;
20187 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
20190 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
20191 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
20193 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
20195 tree val
= ce
->value
;
20196 int pos
, fieldsize
;
20198 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
20204 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
20207 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
20208 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
20209 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
20211 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
20212 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
)))
20214 fieldsize
= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
));
20215 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
20216 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
20217 if (val
&& fieldsize
!= 0
20218 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
20224 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20225 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
20226 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
20228 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
20232 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
20233 attribute is the const value T. */
20236 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
20239 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
20242 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
20246 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
20248 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20250 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (init
))
20252 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, tree_to_uhwi (init
));
20255 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (init
))
20257 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, tree_to_shwi (init
));
20263 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
20265 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
20267 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
20268 if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
20269 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
20271 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
20272 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
20274 unsigned char *array
= ggc_cleared_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (size
);
20276 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
20278 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
20287 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
20288 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
20289 variable with static storage duration
20290 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
20293 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
20297 || (!VAR_P (decl
) && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
)
20298 || (VAR_P (decl
) && !TREE_STATIC (decl
)))
20301 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
20302 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
20303 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
20308 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
20309 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20312 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
20315 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
20316 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
20317 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
20318 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
20321 static dw_loc_list_ref
20322 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
20326 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
20328 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
20329 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
20330 dw_cfa_location remember
;
20333 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
20335 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
20339 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
20340 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
20341 remember
= next_cfa
;
20343 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
20345 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
20346 advance opcodes. */
20347 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, ix
, cfi
)
20348 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
20350 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20351 last_label
= start_label
;
20353 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
== 0)
20355 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
20356 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
20357 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20358 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, 0, fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0, section
);
20359 list_tail
=&(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20360 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
20363 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
20365 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
20367 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
20368 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
20369 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
20370 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
20371 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20373 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20374 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20376 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20377 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20378 start_label
= last_label
;
20380 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
20383 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
20384 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
20385 gcc_unreachable ();
20388 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
20391 if (ix
+ 1 == fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
)
20393 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20395 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20396 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20398 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20399 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20400 start_label
= last_label
;
20402 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20403 start_label
, 0, fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0, section
);
20404 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20405 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
20409 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20411 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20412 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20413 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20414 start_label
= last_label
;
20417 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
20419 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
20420 ? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0,
20423 maybe_gen_llsym (list
);
20428 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
20429 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
20430 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
20431 before the latter is negated. */
20434 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (poly_int64 offset
)
20438 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
20439 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
20440 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
20442 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
20443 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
20446 elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
20447 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
20448 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
20449 elim
= strip_offset_and_add (elim
, &offset
);
20451 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
20453 /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
20454 in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
20455 directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
20456 this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
20457 frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. We can use
20458 hard frame pointer in debug info even if frame pointer isn't used
20459 since hard frame pointer in debug info is encoded with DW_OP_fbreg
20460 which uses the DW_AT_frame_base attribute, not hard frame pointer
20462 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
20463 = (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
|| elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
);
20466 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
20467 the value of the attribute. */
20470 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
20472 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
20474 if (demangle_name_func
)
20475 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
20477 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
20481 /* Generate a DW_AT_description attribute given some string value to be included
20482 as the value of the attribute. */
20485 add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
20487 if (!flag_describe_dies
|| (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
20490 if (name_string
== NULL
|| *name_string
== 0)
20493 if (demangle_name_func
)
20494 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
20496 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_description
, name_string
);
20499 /* Generate a DW_AT_description attribute given some decl to be included
20500 as the value of the attribute. */
20503 add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
20507 if (!flag_describe_dies
|| (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
20510 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
|| !DECL_P (decl
))
20512 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
20514 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
20516 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
20517 add_desc_attribute (die
, name
? name
: IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
));
20521 char *desc
= print_generic_expr_to_str (decl
);
20522 add_desc_attribute (die
, desc
);
20527 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
20528 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
20529 of TYPE accordingly.
20531 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
20532 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
20535 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree type
,
20536 dw_die_ref context_die
)
20539 dw_die_ref dtype_die
;
20541 if (!lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type
)
20544 dtype
= lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type (type
);
20548 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
20551 gen_type_die (dtype
, context_die
);
20552 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
20553 gcc_assert (dtype_die
);
20556 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
, dtype_die
);
20559 /* Retrieve the comp_dir string suitable for use with DW_AT_comp_dir. */
20561 static const char *
20562 comp_dir_string (void)
20566 static const char *cached_wd
= NULL
;
20568 if (cached_wd
!= NULL
)
20571 wd
= get_src_pwd ();
20575 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
20579 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
20580 wd1
= ggc_vec_alloc
<char> (wdlen
+ 2);
20582 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
20583 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
20587 cached_wd
= remap_debug_filename (wd
);
20591 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
20594 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
20596 const char * wd
= comp_dir_string ();
20598 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
20601 /* Given a tree node VALUE describing a scalar attribute ATTR (i.e. a bound, a
20602 pointer computation, ...), output a representation for that bound according
20603 to the accepted FORMS (see enum dw_scalar_form) and add it to DIE. See
20604 loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
20607 add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
, tree value
,
20608 int forms
, struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
20610 dw_die_ref context_die
, decl_die
= NULL
;
20611 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
20612 bool strip_conversions
= true;
20613 bool placeholder_seen
= false;
20615 while (strip_conversions
)
20616 switch (TREE_CODE (value
))
20623 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20624 value
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0);
20628 strip_conversions
= false;
20632 /* If possible and permitted, output the attribute as a constant. */
20633 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_constant
) != 0
20634 && TREE_CODE (value
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20636 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
));
20638 /* If HOST_WIDE_INT is big enough then represent the bound as
20639 a constant value. We need to choose a form based on
20640 whether the type is signed or unsigned. We cannot just
20641 call add_AT_unsigned if the value itself is positive
20642 (add_AT_unsigned might add the unsigned value encoded as
20643 DW_FORM_data[1248]). Some DWARF consumers will lookup the
20644 bounds type and then sign extend any unsigned values found
20645 for signed types. This is needed only for
20646 DW_AT_{lower,upper}_bound, since for most other attributes,
20647 consumers will treat DW_FORM_data[1248] as unsigned values,
20648 regardless of the underlying type. */
20649 if (prec
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
20650 || tree_fits_uhwi_p (value
))
20652 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)))
20653 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
20655 add_AT_int (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
20658 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with
20659 the precision of its type. The precision and signedness
20660 of the type will be necessary to re-interpret it
20662 add_AT_wide (die
, attr
, wi::to_wide (value
));
20666 /* Otherwise, if it's possible and permitted too, output a reference to
20668 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) != 0)
20670 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
20672 /* Some type attributes reference an outer type. For instance, the upper
20673 bound of an array may reference an embedding record (this happens in
20675 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == COMPONENT_REF
20676 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
20677 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
)
20678 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1);
20680 else if (VAR_P (value
)
20681 || TREE_CODE (value
) == PARM_DECL
20682 || TREE_CODE (value
) == RESULT_DECL
)
20685 if (decl
!= NULL_TREE
)
20687 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20689 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
20690 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
20691 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
20692 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
20693 later parameter. */
20694 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
20696 if (get_AT (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
)
20697 || get_AT (decl_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20699 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
20706 /* Last chance: try to create a stack operation procedure to evaluate the
20707 value. Do nothing if even that is not possible or permitted. */
20708 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_exprloc
) == 0)
20711 list
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 2, context
);
20712 if (context
&& context
->placeholder_arg
)
20714 placeholder_seen
= context
->placeholder_seen
;
20715 context
->placeholder_seen
= false;
20717 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
20719 /* If this attribute is not a reference nor constant, it is
20720 a DWARF expression rather than location description. For that
20721 loc_list_from_tree (value, 0, &context) is needed. */
20722 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 0, context
);
20723 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
20725 if (placeholder_seen
)
20727 struct dwarf_procedure_info dpi
;
20728 dpi
.fndecl
= NULL_TREE
;
20729 dpi
.args_count
= 1;
20730 if (!resolve_args_picking (list2
->expr
, 1, &dpi
))
20733 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, list2
->expr
);
20738 /* If that failed to give a single element location list, fall back to
20739 outputting this as a reference... still if permitted. */
20741 || (forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) == 0
20742 || placeholder_seen
)
20747 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
20748 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20750 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
20752 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, value
);
20753 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20754 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (value
), TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, false,
20758 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
20759 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
20762 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
20766 lower_bound_default (void)
20768 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
20774 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
20775 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
:
20776 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
:
20778 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
20780 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
20781 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
20782 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
20783 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
20784 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
20788 case DW_LANG_Python
:
20789 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
20790 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
20791 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
20792 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
20793 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
20794 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
20796 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
20802 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
20803 a representation for that bound. */
20806 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
,
20807 tree bound
, struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
20812 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
20814 /* Strip all conversions. */
20816 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20817 bound
= TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0);
20820 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. Lower bounds
20821 are even omitted when they are the default. */
20823 /* If the value for this bound is the default one, we can even omit the
20825 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
20826 && tree_fits_shwi_p (bound
)
20827 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
20828 && tree_to_shwi (bound
) == dflt
)
20834 /* Because of the complex interaction there can be with other GNAT
20835 encodings, GDB isn't ready yet to handle proper DWARF description
20836 for self-referencial subrange bounds: let GNAT encodings do the
20837 magic in such a case. */
20839 && gnat_encodings
!= DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
20840 && contains_placeholder_p (bound
))
20843 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
,
20844 dw_scalar_form_constant
20845 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
20846 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
20852 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
20853 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
20854 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
20855 includes information about the element type of the given array type.
20857 This function reuses previously set type and bound information if
20861 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
20863 unsigned dimension_number
;
20865 dw_die_ref child
= type_die
->die_child
;
20867 for (dimension_number
= 0;
20868 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
20869 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
20871 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
20873 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
20876 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
20877 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
20880 /* Find and reuse a previously generated DW_TAG_subrange_type if
20883 For multi-dimensional arrays, as we iterate through the
20884 various dimensions in the enclosing for loop above, we also
20885 iterate through the DIE children and pick at each
20886 DW_TAG_subrange_type previously generated (if available).
20887 Each child DW_TAG_subrange_type DIE describes the range of
20888 the current dimension. At this point we should have as many
20889 DW_TAG_subrange_type's as we have dimensions in the
20891 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= NULL
;
20895 child
= child
->die_sib
;
20896 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subrange_type
)
20897 subrange_die
= child
;
20898 if (child
== type_die
->die_child
)
20900 /* If we wrapped around, stop looking next time. */
20904 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subrange_type
)
20908 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
20912 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
20913 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
20914 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
20916 /* Define the index type. */
20917 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
)
20918 && !get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
))
20920 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
20921 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
20922 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
20923 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
20924 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
20925 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
20926 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
20929 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
),
20930 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, type_die
);
20933 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
20934 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
20936 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
20937 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
20938 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
20940 if (!get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
))
20941 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
, NULL
);
20942 if (!get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
)
20943 && !get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_count
))
20946 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
, NULL
);
20947 else if ((is_c () || is_cxx ()) && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
20948 /* Zero-length array. */
20949 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_count
,
20950 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (lower
), 0), NULL
);
20954 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
20955 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
20960 /* Add a DW_AT_byte_size attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's size. */
20963 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
20965 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20966 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
20967 dw_loc_descr_ref size_expr
= NULL
;
20969 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
20974 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
20977 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
20978 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
)) == VAR_DECL
20979 && (decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
))))
20981 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, decl_die
);
20984 size_expr
= type_byte_size (tree_node
, &size
);
20987 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
20988 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
20989 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
20990 even for bit-fields. */
20991 size
= int_size_in_bytes (field_type (tree_node
));
20994 gcc_unreachable ();
20997 /* Support for dynamically-sized objects was introduced by DWARFv3.
20998 At the moment, GDB does not handle variable byte sizes very well,
21000 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21001 && gnat_encodings
== DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
21002 && size_expr
!= NULL
)
21003 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_expr
);
21005 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
21006 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable and
21007 that we could not generate a DWARF expression that computes it. */
21009 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21012 /* Add a DW_AT_alignment attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's non-default
21016 add_alignment_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
21018 if (dwarf_version
< 5 && dwarf_strict
)
21023 if (DECL_P (tree_node
))
21025 if (!DECL_USER_ALIGN (tree_node
))
21028 align
= DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (tree_node
);
21030 else if (TYPE_P (tree_node
))
21032 if (!TYPE_USER_ALIGN (tree_node
))
21035 align
= TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (tree_node
);
21038 gcc_unreachable ();
21040 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_alignment
, align
);
21043 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
21044 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
21045 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
21048 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
21049 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
21050 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
21051 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
21052 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
21053 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
21055 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT.
21057 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
21058 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
21059 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
21062 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
)
21064 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
;
21065 tree original_type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
21066 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
21067 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
21068 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
21069 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset
;
21071 field_byte_offset (decl
, ctx
, &object_offset_in_bytes
);
21073 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
21074 gcc_assert (original_type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
21076 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
21077 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
21078 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
21079 if (! tree_fits_shwi_p (bit_position (decl
))
21080 || ! tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
21083 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
21085 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
21086 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
21087 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
21088 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
21089 below must take account of these differences. */
21090 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
21091 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
21093 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
21095 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
21096 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+=
21097 simple_type_size_in_bits (original_type
);
21101 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
21102 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
21103 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
21105 if (bit_offset
< 0)
21106 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
21108 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bit_offset
);
21111 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
21112 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
21115 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21117 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
21118 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
21119 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
21121 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
21122 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
)));
21125 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
21126 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
21129 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
21131 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
21138 if (prototype_p (func_type
))
21139 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
21146 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
21147 by looking in the type declaration, the object declaration equate table or
21148 the block mapping. */
21151 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
21153 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
21155 /* For late LTO debug output we want to refer directly to the abstract
21156 DIE in the early debug rather to the possibly existing concrete
21157 instance and avoid creating that just for this purpose. */
21158 sym_off_pair
*desc
;
21160 && external_die_map
21161 && (desc
= external_die_map
->get (origin
)))
21163 add_AT_external_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
,
21164 desc
->sym
, desc
->off
);
21168 if (DECL_P (origin
))
21169 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
21170 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
21171 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
21172 else if (TREE_CODE (origin
) == BLOCK
)
21173 origin_die
= lookup_block_die (origin
);
21175 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
21176 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
21177 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
21178 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
21179 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
21180 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
21181 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
21185 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
21188 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
21191 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
21193 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
21195 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
21197 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)))
21198 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
21199 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
21200 tree_to_shwi (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)),
21203 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
21204 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
21205 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
21206 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
21207 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
21211 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
21212 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
21213 standardized it. */
21216 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21218 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
21220 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
21221 if (name
[0] == '*')
21224 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21225 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
21227 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
21230 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
21233 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21235 expanded_location s
;
21237 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
)) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
)
21239 s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21240 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
21241 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
21242 if (debug_column_info
&& s
.column
)
21243 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
21246 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
21249 add_linkage_name_raw (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21251 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
21252 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
21254 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
21256 asm_name
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
21257 asm_name
->die
= die
;
21258 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
21259 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
21260 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
21262 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21263 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
21266 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl if desired. */
21269 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21271 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
21272 && VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
)
21273 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
21274 && !(VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
21275 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
21276 add_linkage_name_raw (die
, decl
);
21279 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
21280 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
21283 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
21284 bool no_linkage_name
)
21288 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
21289 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
21291 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
21293 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
21295 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
21297 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
21298 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
21300 if (!no_linkage_name
)
21301 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
21304 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
21306 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
21307 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
21308 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
21309 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
21311 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
21312 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0), false);
21313 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
21315 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21318 /* Add VALUE as a DW_AT_discr_value attribute to DIE. */
21321 add_discr_value (dw_die_ref die
, dw_discr_value
*value
)
21325 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_discr_value
;
21326 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_discr_value
;
21327 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
21328 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.pos
= value
->pos
;
21330 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
= value
->v
.uval
;
21332 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.v
.sval
= value
->v
.sval
;
21333 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
21336 /* Add DISCR_LIST as a DW_AT_discr_list to DIE. */
21339 add_discr_list (dw_die_ref die
, dw_discr_list_ref discr_list
)
21343 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_discr_list
;
21344 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_discr_list
;
21345 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
21346 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_list
= discr_list
;
21347 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
21350 static inline dw_discr_list_ref
21351 AT_discr_list (dw_attr_node
*attr
)
21353 return attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_list
;
21356 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
21357 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
21360 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
21362 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
21365 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
21366 die
= new_die_raw (DW_TAG_subprogram
);
21367 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
21368 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
21369 current_function_funcdef_no
);
21370 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
21372 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
21373 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
21374 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
21376 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
21377 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
21381 die
->die_sib
= die
;
21382 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
21385 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21387 /* walk_tree helper function for uses_local_type, below. */
21390 uses_local_type_r (tree
*tp
, int *walk_subtrees
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21393 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
21396 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (*tp
);
21397 if (name
&& DECL_P (name
) && decl_function_context (name
))
21403 /* If TYPE involves a function-local type (including a local typedef to a
21404 non-local type), returns that type; otherwise returns NULL_TREE. */
21407 uses_local_type (tree type
)
21409 tree used
= walk_tree_without_duplicates (&type
, uses_local_type_r
, NULL
);
21413 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
21414 Non-named types that do not involve a function-local type get global
21415 scope. Named types nested in namespaces or other types get their
21416 containing scope. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
21417 the current active scope. */
21420 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21422 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
21423 tree containing_scope
;
21425 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
21426 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
21428 /* Use the scope of the typedef, rather than the scope of the type
21430 if (TYPE_NAME (t
) && DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (t
)))
21431 containing_scope
= DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (t
));
21433 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
21435 /* Use the containing namespace if there is one. */
21436 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21438 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
21440 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21441 context_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
21443 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
21446 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
21447 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
21448 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
21449 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
21450 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
21452 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
21454 /* If T uses a local type keep it local as well, to avoid references
21455 to function-local DIEs from outside the function. */
21456 if (current_function_decl
&& uses_local_type (t
))
21457 scope_die
= context_die
;
21459 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21461 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
21463 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. */
21464 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21465 scope_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
21468 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
21469 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
21470 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21474 scope_die
= context_die
;
21479 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
21482 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21484 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
21485 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
21486 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
21492 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
21495 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21497 return (context_die
21498 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
21499 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
21500 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
21501 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
21504 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
21505 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
21508 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21510 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
21511 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
21514 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
21515 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
21516 by 'type' plus any additional qualifiers given by 'cv_quals', and
21517 adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
21520 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int cv_quals
,
21521 bool reverse
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21523 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
21524 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
21526 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
21527 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
21528 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
21529 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
21530 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
21531 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
21532 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
21534 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
21535 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
21536 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
21537 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
21538 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
21541 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
21542 cv_quals
| TYPE_QUALS (type
),
21546 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
21547 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
21550 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
21551 function call type. */
21553 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
21555 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
21557 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
21558 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
21561 && id_equal (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
), "MAIN__"))
21563 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
21564 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
21565 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
21566 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
21567 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
21568 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
21569 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
21570 value
= DW_CC_program
;
21572 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
21573 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
21576 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
21577 is not DW_CC_normal. */
21578 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
21579 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
21582 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
21583 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
21584 was declared without a tag. */
21586 static const char *
21587 type_tag (const_tree type
)
21589 const char *name
= 0;
21591 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
21595 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
21596 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
21597 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
21598 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
21600 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
21601 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
21603 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
21604 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21606 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
21607 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
21608 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
21609 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
21610 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
21611 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21612 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
21615 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
21616 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
21617 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
21620 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
21623 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
21624 for bit field types. */
21627 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
21629 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
21630 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
21633 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
21634 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
21637 static const char *
21638 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
21641 const char *fnname
;
21643 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
21644 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
21647 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
21649 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
21654 /* For variable-length arrays that have been previously generated, but
21655 may be incomplete due to missing subscript info, fill the subscript
21656 info. Return TRUE if this is one of those cases. */
21658 fill_variable_array_bounds (tree type
)
21660 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
21661 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21662 && variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
21664 dw_die_ref array_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
21667 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, !is_ada ());
21673 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
21674 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
21675 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
21678 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21680 dw_die_ref array_die
;
21682 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
21683 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
21684 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
21685 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
21686 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
21687 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
21688 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
21689 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
21690 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
21692 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
21694 if (fill_variable_array_bounds (type
))
21697 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21700 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
21701 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
21702 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
21703 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21705 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
21707 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
21709 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21710 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21711 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21712 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
21714 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21715 /* ??? We can't annotate types late, but for LTO we may not
21716 generate a location early either (gfortran.dg/save_6.f90). */
21717 else if (! (early_dwarf
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
21718 && TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
21719 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
)
21721 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
21722 tree rszdecl
= szdecl
;
21724 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
21725 if (!DECL_P (szdecl
))
21727 if (TREE_CODE (szdecl
) == INDIRECT_REF
21728 && DECL_P (TREE_OPERAND (szdecl
, 0)))
21730 rszdecl
= TREE_OPERAND (szdecl
, 0);
21731 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (rszdecl
))
21732 != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
21740 dw_loc_list_ref loc
21741 = loc_list_from_tree (rszdecl
, szdecl
== rszdecl
? 2 : 0,
21745 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
,
21747 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
21748 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, dwarf_version
>= 5
21749 ? DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
21750 : DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21757 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21758 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21759 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21761 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
21762 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
21764 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
21766 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21767 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
21768 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
21769 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
21772 /* We default the array ordering. Debuggers will probably do the right
21773 things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even an issue
21774 until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If a debugger
21775 is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
21776 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
21777 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
21778 for multidimensional arrays. */
21779 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
21782 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
21784 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
21785 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
21786 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
, NULL
);
21787 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
21788 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1), NULL
);
21791 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
21793 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
21794 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
21795 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
21796 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
21797 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
21799 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
21801 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
21804 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
21805 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21806 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (type
),
21809 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
21810 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
21811 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
21813 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21814 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
21816 add_alignment_attribute (array_die
, type
);
21819 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
21820 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
21823 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
21824 dw_die_ref context_die
)
21826 const dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21827 const dw_die_ref array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21828 struct loc_descr_context context
= { type
, info
->base_decl
, NULL
,
21830 enum dwarf_tag subrange_tag
= DW_TAG_subrange_type
;
21833 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21834 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21836 if (info
->ndimensions
> 1)
21837 switch (info
->ordering
)
21839 case array_descr_ordering_row_major
:
21840 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
21842 case array_descr_ordering_column_major
:
21843 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
21849 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21851 if (info
->data_location
)
21852 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
21853 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
, &context
);
21854 if (info
->associated
)
21855 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
21856 dw_scalar_form_constant
21857 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21858 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
21859 if (info
->allocated
)
21860 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
21861 dw_scalar_form_constant
21862 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21863 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
21866 const enum dwarf_attribute attr
21867 = (info
->stride_in_bits
) ? DW_AT_bit_stride
: DW_AT_byte_stride
;
21869 = (info
->stride_in_bits
)
21870 ? dw_scalar_form_constant
21871 : (dw_scalar_form_constant
21872 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21873 | dw_scalar_form_reference
);
21875 add_scalar_info (array_die
, attr
, info
->stride
, forms
, &context
);
21878 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
21882 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_rank
, info
->rank
,
21883 dw_scalar_form_constant
21884 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
, &context
);
21885 subrange_tag
= DW_TAG_generic_subrange
;
21886 context
.placeholder_arg
= true;
21890 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
21892 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
21894 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (subrange_tag
, array_die
, NULL
);
21896 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
)
21897 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
,
21898 info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
21899 false, context_die
);
21900 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
21901 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
21902 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, &context
);
21903 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
21904 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
21905 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
, &context
);
21906 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
) && info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
21907 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
21908 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
21909 dw_scalar_form_constant
21910 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
21911 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
21915 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
21916 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
21917 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21918 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (type
),
21921 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21922 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
21924 add_alignment_attribute (array_die
, type
);
21929 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21931 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
21932 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
21934 if (origin
!= NULL
)
21935 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
21938 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
21939 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
21940 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
21943 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
21944 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
21946 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
21950 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21951 emit full debugging info for them. */
21954 retry_incomplete_types (void)
21959 for (i
= vec_safe_length (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
21960 if (should_emit_struct_debug ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21961 gen_type_die ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], comp_unit_die ());
21962 vec_safe_truncate (incomplete_types
, 0);
21965 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
21967 static enum dwarf_tag
21968 record_type_tag (tree type
)
21970 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
21971 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
21973 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
21975 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
21976 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
21978 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
21979 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
21981 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
21982 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21983 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
21984 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
21987 gcc_unreachable ();
21991 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
21992 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
21993 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
21997 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21999 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
22000 dw_die_ref orig_type_die
= type_die
;
22002 if (type_die
== NULL
)
22004 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
22005 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
22006 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
22007 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
22008 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
22009 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
22010 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
22011 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
) && TYPE_SIZE (type
))
22012 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22014 add_AT_unsigned (type_die
, DW_AT_encoding
,
22015 TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
)
22019 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
) || ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
22022 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
22024 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
22025 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
22026 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
22027 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
22031 if (!ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
22032 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
22033 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
))
22034 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
22035 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_alignment
))
22036 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, type
);
22037 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22038 && (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_type
)))
22040 tree underlying
= lang_hooks
.types
.enum_underlying_base_type (type
);
22041 add_type_attribute (type_die
, underlying
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
22044 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
22046 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
))
22047 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
22048 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
))
22049 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
22052 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
22053 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
22054 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22055 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
22057 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
22058 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
22060 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
22061 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
22063 gcc_assert (!ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
));
22064 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
22065 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
22067 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
22068 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
22070 if (simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
))
22071 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|| tree_fits_shwi_p (value
))
22073 /* For constant forms created by add_AT_unsigned DWARF
22074 consumers (GDB, elfutils, etc.) always zero extend
22075 the value. Only when the actual value is negative
22076 do we need to use add_AT_int to generate a constant
22077 form that can represent negative values. */
22078 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
);
22079 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)) || val
>= 0)
22080 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
22081 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
22083 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
22086 /* Enumeration constants may be wider than HOST_WIDE_INT. Handle
22087 that here. TODO: This should be re-worked to use correct
22088 signed/unsigned double tags for all cases. */
22089 add_AT_wide (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, wi::to_wide (value
));
22092 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
22093 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
)
22094 && (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
)))
22095 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22098 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22100 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
22105 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
22106 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
22109 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
22110 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
22111 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
22112 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
22113 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
22114 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
22115 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
22116 argument type of some subprogram type.
22117 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
22121 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
22122 dw_die_ref context_die
)
22124 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
22125 tree ultimate_origin
;
22126 dw_die_ref parm_die
= NULL
;
22128 if (DECL_P (node_or_origin
))
22130 parm_die
= lookup_decl_die (node
);
22132 /* If the contexts differ, we may not be talking about the same
22134 ??? When in LTO the DIE parent is the "abstract" copy and the
22135 context_die is the specification "copy". But this whole block
22136 should eventually be no longer needed. */
22137 if (parm_die
&& parm_die
->die_parent
!= context_die
&& !in_lto_p
)
22139 if (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node
))
22141 /* This can happen when creating an inlined instance, in
22142 which case we need to create a new DIE that will get
22143 annotated with DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22147 gcc_unreachable ();
22150 if (parm_die
&& parm_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22152 /* Check that parm_die already has the right attributes that
22153 we would have added below. If any attributes are
22154 missing, fall through to add them. */
22155 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
)
22156 && !get_AT (parm_die
, DW_AT_location
)
22157 && !get_AT (parm_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
22158 /* We are missing location info, and are about to add it. */
22162 add_child_die (context_die
, parm_die
);
22168 /* If we have a previously generated DIE, use it, unless this is an
22169 concrete instance (origin != NULL), in which case we need a new
22170 DIE with a corresponding DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22172 if (parm_die
&& origin
== NULL
)
22173 reusing_die
= true;
22176 parm_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
22177 reusing_die
= false;
22180 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
22182 case tcc_declaration
:
22183 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
22184 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
22185 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
22190 if (origin
!= NULL
)
22191 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
22192 else if (emit_name_p
)
22193 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
22195 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
)
22196 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
22197 decl_function_context
22198 (node_or_origin
))))
22200 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
22201 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
22202 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
),
22204 false, context_die
);
22206 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
22207 decl_quals (node_or_origin
),
22208 false, context_die
);
22210 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
22211 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22213 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
22214 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
22215 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
))
22216 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
22222 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
22223 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
22228 gcc_unreachable ();
22234 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
22235 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
22238 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
22239 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
22240 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
22241 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
22242 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
22243 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
22246 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
22248 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
22252 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
22254 gcc_assert (parm_pack
22255 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
22258 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
22259 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
22261 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
22263 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
22266 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
22267 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
22272 return parm_pack_die
;
22275 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
22276 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
22279 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22281 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
22284 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
22285 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
22286 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
22287 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
22290 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22293 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
22294 tree first_parm_type
;
22297 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22299 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
22300 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
22305 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
22307 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
22308 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
22309 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
22311 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
22313 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
22314 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
22317 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
22318 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
22319 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
22321 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
22322 && link
== first_parm_type
)
22324 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22325 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22326 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
22328 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
22329 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22331 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
22333 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
22336 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
22337 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
22338 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
22339 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
22341 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
22342 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
22343 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
22344 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
22345 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
22346 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
22349 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
22350 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
22351 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
22352 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
22353 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
22356 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22358 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
22360 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
22361 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
22362 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
22363 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
22364 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
22366 dw_die_ref type_die
;
22367 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
22369 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
22370 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22371 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
22372 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
22374 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
22375 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
22376 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
22377 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
22378 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
22380 struct vlr_context vlr_ctx
= {
22381 DECL_CONTEXT (member
), /* struct_type */
22382 NULL_TREE
/* variant_part_offset */
22384 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
22385 gen_field_die (member
, &vlr_ctx
, type_die
);
22389 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
22393 /* Forward declare these functions, because they are mutually recursive
22394 with their set_block_* pairing functions. */
22395 static void set_decl_origin_self (tree
);
22397 /* Given a pointer to some BLOCK node, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
22398 given BLOCK node is NULL, set the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the node so
22399 that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the node is its
22400 own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
22401 the given node is NULL, recursively descend the decl/block tree which
22402 it is the root of, and for each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained
22403 therein whose DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also
22404 still NULL, set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
22405 values to point to themselves. */
22408 set_block_origin_self (tree stmt
)
22410 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) == NULL_TREE
)
22412 BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) = stmt
;
22417 for (local_decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
22418 local_decl
!= NULL_TREE
;
22419 local_decl
= DECL_CHAIN (local_decl
))
22420 /* Do not recurse on nested functions since the inlining status
22421 of parent and child can be different as per the DWARF spec. */
22422 if (TREE_CODE (local_decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
22423 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (local_decl
))
22424 set_decl_origin_self (local_decl
);
22430 for (subblock
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
22431 subblock
!= NULL_TREE
;
22432 subblock
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblock
))
22433 set_block_origin_self (subblock
); /* Recurse. */
22438 /* Given a pointer to some ..._DECL node, if the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
22439 the given ..._DECL node is NULL, set the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
22440 node to so that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the
22441 node represents its own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the
22442 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the given node is NULL, recursively descend
22443 the decl/block tree of which the given node is the root of, and for
22444 each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained therein whose
22445 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also still NULL,
22446 set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN values to
22447 point to themselves. */
22450 set_decl_origin_self (tree decl
)
22452 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
22454 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) = decl
;
22455 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22459 for (arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
); arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
22460 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (arg
) = arg
;
22461 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
22462 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != error_mark_node
)
22463 set_block_origin_self (DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
22468 /* Mark the early DIE for DECL as the abstract instance. */
22471 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
22473 dw_die_ref old_die
;
22475 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
22476 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
22478 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
22481 /* In LTO we're all set. We already created abstract instances
22482 early and we want to avoid creating a concrete instance of that
22483 if we don't output it. */
22487 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22488 gcc_assert (old_die
!= NULL
);
22489 if (get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22490 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
22493 /* Go ahead and put DW_AT_inline on the DIE. */
22494 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
22496 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
22497 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
22499 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
22503 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
22504 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
22506 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
22509 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
22510 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
22511 add_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22513 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
22516 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
22519 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
22520 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
22523 premark_used_types_helper (tree
const &type
, void *)
22527 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
22529 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22533 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
22534 through htab_traverse.
22536 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
22537 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
22538 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
22541 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (types_used_by_vars_entry
**slot
,
22544 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
22547 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
22548 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
22549 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
22550 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
22553 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
22554 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
22555 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (entry
->var_decl
);
22556 if (node
&& node
->definition
)
22558 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22559 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
22560 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
22561 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22567 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
22570 premark_used_types (struct function
*fun
)
22572 if (fun
&& fun
->used_types_hash
)
22573 fun
->used_types_hash
->traverse
<void *, premark_used_types_helper
> (NULL
);
22576 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
22579 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
22581 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
22582 types_used_by_vars_hash
22583 ->traverse
<void *, premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
> (NULL
);
22586 /* Generate a DW_TAG_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
22587 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
22590 gen_call_site_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref subr_die
,
22591 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
)
22593 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
, die
;
22594 tree block
= ca_loc
->block
;
22597 && block
!= DECL_INITIAL (decl
)
22598 && TREE_CODE (block
) == BLOCK
)
22600 stmt_die
= lookup_block_die (block
);
22603 block
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
22605 if (stmt_die
== NULL
)
22606 stmt_die
= subr_die
;
22607 die
= new_die (dwarf_TAG (DW_TAG_call_site
), stmt_die
, NULL_TREE
);
22608 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_return_pc
), ca_loc
->label
);
22609 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
22610 add_AT_flag (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_tail_call
), 1);
22611 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
)
22613 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
));
22615 add_AT_die_ref (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_origin
), tdie
);
22617 add_AT_addr (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_origin
), ca_loc
->symbol_ref
,
22623 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
22627 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22629 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
22630 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
22631 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22633 /* This function gets called multiple times for different stages of
22634 the debug process. For example, for func() in this code:
22638 void func() { ... }
22641 ...we get called 4 times. Twice in early debug and twice in
22647 1. Once while generating func() within the namespace. This is
22648 the declaration. The declaration bit below is set, as the
22649 context is the namespace.
22651 A new DIE will be generated with DW_AT_declaration set.
22653 2. Once for func() itself. This is the specification. The
22654 declaration bit below is clear as the context is the CU.
22656 We will use the cached DIE from (1) to create a new DIE with
22657 DW_AT_specification pointing to the declaration in (1).
22659 Late debug via rest_of_handle_final()
22660 -------------------------------------
22662 3. Once generating func() within the namespace. This is also the
22663 declaration, as in (1), but this time we will early exit below
22664 as we have a cached DIE and a declaration needs no additional
22665 annotations (no locations), as the source declaration line
22668 4. Once for func() itself. As in (2), this is the specification,
22669 but this time we will re-use the cached DIE, and just annotate
22670 it with the location information that should now be available.
22672 For something without namespaces, but with abstract instances, we
22673 are also called a multiple times:
22678 Base (); // constructor declaration (1)
22681 Base::Base () { } // constructor specification (2)
22686 1. Once for the Base() constructor by virtue of it being a
22687 member of the Base class. This is done via
22688 rest_of_type_compilation.
22690 This is a declaration, so a new DIE will be created with
22693 2. Once for the Base() constructor definition, but this time
22694 while generating the abstract instance of the base
22695 constructor (__base_ctor) which is being generated via early
22696 debug of reachable functions.
22698 Even though we have a cached version of the declaration (1),
22699 we will create a DW_AT_specification of the declaration DIE
22702 3. Once for the __base_ctor itself, but this time, we generate
22703 an DW_AT_abstract_origin version of the DW_AT_specification in
22706 Late debug via rest_of_handle_final
22707 -----------------------------------
22709 4. One final time for the __base_ctor (which will have a cached
22710 DIE with DW_AT_abstract_origin created in (3). This time,
22711 we will just annotate the location information now
22714 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
22715 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
22717 /* A declaration that has been previously dumped needs no
22718 additional information. */
22719 if (old_die
&& declaration
)
22722 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
22723 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
22724 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
22725 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
22726 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
22727 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22728 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
22730 /* A concrete instance, tag a new DIE with DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22731 if (origin
!= NULL
)
22733 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
22735 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
22736 inline function. */
22737 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22738 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
22740 if (old_die
&& get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
22742 /* If we have a DW_AT_abstract_origin we have a working
22744 subr_die
= old_die
;
22748 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
22749 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
22750 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
22751 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
22752 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
22753 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
22755 add_linkage_name (subr_die
, decl
);
22758 /* A cached copy, possibly from early dwarf generation. Reuse as
22759 much as possible. */
22762 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
22763 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
22764 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
22765 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
22766 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22768 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
22769 something we have already output. */
22770 if (get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
)
22771 || get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_ranges
))
22774 /* If we have no location information, this must be a
22775 partially generated DIE from early dwarf generation.
22776 Fall through and generate it. */
22779 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
22780 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
22781 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
22782 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
22783 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
22784 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
22785 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
22786 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
22787 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
22788 if (((is_unit_die (old_die
->die_parent
)
22789 /* This condition fixes the inconsistency/ICE with the
22790 following Fortran test (or some derivative thereof) while
22791 building libgfortran:
22795 logical function funky (FLAG)
22800 || (old_die
->die_parent
22801 && old_die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
)
22802 || local_scope_p (old_die
->die_parent
)
22803 || context_die
== NULL
)
22804 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
22805 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
22806 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
22807 == (unsigned) s
.line
)
22808 && (!debug_column_info
22810 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
22811 == (unsigned) s
.column
)))))
22812 /* With LTO if there's an abstract instance for
22813 the old DIE, this is a concrete instance and
22814 thus re-use the DIE. */
22815 || get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
22817 subr_die
= old_die
;
22819 /* Clear out the declaration attribute, but leave the
22820 parameters so they can be augmented with location
22821 information later. Unless this was a declaration, in
22822 which case, wipe out the nameless parameters and recreate
22823 them further down. */
22824 if (remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
))
22827 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
22828 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
22831 /* Make a specification pointing to the previously built
22835 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
22836 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
22837 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
22838 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
22839 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
22840 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
22841 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
22842 if (debug_column_info
22844 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
22845 != (unsigned) s
.column
))
22846 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
22848 /* If the prototype had an 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' return type,
22849 emit the real type on the definition die. */
22850 if (is_cxx () && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22852 dw_die_ref die
= get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_type
);
22853 if (die
== auto_die
|| die
== decltype_auto_die
)
22854 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
22855 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
22858 /* When we process the method declaration, we haven't seen
22859 the out-of-class defaulted definition yet, so we have to
22861 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || ! dwarf_strict
)
22862 && !get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
))
22865 = lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22867 if (defaulted
!= -1)
22869 /* Other values must have been handled before. */
22870 gcc_assert (defaulted
== DW_DEFAULTED_out_of_class
);
22871 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
, defaulted
);
22876 /* Create a fresh DIE for anything else. */
22879 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
22881 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
22882 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
22884 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
22885 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
22886 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22888 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
22889 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
22890 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
22893 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
22894 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
22895 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22897 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
))
22898 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_noreturn
, 1);
22900 add_alignment_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
22902 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
22905 /* Unless we have an existing non-declaration DIE, equate the new
22907 if (!old_die
|| is_declaration_die (old_die
))
22908 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
22912 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22914 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22916 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
22917 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
22918 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22919 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22920 DW_AT_explicit
) == 1)
22921 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
22923 /* If this is a C++11 deleted special function member then generate
22924 a DW_AT_deleted attribute. */
22925 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
22926 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22927 DW_AT_deleted
) == 1)
22928 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_deleted
, 1);
22930 /* If this is a C++11 defaulted special function member then
22931 generate a DW_AT_defaulted attribute. */
22932 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
22935 = lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22937 if (defaulted
!= -1)
22938 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
, defaulted
);
22941 /* If this is a C++11 non-static member function with & ref-qualifier
22942 then generate a DW_AT_reference attribute. */
22943 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
22944 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22945 DW_AT_reference
) == 1)
22946 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_reference
, 1);
22948 /* If this is a C++11 non-static member function with &&
22949 ref-qualifier then generate a DW_AT_reference attribute. */
22950 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
22951 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
22952 DW_AT_rvalue_reference
)
22954 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_rvalue_reference
, 1);
22957 /* For non DECL_EXTERNALs, if range information is available, fill
22958 the DIE with it. */
22959 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !early_dwarf
)
22961 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
22963 struct function
*fun
= DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
);
22965 if (!crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
22967 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
22968 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
22970 /* We have already generated the labels. */
22971 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
22972 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
22976 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
22977 char label_id_low
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
22978 char label_id_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
22979 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_low
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
22980 current_function_funcdef_no
);
22981 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_high
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
22982 current_function_funcdef_no
);
22983 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, label_id_low
, label_id_high
,
22987 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
22988 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
22989 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
22990 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
22991 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
22992 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
22993 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
22994 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
22995 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
22996 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
22997 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
22998 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
23001 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
23002 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
23003 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
23005 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
23006 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
23007 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
23014 /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
23015 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
23017 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
)
23019 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
23021 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
23022 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
23023 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
23024 alignment offset. */
23025 bool range_list_added
= false;
23026 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23027 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
23029 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23030 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
23031 &range_list_added
, false);
23032 if (range_list_added
)
23037 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
23038 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
23039 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
23040 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
23041 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
23042 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
23043 sections when given "b foo". */
23044 const char *name
= NULL
;
23045 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
23046 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
23048 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
23049 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23050 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
23052 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
23053 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
23054 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
23056 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23057 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23059 if (decl_name
!= NULL
23060 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
23062 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
23063 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23064 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
23066 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
23068 gcc_assert (name
!= NULL
);
23069 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
23070 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23071 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23073 name
= concat ("__second_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
23074 add_AT_low_high_pc (seg_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23075 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, false);
23076 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
23077 if (want_pubnames ())
23078 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
23082 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
23086 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
23088 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
23089 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
23090 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
23091 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
23092 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
23093 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
23094 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
23096 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 && targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
23098 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
23099 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
23103 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
23104 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
23105 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
23107 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
23110 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
23111 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
23112 will reference in the rtl; the latter is what we've told the
23113 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
23114 by this displacement. */
23115 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
23117 if (fun
->static_chain_decl
)
23119 /* DWARF requires here a location expression that computes the
23120 address of the enclosing subprogram's frame base. The machinery
23121 in tree-nested.c is supposed to store this specific address in the
23122 last field of the FRAME record. */
23123 const tree frame_type
23124 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fun
->static_chain_decl
));
23125 const tree fb_decl
= tree_last (TYPE_FIELDS (frame_type
));
23128 = build1 (INDIRECT_REF
, frame_type
, fun
->static_chain_decl
);
23129 fb_expr
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (fb_decl
),
23130 fb_expr
, fb_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
23132 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
23133 loc_list_from_tree (fb_expr
, 0, NULL
));
23136 resolve_variable_values ();
23139 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
23140 if (early_dwarf
&& debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23141 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
23143 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
23144 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
23145 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
23146 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
23147 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
23148 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
23149 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
23150 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
23151 an ellipsis at the end. */
23153 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
23154 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
23155 its formal parameters. */
23156 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23158 else if (declaration
)
23159 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23162 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
23163 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
23164 tree generic_decl
= early_dwarf
23165 ? lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
) : NULL
;
23166 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
23167 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
23170 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
23171 emit their relevant DIEs.
23173 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
23174 as well as it being a normal function.
23176 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
23177 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
23178 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
23179 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
23180 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
23181 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
23182 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
23183 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
23184 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
23187 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
23188 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
23190 if (generic_decl_parm
23191 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
23192 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
23197 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, NULL
, subr_die
);
23200 && parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
23201 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
23203 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
23204 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
23206 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
23209 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
23211 if (generic_decl_parm
)
23212 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
23215 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
23216 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
23217 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
23218 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
23219 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
23220 parameters at all. */
23223 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
23225 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
23226 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
23227 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23229 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
23230 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23234 if (subr_die
!= old_die
)
23235 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
23236 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
23238 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
23239 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration).
23241 OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
23242 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
23243 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
23244 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
23245 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
23246 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
23247 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
23249 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
23250 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
23251 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
23252 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
23253 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
23254 constructor function. */
23255 tree outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
23256 if (! declaration
&& outer_scope
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
23258 int call_site_note_count
= 0;
23259 int tail_call_site_note_count
= 0;
23261 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
23262 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
23263 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, NULL
, subr_die
);
23265 /* The first time through decls_for_scope we will generate the
23266 DIEs for the locals. The second time, we fill in the
23268 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
);
23270 if (call_arg_locations
&& (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5))
23272 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
;
23273 for (ca_loc
= call_arg_locations
; ca_loc
; ca_loc
= ca_loc
->next
)
23275 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
23276 rtx tloc
= NULL_RTX
, tlocc
= NULL_RTX
;
23278 tree arg_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
23280 for (arg
= (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
23281 ? XEXP (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
, 0)
23283 arg
; arg
= next_arg
)
23285 dw_loc_descr_ref reg
, val
;
23286 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1));
23287 dw_die_ref cdie
, tdie
= NULL
;
23289 next_arg
= XEXP (arg
, 1);
23290 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23292 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0))
23293 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0))
23294 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23295 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0)))
23296 next_arg
= XEXP (next_arg
, 1);
23297 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23299 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
23300 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23301 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (arg
, 0));
23303 if (mode
== VOIDmode
|| mode
== BLKmode
)
23305 /* Get dynamic information about call target only if we
23306 have no static information: we cannot generate both
23307 DW_AT_call_origin and DW_AT_call_target
23309 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
)
23311 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
23313 tloc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
23316 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
23317 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
23319 tlocc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
23324 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
23325 reg
= reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0),
23326 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23327 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
23329 rtx mem
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0);
23330 reg
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem
, 0),
23331 get_address_mode (mem
),
23333 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23335 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23336 == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
23339 = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
23340 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23348 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23349 != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
23351 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1), mode
,
23353 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23357 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
23358 cdie
= new_die (dwarf_TAG (DW_TAG_call_site_parameter
), die
,
23360 add_desc_attribute (cdie
, arg_decl
);
23362 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_location
, reg
);
23363 else if (tdie
!= NULL
)
23364 add_AT_die_ref (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_parameter
),
23366 add_AT_loc (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_value
), val
);
23367 if (next_arg
!= XEXP (arg
, 1))
23369 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 1));
23370 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23371 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 0));
23372 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1),
23375 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23377 add_AT_loc (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_data_value
),
23382 && (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
|| tloc
))
23383 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
23384 if (die
!= NULL
&& (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
|| tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
))
23386 dw_loc_descr_ref tval
= NULL
;
23388 if (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
)
23389 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tloc
,
23390 GET_MODE (tloc
) == VOIDmode
23391 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tloc
),
23393 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23395 add_AT_loc (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_target
), tval
);
23396 else if (tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
)
23398 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc
,
23399 GET_MODE (tlocc
) == VOIDmode
23400 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tlocc
),
23402 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23405 dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_target_clobbered
),
23411 call_site_note_count
++;
23412 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
23413 tail_call_site_note_count
++;
23417 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
23418 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
23419 if (tail_call_site_count
>= 0
23420 && tail_call_site_count
== tail_call_site_note_count
23421 && (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5))
23423 if (call_site_count
>= 0
23424 && call_site_count
== call_site_note_count
)
23425 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_all_calls
), 1);
23427 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_all_tail_calls
), 1);
23429 call_site_count
= -1;
23430 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
23433 /* Mark used types after we have created DIEs for the functions scopes. */
23434 premark_used_types (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
23437 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
23440 block_die_hasher::hash (die_struct
*d
)
23442 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
23445 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
23446 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
23449 block_die_hasher::equal (die_struct
*x
, die_struct
*y
)
23451 return x
->decl_id
== y
->decl_id
&& x
->die_parent
== y
->die_parent
;
23454 /* Hold information about markers for inlined entry points. */
23455 struct GTY ((for_user
)) inline_entry_data
23457 /* The block that's the inlined_function_outer_scope for an inlined
23461 /* The label at the inlined entry point. */
23462 const char *label_pfx
;
23463 unsigned int label_num
;
23465 /* The view number to be used as the inlined entry point. */
23469 struct inline_entry_data_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<inline_entry_data
>
23471 typedef tree compare_type
;
23472 static inline hashval_t
hash (const inline_entry_data
*);
23473 static inline bool equal (const inline_entry_data
*, const_tree
);
23476 /* Hash table routines for inline_entry_data. */
23479 inline_entry_data_hasher::hash (const inline_entry_data
*data
)
23481 return htab_hash_pointer (data
->block
);
23485 inline_entry_data_hasher::equal (const inline_entry_data
*data
,
23488 return data
->block
== block
;
23491 /* Inlined entry points pending DIE creation in this compilation unit. */
23493 static GTY(()) hash_table
<inline_entry_data_hasher
> *inline_entry_data_table
;
23496 /* Return TRUE if DECL, which may have been previously generated as
23497 OLD_DIE, is a candidate for a DW_AT_specification. DECLARATION is
23498 true if decl (or its origin) is either an extern declaration or a
23499 class/namespace scoped declaration.
23501 The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
23502 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid
23503 considering one to be a specification, so we must test for
23504 DECLARATION and DW_AT_declaration. */
23506 decl_will_get_specification_p (dw_die_ref old_die
, tree decl
, bool declaration
)
23508 return (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && !declaration
23509 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1);
23512 /* Return true if DECL is a local static. */
23515 local_function_static (tree decl
)
23517 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl
));
23518 return TREE_STATIC (decl
)
23519 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
23520 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
;
23523 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
23524 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
23527 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
23529 HOST_WIDE_INT off
= 0;
23531 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
23532 tree ultimate_origin
;
23533 dw_die_ref var_die
;
23534 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
23535 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
23536 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
23537 bool specialization_p
= false;
23538 bool no_linkage_name
= false;
23540 /* While C++ inline static data members have definitions inside of the
23541 class, force the first DIE to be a declaration, then let gen_member_die
23542 reparent it to the class context and call gen_variable_die again
23543 to create the outside of the class DIE for the definition. */
23547 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
23548 && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
23549 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
, DW_AT_inline
) != -1)
23551 declaration
= true;
23552 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
23553 no_linkage_name
= true;
23556 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
23557 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
23558 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
23559 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
23561 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
23562 of a data member. */
23565 dw_die_ref com_die
;
23566 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= NULL
;
23567 die_node com_die_arg
;
23569 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
23572 if (! early_dwarf
&& get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
23574 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2, NULL
);
23579 /* Optimize the common case. */
23580 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
23581 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
23582 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
23583 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
23586 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
23587 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
23588 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
23591 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
23593 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23594 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
23600 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
23601 common_block_die_table
= hash_table
<block_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
23603 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
23604 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
23605 com_die
= common_block_die_table
->find (&com_die_arg
);
23607 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23608 if (com_die
== NULL
)
23611 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
23614 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
23615 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
23618 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23619 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
23620 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
23621 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23623 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
))
23624 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23625 if (want_pubnames ())
23626 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
23627 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
23628 slot
= common_block_die_table
->find_slot (com_die
, INSERT
);
23631 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
23633 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23634 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23635 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
23637 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
23638 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
23639 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
23640 decl_quals (decl_or_origin
), false,
23642 add_alignment_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23643 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23648 /* Optimize the common case. */
23649 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
23650 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
23651 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
23652 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
23654 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
23655 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
23656 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
23659 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
23661 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23663 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
))
23664 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23666 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
23674 /* A declaration that has been previously dumped, needs no
23675 further annotations, since it doesn't need location on
23676 the second pass. */
23679 else if (decl_will_get_specification_p (old_die
, decl
, declaration
)
23680 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_specification
))
23682 /* Fall-thru so we can make a new variable die along with a
23683 DW_AT_specification. */
23685 else if (origin
&& old_die
->die_parent
!= context_die
)
23687 /* If we will be creating an inlined instance, we need a
23688 new DIE that will get annotated with
23689 DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
23690 gcc_assert (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
));
23694 /* If a DIE was dumped early, it still needs location info.
23695 Skip to where we fill the location bits. */
23698 /* ??? In LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
23699 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
23700 references to them. Thus we dumped them again. Also add a
23701 reference to them but beware of -g0 compile and -g link
23702 in which case the reference will be already present. */
23703 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
23705 && ! get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_type
)
23706 && variably_modified_type_p
23707 (type
, decl_function_context (decl_or_origin
)))
23709 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
23710 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
),
23711 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
23713 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl_or_origin
),
23714 false, context_die
);
23717 goto gen_variable_die_location
;
23721 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
23722 to have DW_TAG_member tag in DWARF{3,4} and we emit it for compatibility
23723 also in DWARF2; the specification should still be DW_TAG_variable
23724 referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
23725 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
) && dwarf_version
< 5)
23726 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
23728 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
23730 if (origin
!= NULL
)
23731 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
23733 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
23734 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
23736 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
23737 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT_P flag on them instead of
23740 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
23741 else if (decl_will_get_specification_p (old_die
, decl
, declaration
))
23743 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
23744 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
23745 specialization_p
= true;
23746 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
23748 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
23749 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
23751 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
23752 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
23754 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
23755 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
23757 if (debug_column_info
23759 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
23760 != (unsigned) s
.column
))
23761 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
23763 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
23764 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
23768 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
, no_linkage_name
);
23770 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
23772 && !DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
23773 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
23774 decl_function_context
23775 (decl_or_origin
))))
23777 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
23779 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
23780 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
23783 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl_or_origin
), false,
23787 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
23789 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23790 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23792 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23793 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23795 add_alignment_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23797 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23801 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23803 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
23804 || !old_die
|| is_declaration_die (old_die
)))
23805 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
23807 gen_variable_die_location
:
23809 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
23810 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
23811 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
23813 || (VAR_P (decl_or_origin
)
23814 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
23815 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
))))
23818 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
23820 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
,
23824 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
23826 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
23827 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl_or_origin
,
23828 DW_AT_const_expr
) == 1
23829 && !get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_expr
)
23830 && !specialization_p
)
23831 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_const_expr
, 1);
23835 int inl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl_or_origin
,
23838 && !get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_inline
)
23839 && !specialization_p
)
23840 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_inline
, inl
);
23844 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
23847 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
23849 dw_die_ref const_die
;
23850 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
23852 const_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
23856 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
23857 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, const_die
);
23858 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
23859 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, false, context_die
);
23860 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23861 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23862 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23863 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23864 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
23867 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
23870 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
23872 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
23873 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
23875 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23879 lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
23880 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
23882 if (origin
!= NULL
)
23883 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
23885 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
23888 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
23889 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
23890 else if (! early_dwarf
)
23892 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
23894 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
23895 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
23896 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
23900 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
23902 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
23903 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
23904 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
23905 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
23906 it if it ever does happen. */
23907 gcc_assert (!as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (insn
)->deleted ());
23909 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
23910 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
23914 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
23915 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
) != -1)
23917 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
23918 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
23923 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
23924 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
23925 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
23928 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
23930 /* We can end up with BUILTINS_LOCATION here. */
23931 if (RESERVED_LOCATION_P (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
)))
23934 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
23936 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
23938 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
23939 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
23940 if (debug_column_info
&& s
.column
)
23941 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_column
, s
.column
);
23946 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
23947 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
23950 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
23952 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23954 if (inline_entry_data
**iedp
23955 = !inline_entry_data_table
? NULL
23956 : inline_entry_data_table
->find_slot_with_hash (stmt
,
23957 htab_hash_pointer (stmt
),
23960 inline_entry_data
*ied
= *iedp
;
23961 gcc_assert (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_MARKER_INSNS
);
23962 gcc_assert (debug_inline_points
);
23963 gcc_assert (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
));
23965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, ied
->label_pfx
, ied
->label_num
);
23966 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
23968 if (debug_variable_location_views
&& !ZERO_VIEW_P (ied
->view
)
23971 if (!output_asm_line_debug_info ())
23972 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_GNU_entry_view
, ied
->view
);
23975 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", ied
->view
);
23976 /* FIXME: this will resolve to a small number. Could we
23977 possibly emit smaller data? Ideally we'd emit a
23978 uleb128, but that would make the size of DIEs
23979 impossible for the compiler to compute, since it's
23980 the assembler that computes the value of the view
23981 label in this case. Ideally, we'd have a single form
23982 encompassing both the address and the view, and
23983 indirecting them through a table might make things
23984 easier, but even that would be more wasteful,
23985 space-wise, than what we have now. */
23986 add_AT_symview (die
, DW_AT_GNU_entry_view
, label
);
23990 inline_entry_data_table
->clear_slot (iedp
);
23993 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
23994 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
23996 tree chain
, superblock
= NULL_TREE
;
23998 dw_attr_node
*attr
= NULL
;
24000 if (!debug_inline_points
&& inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
24002 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
24003 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24004 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
24007 /* Optimize duplicate .debug_ranges lists or even tails of
24008 lists. If this BLOCK has same ranges as its supercontext,
24009 lookup DW_AT_ranges attribute in the supercontext (and
24010 recursively so), verify that the ranges_table contains the
24011 right values and use it instead of adding a new .debug_range. */
24012 for (chain
= stmt
, pdie
= die
;
24013 BLOCK_SAME_RANGE (chain
);
24014 chain
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
))
24016 dw_attr_node
*new_attr
;
24018 pdie
= pdie
->die_parent
;
24021 if (BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
) == NULL_TREE
)
24023 new_attr
= get_AT (pdie
, DW_AT_ranges
);
24024 if (new_attr
== NULL
24025 || new_attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_range_list
)
24028 superblock
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
);
24031 && ((*ranges_table
)[attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
].num
24032 == (int)BLOCK_NUMBER (superblock
))
24033 && BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
))
24035 unsigned long off
= attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
;
24036 unsigned long supercnt
= 0, thiscnt
= 0;
24037 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
);
24038 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
24041 gcc_checking_assert ((*ranges_table
)[off
+ supercnt
].num
24042 == (int)BLOCK_NUMBER (chain
));
24044 gcc_checking_assert ((*ranges_table
)[off
+ supercnt
+ 1].num
== 0);
24045 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
24046 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
24048 gcc_assert (supercnt
>= thiscnt
);
24049 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, off
+ supercnt
- thiscnt
,
24051 note_rnglist_head (off
+ supercnt
- thiscnt
);
24055 unsigned int offset
= add_ranges (stmt
, true);
24056 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
, false);
24057 note_rnglist_head (offset
);
24059 bool prev_in_cold
= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (stmt
);
24060 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
24063 add_ranges (chain
, prev_in_cold
!= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (chain
));
24064 prev_in_cold
= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (chain
);
24065 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
24072 char label_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
24073 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
24074 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24075 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_high
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
24076 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24077 add_AT_low_high_pc (die
, label
, label_high
, false);
24081 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
24084 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24086 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_block_die (stmt
);
24087 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
;
24090 stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
24091 equate_block_to_die (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24094 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
24096 /* If this is an inlined or conrecte instance, create a new lexical
24097 die for anything below to attach DW_AT_abstract_origin to. */
24099 stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
24101 tree origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
24102 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& (origin
!= stmt
|| old_die
))
24103 add_abstract_origin_attribute (stmt_die
, origin
);
24109 stmt_die
= old_die
;
24111 /* A non abstract block whose blocks have already been reordered
24112 should have the instruction range for this block. If so, set the
24113 high/low attributes. */
24114 if (!early_dwarf
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
24116 gcc_assert (stmt_die
);
24117 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24120 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24123 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
24126 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24128 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
24130 /* Make sure any inlined functions are known to be inlineable. */
24131 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
24132 || cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
));
24134 dw_die_ref subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
24136 if (call_arg_locations
|| debug_inline_points
)
24137 equate_block_to_die (stmt
, subr_die
);
24138 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
24139 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
24140 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
24141 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
24143 /* The inliner creates an extra BLOCK for the parameter setup,
24144 we want to merge that with the actual outermost BLOCK of the
24145 inlined function to avoid duplicate locals in consumers.
24146 Do that by doing the recursion to subblocks on the single subblock
24148 bool unwrap_one
= false;
24149 if (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
) && !BLOCK_CHAIN (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
)))
24151 tree origin
= block_ultimate_origin (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
));
24153 && TREE_CODE (origin
) == BLOCK
24154 && BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (origin
) == decl
)
24157 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, !unwrap_one
);
24159 decls_for_scope (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
), subr_die
);
24162 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. CTX is required: see
24163 the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
24166 gen_field_die (tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24168 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
24170 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
24173 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
24174 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
24175 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
), decl_quals (decl
),
24176 TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)),
24179 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
24181 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24182 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24183 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
, ctx
);
24186 add_alignment_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24188 /* If we have a variant part offset, then we are supposed to process a member
24189 of a QUAL_UNION_TYPE, which is how we represent variant parts in
24191 gcc_assert (ctx
->variant_part_offset
== NULL_TREE
24192 || TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != QUAL_UNION_TYPE
);
24193 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
24194 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
, ctx
);
24196 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
24197 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
24199 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24201 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
24202 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
24205 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. TYPE can be an
24206 OFFSET_TYPE, for a pointer to data member, or a RECORD_TYPE, for a
24207 pointer to member function. */
24210 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24212 if (lookup_type_die (type
))
24215 dw_die_ref ptr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
24216 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
24218 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
24219 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
24220 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
24221 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
24223 add_alignment_attribute (ptr_die
, type
);
24225 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != FUNCTION_TYPE
24226 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != METHOD_TYPE
)
24228 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
24229 add_AT_loc (ptr_die
, DW_AT_use_location
, op
);
24233 static char *producer_string
;
24235 /* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
24236 if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
24239 gen_producer_string (void)
24242 auto_vec
<const char *> switches
;
24243 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
24244 char *producer
, *tail
;
24246 size_t len
= dwarf_record_gcc_switches
? 0 : 3;
24247 size_t plen
= strlen (language_string
) + 1 + strlen (version_string
);
24249 for (j
= 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches
&& j
< save_decoded_options_count
; j
++)
24250 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
)
24257 case OPT_auxbase_strip
:
24266 case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown
:
24267 case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore
:
24268 case OPT_SPECIAL_deprecated
:
24269 case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name
:
24270 case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file
:
24271 case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches
:
24272 case OPT__output_pch_
:
24273 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_
:
24274 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option
:
24275 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_caret
:
24276 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_labels
:
24277 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_line_numbers
:
24278 case OPT_fdiagnostics_color_
:
24279 case OPT_fdiagnostics_format_
:
24280 case OPT_fverbose_asm
:
24282 case OPT__sysroot_
:
24284 case OPT_nostdinc__
:
24285 case OPT_fpreprocessed
:
24286 case OPT_fltrans_output_list_
:
24287 case OPT_fresolution_
:
24288 case OPT_fdebug_prefix_map_
:
24289 case OPT_fmacro_prefix_map_
:
24290 case OPT_ffile_prefix_map_
:
24291 case OPT_fcompare_debug
:
24292 case OPT_fchecking
:
24293 case OPT_fchecking_
:
24294 /* Ignore these. */
24297 if (cl_options
[save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
].flags
24298 & CL_NO_DWARF_RECORD
)
24300 gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][0]
24302 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][1])
24309 if (strncmp (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0] + 2,
24316 switches
.safe_push (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
);
24317 len
+= strlen (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
) + 1;
24321 producer
= XNEWVEC (char, plen
+ 1 + len
+ 1);
24323 sprintf (tail
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
24326 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (switches
, j
, p
)
24330 memcpy (tail
+ 1, p
, len
);
24338 /* Given a C and/or C++ language/version string return the "highest".
24339 C++ is assumed to be "higher" than C in this case. Used for merging
24340 LTO translation unit languages. */
24341 static const char *
24342 highest_c_language (const char *lang1
, const char *lang2
)
24344 if (strcmp ("GNU C++17", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++17", lang2
) == 0)
24345 return "GNU C++17";
24346 if (strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang2
) == 0)
24347 return "GNU C++14";
24348 if (strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang2
) == 0)
24349 return "GNU C++11";
24350 if (strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang2
) == 0)
24351 return "GNU C++98";
24353 if (strcmp ("GNU C2X", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C2X", lang2
) == 0)
24355 if (strcmp ("GNU C17", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C17", lang2
) == 0)
24357 if (strcmp ("GNU C11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C11", lang2
) == 0)
24359 if (strcmp ("GNU C99", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C99", lang2
) == 0)
24361 if (strcmp ("GNU C89", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C89", lang2
) == 0)
24364 gcc_unreachable ();
24368 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
24371 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
24374 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
24377 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
24381 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
24382 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
24383 if (filename
[0] != '<')
24384 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
24387 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer_string
? producer_string
: "");
24389 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
24390 from the global list of translation units. */
24391 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
24395 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
24397 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
24399 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
24402 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
24403 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
24405 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
24406 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
24407 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
24408 common_lang
= highest_c_language (common_lang
,
24409 TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
));
24412 /* Fall back to C. */
24413 common_lang
= NULL
;
24419 language_string
= common_lang
;
24422 language
= DW_LANG_C
;
24423 if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
24424 && ISDIGIT (language_string
[5]))
24426 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
24427 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24429 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C89") != 0)
24430 language
= DW_LANG_C99
;
24432 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24433 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C11") == 0
24434 || strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C17") == 0
24435 || strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C2X"))
24436 language
= DW_LANG_C11
;
24439 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C++", 7) == 0)
24441 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
24442 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24444 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++11") == 0)
24445 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
;
24446 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++14") == 0)
24447 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
;
24448 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++17") == 0)
24450 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
;
24453 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
24454 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
24455 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24457 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
24458 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
24459 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
24461 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
24462 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24464 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2003") == 0)
24465 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran03
;
24466 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2008") == 0)
24467 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran08
;
24470 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
24471 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
24472 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
24473 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
24474 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU D") == 0)
24475 language
= DW_LANG_D
;
24476 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
24478 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Go") == 0)
24479 language
= DW_LANG_Go
;
24482 /* Use a degraded Fortran setting in strict DWARF2 so is_fortran works. */
24483 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
24484 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
24485 /* Likewise for Ada. */
24486 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
24487 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
24489 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
24493 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
24494 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
24495 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
24496 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
24497 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
24498 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
24499 lowercases everything. */
24500 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
24503 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
24509 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
24512 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, tree type
,
24513 dw_die_ref context_die
)
24515 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
24516 struct vlr_context ctx
= { type
, NULL
};
24518 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
24520 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
, &ctx
);
24522 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
24523 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
24525 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
24526 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
24527 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
24528 if (access
== access_public_node
)
24530 if (dwarf_version
== 2
24531 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
24532 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
24534 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
24535 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
24536 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
24537 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
24538 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
24541 /* Return whether DECL is a FIELD_DECL that represents the variant part of a
24545 is_variant_part (tree decl
)
24547 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
24548 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE
);
24551 /* Check that OPERAND is a reference to a field in STRUCT_TYPE. If it is,
24552 return the FIELD_DECL. Return NULL_TREE otherwise. */
24555 analyze_discr_in_predicate (tree operand
, tree struct_type
)
24557 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (operand
))
24558 operand
= TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0);
24560 /* Match field access to members of struct_type only. */
24561 if (TREE_CODE (operand
) == COMPONENT_REF
24562 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
24563 && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0)) == struct_type
24564 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
)
24565 return TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 1);
24570 /* Check that SRC is a constant integer that can be represented as a native
24571 integer constant (either signed or unsigned). If so, store it into DEST and
24572 return true. Return false otherwise. */
24575 get_discr_value (tree src
, dw_discr_value
*dest
)
24577 tree discr_type
= TREE_TYPE (src
);
24579 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
24581 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (discr_type
);
24582 if (debug_type
!= NULL
)
24583 discr_type
= debug_type
;
24586 if (TREE_CODE (src
) != INTEGER_CST
|| !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (discr_type
))
24589 /* Signedness can vary between the original type and the debug type. This
24590 can happen for character types in Ada for instance: the character type
24591 used for code generation can be signed, to be compatible with the C one,
24592 but from a debugger point of view, it must be unsigned. */
24593 bool is_orig_unsigned
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (src
));
24594 bool is_debug_unsigned
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (discr_type
);
24596 if (is_orig_unsigned
!= is_debug_unsigned
)
24597 src
= fold_convert (discr_type
, src
);
24599 if (!(is_debug_unsigned
? tree_fits_uhwi_p (src
) : tree_fits_shwi_p (src
)))
24602 dest
->pos
= is_debug_unsigned
;
24603 if (is_debug_unsigned
)
24604 dest
->v
.uval
= tree_to_uhwi (src
);
24606 dest
->v
.sval
= tree_to_shwi (src
);
24611 /* Try to extract synthetic properties out of VARIANT_PART_DECL, which is a
24612 FIELD_DECL in STRUCT_TYPE that represents a variant part. If unsuccessful,
24613 store NULL_TREE in DISCR_DECL. Otherwise:
24615 - store the discriminant field in STRUCT_TYPE that controls the variant
24616 part to *DISCR_DECL
24618 - put in *DISCR_LISTS_P an array where for each variant, the item
24619 represents the corresponding matching list of discriminant values.
24621 - put in *DISCR_LISTS_LENGTH the number of variants, which is the size of
24624 Note that when the array is allocated (i.e. when the analysis is
24625 successful), it is up to the caller to free the array. */
24628 analyze_variants_discr (tree variant_part_decl
,
24631 dw_discr_list_ref
**discr_lists_p
,
24632 unsigned *discr_lists_length
)
24634 tree variant_part_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant_part_decl
);
24636 dw_discr_list_ref
*discr_lists
;
24639 /* Compute how many variants there are in this variant part. */
24640 *discr_lists_length
= 0;
24641 for (variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
);
24642 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24643 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
))
24644 ++*discr_lists_length
;
24646 *discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24648 = (dw_discr_list_ref
*) xcalloc (*discr_lists_length
,
24649 sizeof (**discr_lists_p
));
24650 discr_lists
= *discr_lists_p
;
24652 /* And then analyze all variants to extract discriminant information for all
24653 of them. This analysis is conservative: as soon as we detect something we
24654 do not support, abort everything and pretend we found nothing. */
24655 for (variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
), i
= 0;
24656 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24657 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
), ++i
)
24659 tree match_expr
= DECL_QUALIFIER (variant
);
24661 /* Now, try to analyze the predicate and deduce a discriminant for
24663 if (match_expr
== boolean_true_node
)
24664 /* Typically happens for the default variant: it matches all cases that
24665 previous variants rejected. Don't output any matching value for
24669 /* The following loop tries to iterate over each discriminant
24670 possibility: single values or ranges. */
24671 while (match_expr
!= NULL_TREE
)
24673 tree next_round_match_expr
;
24674 tree candidate_discr
= NULL_TREE
;
24675 dw_discr_list_ref new_node
= NULL
;
24677 /* Possibilities are matched one after the other by nested
24678 TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR expressions. Process the current possibility and
24679 continue with the rest at next iteration. */
24680 if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
)
24682 next_round_match_expr
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0);
24683 match_expr
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24686 next_round_match_expr
= NULL_TREE
;
24688 if (match_expr
== boolean_false_node
)
24689 /* This sub-expression matches nothing: just wait for the next
24693 else if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == EQ_EXPR
)
24695 /* We are matching: <discr_field> == <integer_cst>
24696 This sub-expression matches a single value. */
24697 tree integer_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24700 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0),
24703 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24704 if (!get_discr_value (integer_cst
,
24705 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
))
24707 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= false;
24710 else if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
)
24712 /* We are matching:
24713 <discr_field> > <integer_cst>
24714 && <discr_field> < <integer_cst>.
24715 This sub-expression matches the range of values between the
24716 two matched integer constants. Note that comparisons can be
24717 inclusive or exclusive. */
24718 tree candidate_discr_1
, candidate_discr_2
;
24719 tree lower_cst
, upper_cst
;
24720 bool lower_cst_included
, upper_cst_included
;
24721 tree lower_op
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0);
24722 tree upper_op
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24724 /* When the comparison is exclusive, the integer constant is not
24725 the discriminant range bound we are looking for: we will have
24726 to increment or decrement it. */
24727 if (TREE_CODE (lower_op
) == GE_EXPR
)
24728 lower_cst_included
= true;
24729 else if (TREE_CODE (lower_op
) == GT_EXPR
)
24730 lower_cst_included
= false;
24734 if (TREE_CODE (upper_op
) == LE_EXPR
)
24735 upper_cst_included
= true;
24736 else if (TREE_CODE (upper_op
) == LT_EXPR
)
24737 upper_cst_included
= false;
24741 /* Extract the discriminant from the first operand and check it
24742 is consistant with the same analysis in the second
24745 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (lower_op
, 0),
24748 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (upper_op
, 0),
24750 if (candidate_discr_1
== candidate_discr_2
)
24751 candidate_discr
= candidate_discr_1
;
24755 /* Extract bounds from both. */
24756 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24757 lower_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (lower_op
, 1);
24758 upper_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (upper_op
, 1);
24760 if (!lower_cst_included
)
24762 = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (lower_cst
), lower_cst
,
24763 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (lower_cst
), 1));
24764 if (!upper_cst_included
)
24766 = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (upper_cst
), upper_cst
,
24767 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (upper_cst
), 1));
24769 if (!get_discr_value (lower_cst
,
24770 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
)
24771 || !get_discr_value (upper_cst
,
24772 &new_node
->dw_discr_upper_bound
))
24775 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= true;
24778 else if ((candidate_discr
24779 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (match_expr
, struct_type
))
24780 && TREE_TYPE (candidate_discr
) == boolean_type_node
)
24782 /* We are matching: <discr_field> for a boolean discriminant.
24783 This sub-expression matches boolean_true_node. */
24784 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24785 if (!get_discr_value (boolean_true_node
,
24786 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
))
24788 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= false;
24792 /* Unsupported sub-expression: we cannot determine the set of
24793 matching discriminant values. Abort everything. */
24796 /* If the discriminant info is not consistant with what we saw so
24797 far, consider the analysis failed and abort everything. */
24798 if (candidate_discr
== NULL_TREE
24799 || (*discr_decl
!= NULL_TREE
&& candidate_discr
!= *discr_decl
))
24802 *discr_decl
= candidate_discr
;
24804 if (new_node
!= NULL
)
24806 new_node
->dw_discr_next
= discr_lists
[i
];
24807 discr_lists
[i
] = new_node
;
24809 match_expr
= next_round_match_expr
;
24813 /* If we reach this point, we could match everything we were interested
24818 /* Clean all data structure and return no result. */
24819 free (*discr_lists_p
);
24820 *discr_lists_p
= NULL
;
24821 *discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24824 /* Generate a DIE to represent VARIANT_PART_DECL, a variant part that is part
24825 of STRUCT_TYPE, a record type. This new DIE is emitted as the next child
24828 Variant parts are supposed to be implemented as a FIELD_DECL whose type is a
24829 QUAL_UNION_TYPE: this is the VARIANT_PART_DECL parameter. The members for
24830 this type, which are record types, represent the available variants and each
24831 has a DECL_QUALIFIER attribute. The discriminant and the discriminant
24832 values are inferred from these attributes.
24834 In trees, the offsets for the fields inside these sub-records are relative
24835 to the variant part itself, whereas the corresponding DIEs should have
24836 offset attributes that are relative to the embedding record base address.
24837 This is why the caller must provide a VARIANT_PART_OFFSET expression: it
24838 must be an expression that computes the offset of the variant part to
24839 describe in DWARF. */
24842 gen_variant_part (tree variant_part_decl
, struct vlr_context
*vlr_ctx
,
24843 dw_die_ref context_die
)
24845 const tree variant_part_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant_part_decl
);
24846 tree variant_part_offset
= vlr_ctx
->variant_part_offset
;
24847 struct loc_descr_context ctx
= {
24848 vlr_ctx
->struct_type
, /* context_type */
24849 NULL_TREE
, /* base_decl */
24851 false, /* placeholder_arg */
24852 false /* placeholder_seen */
24855 /* The FIELD_DECL node in STRUCT_TYPE that acts as the discriminant, or
24856 NULL_TREE if there is no such field. */
24857 tree discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24858 dw_discr_list_ref
*discr_lists
;
24859 unsigned discr_lists_length
= 0;
24862 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
= NULL
;
24863 dw_die_ref variant_part_die
24864 = new_die (DW_TAG_variant_part
, context_die
, variant_part_type
);
24866 equate_decl_number_to_die (variant_part_decl
, variant_part_die
);
24868 analyze_variants_discr (variant_part_decl
, vlr_ctx
->struct_type
,
24869 &discr_decl
, &discr_lists
, &discr_lists_length
);
24871 if (discr_decl
!= NULL_TREE
)
24873 dw_die_ref discr_die
= lookup_decl_die (discr_decl
);
24876 add_AT_die_ref (variant_part_die
, DW_AT_discr
, discr_die
);
24878 /* We have no DIE for the discriminant, so just discard all
24879 discrimimant information in the output. */
24880 discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24883 /* If the offset for this variant part is more complex than a constant,
24884 create a DWARF procedure for it so that we will not have to generate DWARF
24885 expressions for it for each member. */
24886 if (TREE_CODE (variant_part_offset
) != INTEGER_CST
24887 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
24889 const tree dwarf_proc_fndecl
24890 = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION
, FUNCTION_DECL
, NULL_TREE
,
24891 build_function_type (TREE_TYPE (variant_part_offset
),
24893 const tree dwarf_proc_call
= build_call_expr (dwarf_proc_fndecl
, 0);
24894 const dw_loc_descr_ref dwarf_proc_body
24895 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (variant_part_offset
, 0, &ctx
);
24897 dwarf_proc_die
= new_dwarf_proc_die (dwarf_proc_body
,
24898 dwarf_proc_fndecl
, context_die
);
24899 if (dwarf_proc_die
!= NULL
)
24900 variant_part_offset
= dwarf_proc_call
;
24903 /* Output DIEs for all variants. */
24905 for (tree variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
);
24906 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24907 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
), ++i
)
24909 tree variant_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant
);
24910 dw_die_ref variant_die
;
24912 /* All variants (i.e. members of a variant part) are supposed to be
24913 encoded as structures. Sub-variant parts are QUAL_UNION_TYPE fields
24914 under these records. */
24915 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (variant_type
) == RECORD_TYPE
);
24917 variant_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variant
, variant_part_die
, variant_type
);
24918 equate_decl_number_to_die (variant
, variant_die
);
24920 /* Output discriminant values this variant matches, if any. */
24921 if (discr_decl
== NULL
|| discr_lists
[i
] == NULL
)
24922 /* In the case we have discriminant information at all, this is
24923 probably the default variant: as the standard says, don't
24924 output any discriminant value/list attribute. */
24926 else if (discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_next
== NULL
24927 && !discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_range
)
24928 /* If there is only one accepted value, don't bother outputting a
24930 add_discr_value (variant_die
, &discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
24932 add_discr_list (variant_die
, discr_lists
[i
]);
24934 for (tree member
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_type
);
24935 member
!= NULL_TREE
;
24936 member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
24938 struct vlr_context vlr_sub_ctx
= {
24939 vlr_ctx
->struct_type
, /* struct_type */
24940 NULL
/* variant_part_offset */
24942 if (is_variant_part (member
))
24944 /* All offsets for fields inside variant parts are relative to
24945 the top-level embedding RECORD_TYPE's base address. On the
24946 other hand, offsets in GCC's types are relative to the
24947 nested-most variant part. So we have to sum offsets each time
24950 vlr_sub_ctx
.variant_part_offset
24951 = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (variant_part_offset
),
24952 variant_part_offset
, byte_position (member
));
24953 gen_variant_part (member
, &vlr_sub_ctx
, variant_die
);
24957 vlr_sub_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= variant_part_offset
;
24958 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, &vlr_sub_ctx
, variant_die
);
24963 free (discr_lists
);
24966 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
24969 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24972 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
24974 gcc_assert (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
) == type
);
24976 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
24977 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
24978 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
24979 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
24980 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
24981 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
24982 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
24983 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
24984 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
24985 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
24986 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
24988 /* First output info about the base classes. */
24991 vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
24995 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
24996 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
24997 (accesses
? (*accesses
)[i
] : access_public_node
),
25002 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
25003 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25005 struct vlr_context vlr_ctx
= { type
, NULL_TREE
};
25006 bool static_inline_p
25007 = (TREE_STATIC (member
)
25008 && (lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (member
, DW_AT_inline
)
25011 /* Ignore clones. */
25012 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
25015 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
25016 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
25017 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
25018 do put them in the right order. */
25020 if (dw_die_ref child
= lookup_decl_die (member
))
25022 /* Handle inline static data members, which only have in-class
25024 dw_die_ref ref
= NULL
;
25025 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25026 && child
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ())
25028 ref
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
25029 /* For C++17 inline static data members followed by redundant
25030 out of class redeclaration, we might get here with
25031 child being the DIE created for the out of class
25032 redeclaration and with its DW_AT_specification being
25033 the DIE created for in-class definition. We want to
25034 reparent the latter, and don't want to create another
25035 DIE with DW_AT_specification in that case, because
25036 we already have one. */
25039 && ref
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25040 && ref
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ()
25041 && get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_specification
) == NULL
)
25045 static_inline_p
= false;
25049 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25050 && child
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ()
25053 reparent_child (child
, context_die
);
25054 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
25055 child
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_member
;
25058 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
25061 /* Do not generate standard DWARF for variant parts if we are generating
25062 the corresponding GNAT encodings: DIEs generated for both would
25063 conflict in our mappings. */
25064 else if (is_variant_part (member
)
25065 && gnat_encodings
== DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
)
25067 vlr_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= byte_position (member
);
25068 gen_variant_part (member
, &vlr_ctx
, context_die
);
25072 vlr_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= NULL_TREE
;
25073 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, &vlr_ctx
, context_die
);
25076 /* For C++ inline static data members emit immediately a DW_TAG_variable
25077 DIE that will refer to that DW_TAG_member/DW_TAG_variable through
25078 DW_AT_specification. */
25079 if (static_inline_p
)
25081 int old_extern
= DECL_EXTERNAL (member
);
25082 DECL_EXTERNAL (member
) = 0;
25083 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, NULL
, comp_unit_die ());
25084 DECL_EXTERNAL (member
) = old_extern
;
25089 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
25090 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
25091 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
25094 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
25095 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25097 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25099 /* Fill in the bound of variable-length fields in late dwarf if
25100 still incomplete. */
25101 if (!early_dwarf
&& variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
25102 for (tree member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
25104 member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25105 fill_variable_array_bounds (TREE_TYPE (member
));
25109 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25110 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
25112 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
25113 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
25114 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
25115 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
25116 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
25118 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
25121 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
25122 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
25123 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
25126 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25128 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
25129 if (!type_die
&& debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25130 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
25132 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
25133 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
25135 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
25137 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
25138 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
25140 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25142 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
25144 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
25147 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
25149 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
25150 then give a list of members. */
25151 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
25153 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
25154 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
25155 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25156 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
25157 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, type
);
25158 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
25160 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
25161 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
25164 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
25165 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
25166 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25167 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
25169 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
25171 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
25172 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
25173 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
25175 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
25176 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
25178 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
25180 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
25181 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
25182 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
25187 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
25189 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
25190 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
25191 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
25192 vec_safe_push (incomplete_types
, type
);
25195 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25196 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
25199 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
25202 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25204 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
25205 dw_die_ref subr_die
25206 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
25207 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
25209 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
25210 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
25211 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
25213 add_alignment_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
25214 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
25216 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25217 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
25218 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
25219 && lang_hooks
.types
.type_dwarf_attribute (type
, DW_AT_reference
) != -1)
25220 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_reference
, 1);
25221 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
25222 && lang_hooks
.types
.type_dwarf_attribute (type
,
25223 DW_AT_rvalue_reference
) != -1)
25224 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_rvalue_reference
, 1);
25227 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
25230 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25232 dw_die_ref type_die
;
25235 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
25237 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
25238 fill_variable_array_bounds (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
));
25242 /* As we avoid creating DIEs for local typedefs (see decl_ultimate_origin
25243 checks in process_scope_var and modified_type_die), this should be called
25244 only for original types. */
25245 gcc_assert (decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) == NULL
25246 || decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) == decl
);
25248 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
25249 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
25251 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
25252 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
25254 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
25255 if (type
== error_mark_node
)
25258 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
25259 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
25263 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
25264 if (type
== error_mark_node
)
25267 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25269 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
25270 an anonymous type, e.g:
25271 typedef struct {...} foo;
25272 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
25273 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
25274 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
25277 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
25278 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
25279 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
25280 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
25281 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
25282 anonymous struct DIE. */
25283 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25284 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25286 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
25287 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
25288 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
25289 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
25290 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
25291 this debug info. */
25292 add_linkage_name_raw (lookup_type_die (type
), decl
);
25296 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl
), false,
25299 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
25300 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
25301 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
25303 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25305 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
25307 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
25309 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
25310 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
25312 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25313 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
25316 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
25319 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
25320 dw_die_ref context_die
,
25321 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25323 if (type
== NULL_TREE
25324 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
25327 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25329 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
25330 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
25331 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
25332 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
25333 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
25334 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
25335 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
25336 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
25337 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
25339 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
25341 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25344 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
25345 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
25347 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
25348 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
25350 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
25351 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
25352 decls_for_scope. */
25353 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
25354 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
25356 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
25357 context_die
= NULL
;
25360 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
25362 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
25364 /* This might have been written out by the call to
25365 declare_in_namespace. */
25366 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25367 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25370 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
25372 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
25373 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
25374 when appropriate. */
25377 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
25380 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
25381 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25383 struct array_descr_info info
;
25385 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
25388 if (flag_checking
&& type
)
25389 verify_type (type
);
25391 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
25392 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
25393 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
25394 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25395 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
25396 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
25397 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
25399 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
25401 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
25402 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
25403 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
25405 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25408 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
25409 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (name
);
25410 if (origin
!= NULL
&& origin
!= name
)
25412 gen_decl_die (origin
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25416 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
25417 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
);
25419 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
25420 context_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25422 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25424 gen_decl_die (name
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25428 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
25429 generate debug info for the typedef. */
25430 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25432 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
25433 context_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25435 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25439 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
25441 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (type
);
25443 if (debug_type
!= NULL_TREE
&& debug_type
!= type
)
25445 gen_type_die_with_usage (debug_type
, context_die
, usage
);
25450 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
25451 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
25452 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
25453 now. (Vectors and arrays are special because the debugging info is in the
25454 cloned type itself. Similarly function/method types can contain extra
25455 ref-qualification). */
25456 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
25457 || TREE_CODE (type
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
25459 /* For function/method types, can't use type_main_variant here,
25460 because that can have different ref-qualifiers for C++,
25461 but try to canonicalize. */
25462 tree main
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
25463 for (tree t
= main
; t
; t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
25464 if (TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (t
) == 0
25465 && check_base_type (t
, main
)
25466 && check_lang_type (t
, type
))
25472 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
25473 && TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
)
25474 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
25476 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
25477 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
25478 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
)
25480 memset (&info
, 0, sizeof (info
));
25481 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
))
25483 /* Fortran sometimes emits array types with no dimension. */
25484 gcc_assert (info
.ndimensions
>= 0
25485 && (info
.ndimensions
25486 <= DWARF2OUT_ARRAY_DESCR_INFO_MAX_DIMEN
));
25487 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
25488 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25493 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25495 /* Variable-length types may be incomplete even if
25496 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN. For such types, fall through to
25497 gen_array_type_die() and possibly fill in
25498 DW_AT_{upper,lower}_bound attributes. */
25499 if ((TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
25500 && TREE_CODE (type
) != RECORD_TYPE
25501 && TREE_CODE (type
) != UNION_TYPE
25502 && TREE_CODE (type
) != QUAL_UNION_TYPE
)
25503 || !variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
25507 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
25513 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
25514 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
25515 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
25516 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
25517 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
25519 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25521 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
25522 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
25523 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25524 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25528 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
25529 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
25530 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
25531 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25533 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
25534 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25535 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25537 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
25539 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25542 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
25543 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
25544 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25545 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25546 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25550 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
25551 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25552 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25553 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25558 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25561 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
25564 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
25565 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
25571 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
25574 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
25579 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
25581 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25582 if (type_die
== NULL
)
25584 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
25585 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (),
25587 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
25588 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25594 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
25596 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
25597 dw_die_ref
*die
= (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
25598 ? &auto_die
: &decltype_auto_die
);
25601 *die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
,
25602 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE
);
25603 add_name_attribute (*die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
25605 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, *die
);
25608 gcc_unreachable ();
25611 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25615 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25617 if (type
!= error_mark_node
)
25619 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25622 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25629 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
25630 things which are local to the given block. */
25633 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25635 int must_output_die
= 0;
25638 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
25639 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
25642 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
25644 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
25645 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
25646 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
25647 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
25651 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
25652 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
);
25657 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
25660 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
25661 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
25662 must_output_die
= 1;
25663 else if (lookup_block_die (stmt
))
25664 /* If we already have a DIE then it was filled early. Meanwhile
25665 we might have pruned all BLOCK_VARS as optimized out but we
25666 still want to generate high/low PC attributes so output it. */
25667 must_output_die
= 1;
25668 else if (TREE_USED (stmt
)
25669 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
25671 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
25672 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
25673 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25675 /* We are not in terse mode so any local declaration that
25676 is not ignored for debug purposes counts as being a
25677 "significant" one. */
25678 if (BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
25679 must_output_die
= 1;
25681 for (tree var
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); var
; var
= DECL_CHAIN (var
))
25682 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (var
))
25684 must_output_die
= 1;
25688 else if (!dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
25689 must_output_die
= 1;
25692 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
25693 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
25694 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
25695 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
25696 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
25697 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
25698 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
25699 if (must_output_die
)
25702 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
);
25704 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
);
25707 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
);
25710 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
25711 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
25713 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25716 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
25718 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
25719 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
25720 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
)
25722 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
25723 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
25725 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
25726 /* Avoid re-creating the DIE late if it was optimized as unused early. */
25727 if (! die
&& ! early_dwarf
)
25733 /* Avoid creating DIEs for local typedefs and concrete static variables that
25734 will only be pruned later. */
25735 if ((origin
|| decl_ultimate_origin (decl
))
25736 && (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
25737 || (VAR_P (decl_or_origin
) && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
))))
25739 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
25740 if (decl
&& VAR_P (decl
) && die
!= NULL
)
25742 die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
25744 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, die
);
25749 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25750 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
25751 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
25754 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
25755 stmt
, context_die
);
25759 if (decl
&& DECL_P (decl
))
25761 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
25763 /* Early created DIEs do not have a parent as the decls refer
25764 to the function as DECL_CONTEXT rather than the BLOCK. */
25765 if (die
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25767 gcc_assert (in_lto_p
);
25768 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
25772 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, NULL
, context_die
);
25776 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
25777 all of its sub-blocks. */
25780 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, bool recurse
)
25786 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
25787 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
25790 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
25791 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
25792 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
25793 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. We don't
25794 have to do this if we're at -g1. */
25795 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25797 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
25798 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
25799 /* BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARs simply generate DIE stubs with abstract
25800 origin - avoid doing this twice as we have no good way to see
25801 if we've done it once already. */
25803 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
25805 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
);
25806 if (decl
== current_function_decl
)
25807 /* Ignore declarations of the current function, while they
25808 are declarations, gen_subprogram_die would treat them
25809 as definitions again, because they are equal to
25810 current_function_decl and endlessly recurse. */;
25811 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
25812 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
25814 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL_TREE
, decl
, context_die
);
25818 /* Even if we're at -g1, we need to process the subblocks in order to get
25819 inlined call information. */
25821 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
25822 therein) of this block. */
25824 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
25826 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
25827 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
);
25830 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
25833 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
25835 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
25838 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
25839 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
25840 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
25841 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
25842 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
25843 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
25849 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
25850 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
25853 typedef struct {...} foo;
25855 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
25856 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
25860 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
25862 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
25863 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
25864 || DECL_NAMELESS (decl
)
25865 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
25866 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
25867 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
25868 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
25869 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
25870 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
25874 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
25875 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
25876 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
25877 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
25880 /* Looks up the DIE for a context. */
25882 static inline dw_die_ref
25883 lookup_context_die (tree context
)
25887 /* Find die that represents this context. */
25888 if (TYPE_P (context
))
25890 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
25891 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_type_die (context
);
25894 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, ctx
);
25897 return lookup_decl_die (context
);
25899 return comp_unit_die ();
25902 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
25904 static inline dw_die_ref
25905 get_context_die (tree context
)
25909 /* Find die that represents this context. */
25910 if (TYPE_P (context
))
25912 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
25913 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, force_type_die (context
));
25916 return force_decl_die (context
);
25918 return comp_unit_die ();
25921 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
25924 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
25926 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
25927 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
25928 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
25929 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
25932 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
25934 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
25938 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
25940 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
25941 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
25942 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
25943 declaration die. */
25944 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
25945 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
25946 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
25947 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
25951 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
25952 gen_decl_die() call. */
25953 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
25954 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
25955 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25956 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
25959 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
25960 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
25961 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
25963 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
25964 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
25967 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
25968 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
25972 gcc_unreachable ();
25975 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
25977 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
25978 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
25984 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
25985 always returned. */
25988 force_type_die (tree type
)
25990 dw_die_ref type_die
;
25992 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25995 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
25997 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (type
),
25998 false, context_die
);
25999 gcc_assert (type_die
);
26004 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
26005 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
26008 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26010 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
26011 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
26012 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26013 /* Force out the namespace. */
26014 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
26016 return context_die
;
26019 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
26020 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
26022 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
26023 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope, with
26024 DW_AT_specification pointing to the declaration (like with class
26028 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26030 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
26032 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26033 return context_die
;
26035 /* External declarations in the local scope only need to be emitted
26036 once, not once in the namespace and once in the scope.
26038 This avoids declaring the `extern' below in the
26039 namespace DIE as well as in the innermost scope:
26052 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_EXTERNAL (thing
) && local_scope_p (context_die
))
26053 return context_die
;
26055 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
26056 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
26057 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
26058 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
26059 return context_die
;
26061 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
26063 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
26065 if (is_fortran () || is_dlang ())
26067 if (DECL_P (thing
))
26068 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, NULL
, ns_context
);
26070 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
26072 return context_die
;
26075 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
26078 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26080 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
26082 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
26083 they are an alias of. */
26084 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
26086 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
26087 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
26088 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran () || is_dlang ()
26089 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
26090 context_die
, decl
);
26091 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
26092 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
26094 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
26096 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
26099 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
26100 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
26101 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
26102 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
26106 /* Output a namespace alias. */
26108 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
26109 dw_die_ref origin_die
26110 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
26112 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
26113 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26114 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
26115 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
26116 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
26117 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
26118 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
26119 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
26121 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
26122 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
26123 DW_AT_export_symbols
) == 1)
26124 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_export_symbols
, 1);
26126 /* Bypass dwarf2_name's check for DECL_NAMELESS. */
26127 if (want_pubnames ())
26128 add_pubname_string (lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1), namespace_die
);
26131 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
26132 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
26133 for all other decls it returns NULL.
26135 If DECL is a FIELD_DECL, CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT.
26136 It can be NULL otherwise. */
26139 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
,
26140 dw_die_ref context_die
)
26142 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
26143 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
26145 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
26148 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
26154 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada () && !is_dlang ())
26156 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
26157 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
26161 /* Emit its type. */
26162 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
26164 /* And its containing namespace. */
26165 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
26167 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
26170 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26173 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
26174 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
26175 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
26176 /* This is only a declaration. */;
26179 /* We should have abstract copies already and should not generate
26180 stray type DIEs in late LTO dumping. */
26184 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
26185 else if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
26186 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
26187 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
26188 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
26190 /* If we're emitting a possibly inlined function emit it as
26191 abstract instance. */
26192 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
26193 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
26194 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
26195 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
26196 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
26197 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
26198 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26199 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
26201 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
26202 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26204 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
26205 have its containing type. */
26207 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
26208 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26209 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
26211 /* And its return type. */
26212 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
26214 /* And its virtual context. */
26215 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26216 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
26218 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
26219 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26220 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
26222 /* And its containing namespace. */
26223 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
26226 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
26228 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
26232 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26233 actual typedefs. */
26234 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26237 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
26238 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
26239 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
26240 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
26241 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
26242 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
26243 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
26244 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
26245 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
26247 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26250 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
26251 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
26253 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
26254 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
26258 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
26259 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
26264 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26265 variable declarations or definitions. */
26266 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26269 /* Avoid generating stray type DIEs during late dwarf dumping.
26270 All types have been dumped early. */
26272 /* ??? But in LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
26273 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
26274 references to them. Dump them again as happens for inlining
26275 which copies both the decl and the types. */
26276 /* ??? And even non-LTO needs to re-visit type DIEs to fill
26277 in VLA bound information for example. */
26278 || (decl
&& variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
),
26279 current_function_decl
)))
26281 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
26283 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
26284 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
26286 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
26291 /* And its containing type. */
26292 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
26293 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26294 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
26296 /* And its containing namespace. */
26297 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
26300 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
26301 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
26302 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
26304 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
26305 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
26306 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
26307 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
26308 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
26311 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
26315 gcc_assert (ctx
!= NULL
&& ctx
->struct_type
!= NULL
);
26316 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
26317 anonymous unions and structs. */
26318 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
26319 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
26320 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
26322 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
26323 gen_field_die (decl
, ctx
, context_die
);
26328 /* Avoid generating stray type DIEs during late dwarf dumping.
26329 All types have been dumped early. */
26331 /* ??? But in LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
26332 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
26333 references to them. Dump them again as happens for inlining
26334 which copies both the decl and the types. */
26335 /* ??? And even non-LTO needs to re-visit type DIEs to fill
26336 in VLA bound information for example. */
26337 || (decl
&& variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
),
26338 current_function_decl
)))
26340 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
26341 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
26343 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
26345 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
26346 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
26349 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26350 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26351 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
26354 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
26355 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, DECL_NAME (decl
),
26356 DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
26359 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
26360 gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
), context_die
,
26361 NAMELIST_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
));
26365 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
26366 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
26373 /* Output initial debug information for global DECL. Called at the
26374 end of the parsing process.
26376 This is the initial debug generation process. As such, the DIEs
26377 generated may be incomplete. A later debug generation pass
26378 (dwarf2out_late_global_decl) will augment the information generated
26379 in this pass (e.g., with complete location info). */
26382 dwarf2out_early_global_decl (tree decl
)
26386 /* gen_decl_die() will set DECL_ABSTRACT because
26387 cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p() returns true. This is in
26388 turn will cause DW_AT_inline attributes to be set.
26390 This happens because at early dwarf generation, there is no
26391 cgraph information, causing cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p()
26392 to return true. Trick cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p()
26393 while we generate dwarf early. */
26394 bool save
= symtab
->global_info_ready
;
26395 symtab
->global_info_ready
= true;
26397 /* We don't handle TYPE_DECLs. If required, they'll be reached via
26398 other DECLs and they can point to template types or other things
26399 that dwarf2out can't handle when done via dwarf2out_decl. */
26400 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
26401 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
26403 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
26405 tree save_fndecl
= current_function_decl
;
26407 /* For nested functions, make sure we have DIEs for the parents first
26408 so that all nested DIEs are generated at the proper scope in the
26410 tree context
= decl_function_context (decl
);
26411 if (context
!= NULL
)
26413 dw_die_ref context_die
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
26414 current_function_decl
= context
;
26416 /* Avoid emitting DIEs multiple times, but still process CONTEXT
26417 enough so that it lands in its own context. This avoids type
26418 pruning issues later on. */
26419 if (context_die
== NULL
|| is_declaration_die (context_die
))
26420 dwarf2out_early_global_decl (context
);
26423 /* Emit an abstract origin of a function first. This happens
26424 with C++ constructor clones for example and makes
26425 dwarf2out_abstract_function happy which requires the early
26426 DIE of the abstract instance to be present. */
26427 tree origin
= DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
26428 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
26430 /* Do not emit the DIE multiple times but make sure to
26431 process it fully here in case we just saw a declaration. */
26432 && ((origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
)) == NULL
26433 || is_declaration_die (origin_die
)))
26435 current_function_decl
= origin
;
26436 dwarf2out_decl (origin
);
26439 /* Emit the DIE for decl but avoid doing that multiple times. */
26440 dw_die_ref old_die
;
26441 if ((old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
)) == NULL
26442 || is_declaration_die (old_die
))
26444 current_function_decl
= decl
;
26445 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26448 current_function_decl
= save_fndecl
;
26451 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26453 symtab
->global_info_ready
= save
;
26456 /* Return whether EXPR is an expression with the following pattern:
26457 INDIRECT_REF (NOP_EXPR (INTEGER_CST)). */
26460 is_trivial_indirect_ref (tree expr
)
26462 if (expr
== NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (expr
) != INDIRECT_REF
)
26465 tree nop
= TREE_OPERAND (expr
, 0);
26466 if (nop
== NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (nop
) != NOP_EXPR
)
26469 tree int_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (nop
, 0);
26470 return int_cst
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (int_cst
) == INTEGER_CST
;
26473 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from
26474 toplev.c after compilation proper has finished. */
26477 dwarf2out_late_global_decl (tree decl
)
26479 /* Fill-in any location information we were unable to determine
26480 on the first pass. */
26483 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26485 /* We may have to generate early debug late for LTO in case debug
26486 was not enabled at compile-time or the target doesn't support
26487 the LTO early debug scheme. */
26488 if (! die
&& in_lto_p
)
26490 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26491 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26496 /* We get called via the symtab code invoking late_global_decl
26497 for symbols that are optimized out.
26499 Do not add locations for those, except if they have a
26500 DECL_VALUE_EXPR, in which case they are relevant for debuggers.
26501 Still don't add a location if the DECL_VALUE_EXPR is not a trivial
26502 INDIRECT_REF expression, as this could generate relocations to
26503 text symbols in LTO object files, which is invalid. */
26504 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (decl
);
26505 if ((! node
|| ! node
->definition
)
26506 && ! (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
26507 && is_trivial_indirect_ref (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
))))
26508 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
26510 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
, false);
26515 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
26516 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
26518 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
26523 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26527 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
26528 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
26529 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
26530 that DECL belongs to.
26531 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
26533 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
26535 tree lexical_block
,
26536 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
26538 expanded_location xloc
;
26539 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
26540 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
26542 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
26544 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
26545 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
26549 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
26551 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
26553 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
26554 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
26555 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
26556 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
26557 if (!at_import_die
)
26559 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
26560 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
26561 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
26562 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
26567 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26568 if (!at_import_die
)
26570 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
26571 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
26572 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
26574 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
26576 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
26577 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
26578 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
26579 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
26581 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
26582 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
26584 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMELIST_DECL
)
26585 at_import_die
= gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
),
26586 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)),
26589 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
26593 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26595 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26596 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
26603 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
26607 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
26608 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
26609 if (debug_column_info
&& xloc
.column
)
26610 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, xloc
.column
);
26612 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
26613 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
26614 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
26617 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
26618 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
26619 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
26620 importing whole module.
26621 IMPLICIT is set if this hook is called for an implicit import
26622 such as inline namespace. */
26625 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
26626 bool child
, bool implicit
)
26628 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
26629 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
26631 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26636 /* For DWARF5, just DW_AT_export_symbols on the DW_TAG_namespace
26637 should be enough, for DWARF4 and older even if we emit as extension
26638 DW_AT_export_symbols add the implicit DW_TAG_imported_module anyway
26639 for the benefit of consumers unaware of DW_AT_export_symbols. */
26641 && dwarf_version
>= 5
26642 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
26643 DW_AT_export_symbols
) == 1)
26648 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
26649 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
26652 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
26653 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
26655 && TYPE_P (context
)
26656 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
26659 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
26663 /* DW_TAG_imported_module was introduced in the DWARFv3 specification, so
26664 there is nothing we can do, here. */
26665 if (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
26668 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
26669 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
26670 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
26671 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
26674 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
26675 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
26678 /* Output debug information for namelists. */
26681 gen_namelist_decl (tree name
, dw_die_ref scope_die
, tree item_decls
)
26683 dw_die_ref nml_die
, nml_item_die
, nml_item_ref_die
;
26687 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26690 gcc_assert (scope_die
!= NULL
);
26691 nml_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist
, scope_die
, NULL
);
26692 add_AT_string (nml_die
, DW_AT_name
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
26694 /* If there are no item_decls, we have a nondefining namelist, e.g.
26695 with USE association; hence, set DW_AT_declaration. */
26696 if (item_decls
== NULL_TREE
)
26698 add_AT_flag (nml_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
26702 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (item_decls
), i
, value
)
26704 nml_item_ref_die
= lookup_decl_die (value
);
26705 if (!nml_item_ref_die
)
26706 nml_item_ref_die
= force_decl_die (value
);
26708 nml_item_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist_item
, nml_die
, NULL
);
26709 add_AT_die_ref (nml_item_die
, DW_AT_namelist_items
, nml_item_ref_die
);
26715 /* Write the debugging output for DECL and return the DIE. */
26718 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
26720 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
26722 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
26727 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26728 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
26729 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
26730 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE.
26731 Avoid doing this late though since clones of class methods may
26732 otherwise end up in limbo and create type DIEs late. */
26734 && decl_function_context (decl
)
26735 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
26736 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26737 context_die
= NULL
;
26741 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
26742 if (local_function_static (decl
))
26743 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26745 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26746 variable declarations or definitions. */
26747 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26752 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26754 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada () && !is_dlang ())
26756 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
26757 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26760 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26761 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
26762 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26764 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
26769 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
26770 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
26773 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
26774 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
26775 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
26778 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
26779 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26782 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
26783 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
26784 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
26785 context_die
= NULL
;
26789 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
26796 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
26800 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26806 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
26809 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
26811 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26812 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
26813 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
26814 call_site_count
= -1;
26815 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
26816 decl_loc_table
->empty ();
26817 cached_dw_loc_list_table
->empty ();
26820 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
26821 a lexical block. */
26824 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
26825 unsigned int blocknum
)
26827 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
26828 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
26831 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
26835 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
26837 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
26838 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
26841 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
26842 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
26844 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
26845 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
26846 we may end up calling them anyway. */
26849 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
26854 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
26855 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
26856 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
26858 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
26860 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
26861 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
26862 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
26869 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
26872 dwarf_file_hasher::equal (dwarf_file_data
*p1
, const char *p2
)
26874 return filename_cmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
26878 dwarf_file_hasher::hash (dwarf_file_data
*p
)
26880 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
26883 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
26884 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
26885 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
26886 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
26887 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
26888 and .debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
26889 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
26890 available unique index number. */
26892 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
26893 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
26895 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
26900 dwarf_file_data
**slot
26901 = file_table
->find_slot_with_hash (file_name
, htab_hash_string (file_name
),
26906 created
= ggc_alloc
<dwarf_file_data
> ();
26907 created
->filename
= file_name
;
26908 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
26913 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
26914 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
26915 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
26916 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
26917 types, which may include filenames. */
26920 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
26922 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
26924 if (last_emitted_file
)
26925 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
26927 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
26928 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
26930 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
26932 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
26933 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
26934 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
26935 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
26939 return fd
->emitted_number
;
26942 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
26943 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
26944 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
26947 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
26949 die_arg_entry entry
;
26954 gcc_assert (early_dwarf
);
26956 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
26957 vec_alloc (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, 32);
26961 vec_safe_push (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, entry
);
26964 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
26968 generic_type_p (tree t
)
26970 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
26972 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
26975 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
26976 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
26977 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
26980 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
26982 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
26985 gcc_assert (early_dwarf
);
26987 if (!generic_type_instances
)
26988 vec_alloc (generic_type_instances
, 256);
26990 vec_safe_push (generic_type_instances
, t
);
26993 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
26994 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
26995 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
26998 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
27000 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
27005 /* We do this in two phases - first get the cases we can
27006 handle during early-finish, preserving those we cannot
27007 (containing symbolic constants where we don't yet know
27008 whether we are going to output the referenced symbols).
27009 For those we try again at late-finish. */
27011 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
27013 if (!e
->die
->removed
27014 && !tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
))
27016 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
= NULL
;
27018 && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
))
27019 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (e
->arg
, 2, NULL
);
27021 add_AT_loc (e
->die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
27023 (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)[j
++] = *e
;
27026 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
->truncate (j
);
27030 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
27031 that have been previously scheduled by
27032 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
27033 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
27036 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
27041 if (!generic_type_instances
)
27044 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
27045 if (COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
))
27046 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
27048 generic_type_instances
= NULL
;
27052 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
27055 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
27058 dw_attr_node
*attr
;
27061 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
27065 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
27069 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
27072 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
27074 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
27075 /* replace the string. */
27076 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
27080 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
27083 /* True if before or during processing of the first function being emitted. */
27084 static bool in_first_function_p
= true;
27085 /* True if loc_note during dwarf2out_var_location call might still be
27086 before first real instruction at address equal to .Ltext0. */
27087 static bool maybe_at_text_label_p
= true;
27088 /* One above highest N where .LVLN label might be equal to .Ltext0 label. */
27089 static unsigned int first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
;
27091 /* Look ahead for a real insn, or for a begin stmt marker. */
27094 dwarf2out_next_real_insn (rtx_insn
*loc_note
)
27096 rtx_insn
*next_real
= NEXT_INSN (loc_note
);
27099 if (INSN_P (next_real
))
27102 next_real
= NEXT_INSN (next_real
);
27107 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
27108 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
27109 our lookup table. */
27112 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*loc_note
)
27114 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
27115 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
27116 rtx_insn
*next_real
, *next_note
;
27117 rtx_insn
*call_insn
= NULL
;
27118 static const char *last_label
;
27119 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
27120 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
27121 static rtx_insn
*expected_next_loc_note
;
27124 var_loc_view view
= 0;
27126 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note
))
27128 if (CALL_P (loc_note
))
27130 maybe_reset_location_view (loc_note
, cur_line_info_table
);
27132 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27133 tail_call_site_count
++;
27134 if (find_reg_note (loc_note
, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, NULL_RTX
))
27136 call_insn
= loc_note
;
27140 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (call_insn
);
27142 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27145 if (optimize
== 0 && !flag_var_tracking
)
27147 /* When the var-tracking pass is not running, there is no note
27148 for indirect calls whose target is compile-time known. In this
27149 case, process such calls specifically so that we generate call
27150 sites for them anyway. */
27151 rtx x
= PATTERN (loc_note
);
27152 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PARALLEL
)
27153 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
27154 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
)
27156 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CALL
)
27159 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
27160 || !SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))
27161 || (TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0)))
27164 call_insn
= loc_note
;
27168 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (call_insn
);
27170 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27175 else if (!debug_variable_location_views
)
27176 gcc_unreachable ();
27178 maybe_reset_location_view (loc_note
, cur_line_info_table
);
27183 var_loc_p
= NOTE_KIND (loc_note
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
;
27184 if (var_loc_p
&& !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
27187 /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
27188 notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
27189 next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
27190 calculation for next time. */
27191 next_real
= cached_next_real_insn
;
27194 if (expected_next_loc_note
!= loc_note
)
27198 next_note
= NEXT_INSN (loc_note
);
27200 || next_note
->deleted ()
27201 || ! NOTE_P (next_note
)
27202 || (NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
27203 && NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_BEGIN_STMT
27204 && NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_INLINE_ENTRY
))
27208 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (loc_note
);
27212 expected_next_loc_note
= next_note
;
27213 cached_next_real_insn
= next_real
;
27216 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27218 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
27219 don't do anything. */
27221 && next_real
== NULL_RTX
27222 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27227 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
27228 next_real
= get_last_insn ();
27230 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
27231 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
27232 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
27233 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
27234 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
27235 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
27238 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
27244 = NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
) ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
;
27245 view
= cur_line_info_table
->view
;
27246 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
27247 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
, label
, view
);
27248 if (newloc
== NULL
)
27257 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
27258 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
27259 create a new label and emit it. */
27260 if (last_label
== NULL
)
27262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
27263 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
27265 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
27266 /* See if loclabel might be equal to .Ltext0. If yes,
27267 bump first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label. */
27268 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
27269 && in_first_function_p
27270 && maybe_at_text_label_p
)
27272 static rtx_insn
*last_start
;
27274 for (insn
= loc_note
; insn
; insn
= previous_insn (insn
))
27275 if (insn
== last_start
)
27277 else if (!NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn
))
27281 rtx body
= PATTERN (insn
);
27282 if (GET_CODE (body
) == USE
|| GET_CODE (body
) == CLOBBER
)
27284 /* Inline asm could occupy zero bytes. */
27285 else if (GET_CODE (body
) == ASM_INPUT
27286 || asm_noperands (body
) >= 0)
27288 #ifdef HAVE_ATTR_length /* ??? We don't include insn-attr.h. */
27289 else if (HAVE_ATTR_length
&& get_attr_min_length (insn
) == 0)
27294 /* Assume insn has non-zero length. */
27295 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
27299 if (maybe_at_text_label_p
)
27301 last_start
= loc_note
;
27302 first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
= loclabel_num
;
27307 gcc_assert ((loc_note
== NULL_RTX
&& call_insn
!= NULL_RTX
)
27308 || (loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
&& call_insn
== NULL_RTX
));
27312 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
27313 = ggc_cleared_alloc
<call_arg_loc_node
> ();
27314 rtx_insn
*prev
= call_insn
;
27316 ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
27317 = find_reg_note (call_insn
, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, NULL_RTX
);
27318 ca_loc
->next
= NULL
;
27319 ca_loc
->label
= last_label
;
27322 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev
)
27323 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SEQUENCE
27324 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0)))));
27325 if (!CALL_P (prev
))
27326 prev
= as_a
<rtx_sequence
*> (PATTERN (prev
))->insn (0);
27327 ca_loc
->tail_call_p
= SIBLING_CALL_P (prev
);
27329 /* Look for a SYMBOL_REF in the "prev" instruction. */
27330 rtx x
= get_call_rtx_from (PATTERN (prev
));
27333 /* Try to get the call symbol, if any. */
27334 if (MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
27336 /* First, look for a memory access to a symbol_ref. */
27337 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
27338 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))
27339 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
27340 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= XEXP (x
, 0);
27341 /* Otherwise, look at a compile-time known user-level function
27345 && TREE_CODE (MEM_EXPR (x
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
27346 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= XEXP (DECL_RTL (MEM_EXPR (x
)), 0);
27349 ca_loc
->block
= insn_scope (prev
);
27350 if (call_arg_locations
)
27351 call_arg_loc_last
->next
= ca_loc
;
27353 call_arg_locations
= ca_loc
;
27354 call_arg_loc_last
= ca_loc
;
27356 else if (loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
&& !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27358 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
27359 newloc
->view
= view
;
27363 if (!last_postcall_label
)
27365 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
27366 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
27368 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
27369 /* ??? This view is at last_label, not last_label-1, but we
27370 could only assume view at last_label-1 is zero if we could
27371 assume calls always have length greater than one. This is
27372 probably true in general, though there might be a rare
27373 exception to this rule, e.g. if a call insn is optimized out
27374 by target magic. Then, even the -1 in the label will be
27375 wrong, which might invalidate the range. Anyway, using view,
27376 though technically possibly incorrect, will work as far as
27377 ranges go: since L-1 is in the middle of the call insn,
27378 (L-1).0 and (L-1).V shouldn't make any difference, and having
27379 the loclist entry refer to the .loc entry might be useful, so
27380 leave it like this. */
27381 newloc
->view
= view
;
27384 if (var_loc_p
&& flag_debug_asm
)
27386 const char *name
, *sep
, *patstr
;
27387 if (decl
&& DECL_NAME (decl
))
27388 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl
));
27391 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
))
27394 patstr
= str_pattern_slim (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
));
27401 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s DEBUG %s%s%s\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27402 name
, sep
, patstr
);
27405 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
27406 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
27409 /* Check whether BLOCK, a lexical block, is nested within OUTER, or is
27410 OUTER itself. If BOTHWAYS, check not only that BLOCK can reach
27411 OUTER through BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT links, but also that there is a
27412 path from OUTER to BLOCK through BLOCK_SUBBLOCKs and
27413 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN links. */
27415 block_within_block_p (tree block
, tree outer
, bool bothways
)
27417 if (block
== outer
)
27420 /* Quickly check that OUTER is up BLOCK's supercontext chain. */
27421 for (tree context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
27423 context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (context
))
27424 if (!context
|| TREE_CODE (context
) != BLOCK
)
27430 /* Now check that each block is actually referenced by its
27432 for (tree context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
); ;
27433 context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (context
))
27435 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (context
))
27437 gcc_assert (!BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (context
));
27438 context
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (context
);
27440 for (tree sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (context
);
27442 sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
27445 if (context
== outer
)
27452 /* Called during final while assembling the marker of the entry point
27453 for an inlined function. */
27456 dwarf2out_inline_entry (tree block
)
27458 gcc_assert (debug_inline_points
);
27460 /* If we can't represent it, don't bother. */
27461 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
27464 gcc_assert (DECL_P (block_ultimate_origin (block
)));
27466 /* Sanity check the block tree. This would catch a case in which
27467 BLOCK got removed from the tree reachable from the outermost
27468 lexical block, but got retained in markers. It would still link
27469 back to its parents, but some ancestor would be missing a link
27470 down the path to the sub BLOCK. If the block got removed, its
27471 BLOCK_NUMBER will not be a usable value. */
27473 gcc_assert (block_within_block_p (block
,
27474 DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl
),
27477 gcc_assert (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (block
));
27478 gcc_assert (!lookup_block_die (block
));
27480 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block
))
27481 block
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block
);
27482 /* Can the entry point ever not be at the beginning of an
27483 unfragmented lexical block? */
27484 else if (!(BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (block
)
27485 || (cur_line_info_table
27486 && !ZERO_VIEW_P (cur_line_info_table
->view
))))
27489 if (!inline_entry_data_table
)
27490 inline_entry_data_table
27491 = hash_table
<inline_entry_data_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
27494 inline_entry_data
**iedp
27495 = inline_entry_data_table
->find_slot_with_hash (block
,
27496 htab_hash_pointer (block
),
27499 /* ??? Ideally, we'd record all entry points for the same inlined
27500 function (some may have been duplicated by e.g. unrolling), but
27501 we have no way to represent that ATM. */
27504 inline_entry_data
*ied
= *iedp
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<inline_entry_data
> ();
27505 ied
->block
= block
;
27506 ied
->label_pfx
= BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
;
27507 ied
->label_num
= BLOCK_NUMBER (block
);
27508 if (cur_line_info_table
)
27509 ied
->view
= cur_line_info_table
->view
;
27511 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27513 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
,
27514 BLOCK_NUMBER (block
));
27515 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
27518 /* Called from finalize_size_functions for size functions so that their body
27519 can be encoded in the debug info to describe the layout of variable-length
27523 dwarf2out_size_function (tree decl
)
27525 function_to_dwarf_procedure (decl
);
27528 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
27531 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (var_loc_list
**slot
, void *)
27533 var_loc_list
*list
= *slot
;
27535 list
->last_before_switch
27536 = list
->last
->next
? list
->last
->next
: list
->last
;
27540 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
27543 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
27545 if (decl_loc_table
== NULL
)
27548 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<void *, var_location_switch_text_section_1
> (NULL
);
27551 /* Create a new line number table. */
27553 static dw_line_info_table
*
27554 new_line_info_table (void)
27556 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27558 table
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_line_info_table
> ();
27559 table
->file_num
= 1;
27560 table
->line_num
= 1;
27561 table
->is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
27562 FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW (table
->view
);
27563 table
->symviews_since_reset
= 0;
27568 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
27569 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
27572 set_cur_line_info_table (section
*sec
)
27574 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27576 if (sec
== text_section
)
27577 table
= text_section_line_info
;
27578 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
27580 table
= cold_text_section_line_info
;
27583 cold_text_section_line_info
= table
= new_line_info_table ();
27584 table
->end_label
= cold_end_label
;
27589 const char *end_label
;
27591 if (crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
27593 if (in_cold_section_p
)
27594 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
27596 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
27600 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
27602 current_function_funcdef_no
);
27603 end_label
= ggc_strdup (label
);
27606 table
= new_line_info_table ();
27607 table
->end_label
= end_label
;
27609 vec_safe_push (separate_line_info
, table
);
27612 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27613 table
->is_stmt
= (cur_line_info_table
27614 ? cur_line_info_table
->is_stmt
27615 : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
);
27616 cur_line_info_table
= table
;
27620 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
27621 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
27622 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
27623 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
27626 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
27628 section
*sec
= function_section (fun
);
27630 if (sec
!= text_section
)
27631 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
27633 if (crtl
->has_bb_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
27635 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
27636 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
27637 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
27638 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
27639 switch_to_section (sec
);
27642 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
27643 call_site_count
= 0;
27644 tail_call_site_count
= 0;
27646 set_cur_line_info_table (sec
);
27647 FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW (cur_line_info_table
->view
);
27650 /* Helper function of dwarf2out_end_function, called only after emitting
27651 the very first function into assembly. Check if some .debug_loc range
27652 might end with a .LVL* label that could be equal to .Ltext0.
27653 In that case we must force using absolute addresses in .debug_loc ranges,
27654 because this range could be .LVLN-.Ltext0 .. .LVLM-.Ltext0 for
27655 .LVLN == .LVLM == .Ltext0, thus 0 .. 0, which is a .debug_loc
27657 Set have_multiple_function_sections to true in that case and
27658 terminate htab traversal. */
27661 find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label (var_loc_list
**slot
, int)
27663 var_loc_list
*entry
= *slot
;
27664 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
27666 node
= entry
->first
;
27667 if (node
&& node
->next
&& node
->next
->label
)
27670 const char *label
= node
->next
->label
;
27671 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27673 for (i
= 0; i
< first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
; i
++)
27675 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", i
);
27676 if (strcmp (label
, loclabel
) == 0)
27678 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
27686 /* Hook called after emitting a function into assembly.
27687 This does something only for the very first function emitted. */
27690 dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int)
27692 if (in_first_function_p
27693 && !have_multiple_function_sections
27694 && first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
27696 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<int, find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label
> (0);
27697 in_first_function_p
= false;
27698 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
27701 /* Temporary holder for dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit. Used to let
27702 front-ends register a translation unit even before dwarf2out_init is
27704 static tree main_translation_unit
= NULL_TREE
;
27706 /* Hook called by front-ends after they built their main translation unit.
27707 Associate comp_unit_die to UNIT. */
27710 dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit (tree unit
)
27712 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (unit
) == TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
27713 && main_translation_unit
== NULL_TREE
);
27714 main_translation_unit
= unit
;
27715 /* If dwarf2out_init has not been called yet, it will perform the association
27716 itself looking at main_translation_unit. */
27717 if (decl_die_table
!= NULL
)
27718 equate_decl_number_to_die (unit
, comp_unit_die ());
27721 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
27724 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table
*table
,
27725 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
, unsigned int val
)
27727 dw_line_info_entry e
;
27730 vec_safe_push (table
->entries
, e
);
27733 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
27734 and record information relating to this source line, in
27735 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
27736 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
27739 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, unsigned int column
,
27740 const char *filename
,
27741 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
27743 unsigned int file_num
;
27744 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27745 static var_loc_view lvugid
;
27747 if (debug_info_level
< DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
27750 table
= cur_line_info_table
;
27754 if (debug_variable_location_views
27755 && output_asm_line_debug_info ()
27756 && table
&& !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27758 /* If we're using the assembler to compute view numbers, we
27759 can't issue a .loc directive for line zero, so we can't
27760 get a view number at this point. We might attempt to
27761 compute it from the previous view, or equate it to a
27762 subsequent view (though it might not be there!), but
27763 since we're omitting the line number entry, we might as
27764 well omit the view number as well. That means pretending
27765 it's a view number zero, which might very well turn out
27766 to be correct. ??? Extend the assembler so that the
27767 compiler could emit e.g. ".locview .LVU#", to output a
27768 view without changing line number information. We'd then
27769 have to count it in symviews_since_reset; when it's omitted,
27770 it doesn't count. */
27772 zero_view_p
= BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
27773 bitmap_set_bit (zero_view_p
, table
->view
);
27774 if (flag_debug_asm
)
27776 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27777 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", table
->view
);
27778 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s line 0, omitted view ",
27779 ASM_COMMENT_START
);
27780 assemble_name (asm_out_file
, label
);
27781 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
27783 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
27788 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
27789 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
27790 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && dwarf_strict
)
27793 if (!debug_column_info
)
27796 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
27798 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
27799 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
27800 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
27801 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
27802 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
27803 that second line number entry. */
27804 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
27805 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
27806 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
27807 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to precede the first insn
27808 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
27809 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
27810 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
27812 if (0 && file_num
== table
->file_num
27813 && line
== table
->line_num
27814 && column
== table
->column_num
27815 && discriminator
== table
->discrim_num
27816 && is_stmt
== table
->is_stmt
)
27819 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
27821 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
27822 if (flag_debug_asm
)
27824 if (debug_column_info
)
27825 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27826 filename
, line
, column
);
27828 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27832 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27834 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
27835 /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
27836 file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
27837 fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file
);
27838 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, file_num
);
27839 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
27840 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, line
);
27841 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
27842 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, column
);
27844 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
27846 #if HAVE_GAS_LOC_STMT
27847 fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file
);
27848 putc (is_stmt
? '1' : '0', asm_out_file
);
27851 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
27853 gcc_assert (discriminator
> 0);
27854 fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file
);
27855 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, (unsigned long) discriminator
);
27857 if (debug_variable_location_views
)
27859 if (!RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27861 table
->symviews_since_reset
++;
27862 if (table
->symviews_since_reset
> symview_upper_bound
)
27863 symview_upper_bound
= table
->symviews_since_reset
;
27864 /* When we're using the assembler to compute view
27865 numbers, we output symbolic labels after "view" in
27866 .loc directives, and the assembler will set them for
27867 us, so that we can refer to the view numbers in
27868 location lists. The only exceptions are when we know
27869 a view will be zero: "-0" is a forced reset, used
27870 e.g. in the beginning of functions, whereas "0" tells
27871 the assembler to check that there was a PC change
27872 since the previous view, in a way that implicitly
27873 resets the next view. */
27874 fputs (" view ", asm_out_file
);
27875 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", table
->view
);
27877 assemble_name (asm_out_file
, label
);
27878 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
27882 table
->symviews_since_reset
= 0;
27883 if (FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27884 fputs (" view -0", asm_out_file
);
27886 fputs (" view 0", asm_out_file
);
27887 /* Mark the present view as a zero view. Earlier debug
27888 binds may have already added its id to loclists to be
27889 emitted later, so we can't reuse the id for something
27890 else. However, it's good to know whether a view is
27891 known to be zero, because then we may be able to
27892 optimize out locviews that are all zeros, so take
27893 note of it in zero_view_p. */
27895 zero_view_p
= BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
27896 bitmap_set_bit (zero_view_p
, lvugid
);
27897 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
27900 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
27904 unsigned int label_num
= ++line_info_label_num
;
27906 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, label_num
);
27908 if (debug_variable_location_views
&& !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27909 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_adv_address
, label_num
);
27911 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_address
, label_num
);
27912 if (debug_variable_location_views
)
27914 bool resetting
= FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
);
27918 if (flag_debug_asm
)
27919 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s view %s%d\n",
27921 resetting
? "-" : "",
27926 if (file_num
!= table
->file_num
)
27927 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_file
, file_num
);
27928 if (discriminator
!= table
->discrim_num
)
27929 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_discriminator
, discriminator
);
27930 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
27931 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_negate_stmt
, 0);
27932 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_line
, line
);
27933 if (debug_column_info
)
27934 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_column
, column
);
27937 table
->file_num
= file_num
;
27938 table
->line_num
= line
;
27939 table
->column_num
= column
;
27940 table
->discrim_num
= discriminator
;
27941 table
->is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
27942 table
->in_use
= true;
27945 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
27948 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
27950 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
27953 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
27955 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (filename
);
27956 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
27960 /* Record the end of a source file. */
27963 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
27965 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
27968 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
27971 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
27975 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
27976 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
27977 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
27980 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
27981 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
27983 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
27986 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
27987 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_import. */
27988 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
27993 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
27995 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
27997 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
27998 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28002 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
28003 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
28004 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
28007 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
28008 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28010 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28013 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
28014 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_import. */
28015 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
28020 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28022 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
28024 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
28025 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28029 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
28031 struct macinfo_entry_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<macinfo_entry
>
28033 static inline hashval_t
hash (const macinfo_entry
*);
28034 static inline bool equal (const macinfo_entry
*, const macinfo_entry
*);
28038 macinfo_entry_hasher::hash (const macinfo_entry
*entry
)
28040 return htab_hash_string (entry
->info
);
28044 macinfo_entry_hasher::equal (const macinfo_entry
*entry1
,
28045 const macinfo_entry
*entry2
)
28047 return !strcmp (entry1
->info
, entry2
->info
);
28050 typedef hash_table
<macinfo_entry_hasher
> macinfo_hash_type
;
28052 /* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
28055 output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry
*ref
)
28059 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
28060 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28061 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
;
28065 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28066 fd
= lookup_filename (ref
->info
);
28067 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (fd
);
28068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
28069 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
,
28070 "Included from line number %lu",
28071 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28072 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
28074 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
28075 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
28077 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28078 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28079 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
28081 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
28082 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
28083 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
28085 ref
->code
= ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
28086 ? DW_MACRO_define_strp
: DW_MACRO_undef_strp
;
28087 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28090 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
28091 ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
28092 ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
28093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
28094 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28095 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
28097 case DW_MACRO_define_strp
:
28098 case DW_MACRO_undef_strp
:
28099 /* NB: dwarf2out_finish performs:
28100 1. save_macinfo_strings
28101 2. hash table traverse of index_string
28102 3. output_macinfo -> output_macinfo_op
28103 4. output_indirect_strings
28104 -> hash table traverse of output_index_string
28106 When output_macinfo_op is called, all index strings have been
28107 added to hash table by save_macinfo_strings and we can't pass
28108 INSERT to find_slot_with_hash which may expand hash table, even
28109 if no insertion is needed, and change hash table traverse order
28110 between index_string and output_index_string. */
28111 node
= find_AT_string (ref
->info
, NO_INSERT
);
28113 && (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
28114 || node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
)));
28115 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
28116 ref
->code
== DW_MACRO_define_strp
28117 ? "Define macro strp"
28118 : "Undefine macro strp");
28119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
28120 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28121 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
28122 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->label
,
28123 debug_str_section
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
28126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (node
->index
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
28129 case DW_MACRO_import
:
28130 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
, "Import");
28131 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
28132 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28133 ref
->lineno
+ macinfo_label_base
);
28134 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, label
, NULL
, NULL
);
28137 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
28138 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long) ref
->code
);
28143 /* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
28144 other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
28145 index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
28146 emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
28147 a DW_MACRO_import entry referencing it.
28148 If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
28151 optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx
, vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
,
28152 macinfo_hash_type
**macinfo_htab
)
28154 macinfo_entry
*first
, *second
, *cur
, *inc
;
28155 char linebuf
[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
) * 3 + 1];
28156 unsigned char checksum
[16];
28157 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
28158 char *grp_name
, *tail
;
28160 unsigned int i
, count
, encoded_filename_len
, linebuf_len
;
28161 macinfo_entry
**slot
;
28163 first
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
];
28164 second
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
+ 1];
28166 /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
28167 and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
28168 with lineno {0,1} (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
28169 in some included header file. */
28170 if (second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
28172 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28174 if (first
->lineno
> 1 || second
->lineno
> 1)
28177 else if (first
->lineno
== 0)
28180 /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
28181 with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
28182 codes, linenumbers and strings. */
28183 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
28184 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
); i
++)
28185 if (cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
28187 else if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
) && cur
->lineno
> 1)
28191 unsigned char code
= cur
->code
;
28192 md5_process_bytes (&code
, 1, &ctx
);
28193 checksum_uleb128 (cur
->lineno
, &ctx
);
28194 md5_process_bytes (cur
->info
, strlen (cur
->info
) + 1, &ctx
);
28196 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
28199 /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
28200 usable characters from its basename. */
28201 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28204 base
= lbasename (files
->last ().info
);
28205 for (encoded_filename_len
= 0, i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
28206 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
28207 encoded_filename_len
++;
28208 /* Count . at the end. */
28209 if (encoded_filename_len
)
28210 encoded_filename_len
++;
28212 sprintf (linebuf
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, first
->lineno
);
28213 linebuf_len
= strlen (linebuf
);
28215 /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
28216 grp_name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len
+ linebuf_len
+ 1
28218 memcpy (grp_name
, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
28219 tail
= grp_name
+ 4;
28220 if (encoded_filename_len
)
28222 for (i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
28223 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
28227 memcpy (tail
, linebuf
, linebuf_len
);
28228 tail
+= linebuf_len
;
28230 for (i
= 0; i
< 16; i
++)
28231 sprintf (tail
+ i
* 2, "%02x", checksum
[i
] & 0xff);
28233 /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_import
28234 in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
28235 inc
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
- 1];
28236 inc
->code
= DW_MACRO_import
;
28238 inc
->info
= ggc_strdup (grp_name
);
28239 if (!*macinfo_htab
)
28240 *macinfo_htab
= new macinfo_hash_type (10);
28241 /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
28242 slot
= (*macinfo_htab
)->find_slot (inc
, INSERT
);
28247 /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
28248 a DW_MACRO_import op. */
28250 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
28251 /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
28252 in the second pass. */
28253 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
) && i
< idx
+ count
; i
++)
28262 inc
->lineno
= (*macinfo_htab
)->elements ();
28263 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
28268 /* Save any strings needed by the macinfo table in the debug str
28269 table. All strings must be collected into the table by the time
28270 index_string is called. */
28273 save_macinfo_strings (void)
28277 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
28279 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
&& macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28283 /* Match the logic in output_macinfo_op to decide on
28284 indirect strings. */
28285 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28286 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28287 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
28289 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
28290 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
28291 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
28292 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
28294 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28295 /* -gsplit-dwarf -g3 will also output filename as indirect
28297 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28299 /* Fall through. */
28300 case DW_MACRO_define_strp
:
28301 case DW_MACRO_undef_strp
:
28302 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
28310 /* Output macinfo section(s). */
28313 output_macinfo (const char *debug_line_label
, bool early_lto_debug
)
28316 unsigned long length
= vec_safe_length (macinfo_table
);
28317 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
28318 vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
= NULL
;
28319 macinfo_hash_type
*macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
28320 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28325 /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
28326 gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define
== (int) DW_MACRO_define
28327 && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef
== (int) DW_MACRO_undef
28328 && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_start_file
28329 && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_end_file
);
28331 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
28332 offset expected by debuggers. */
28333 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_label
);
28334 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
28335 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
28337 /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
28338 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
28340 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? 5 : 4,
28341 "DWARF macro version number");
28342 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
28343 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
28345 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
28346 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_line_label
,
28347 debug_line_section
, NULL
);
28350 /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
28351 and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
28352 If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
28353 DW_MACRO_import, the DW_MACRO_import op is emitted and kept in
28354 the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
28355 whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
28356 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28360 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28361 vec_safe_push (files
, *ref
);
28363 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
28364 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28367 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28368 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28369 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
28370 && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
28371 && vec_safe_length (files
) != 1
28374 && (*macinfo_table
)[i
- 1].code
== 0)
28376 unsigned count
= optimize_macinfo_range (i
, files
, &macinfo_htab
);
28385 /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
28386 to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
28392 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28400 /* Save the number of transparent includes so we can adjust the
28401 label number for the fat LTO object DWARF. */
28402 unsigned macinfo_label_base_adj
= macinfo_htab
->elements ();
28404 delete macinfo_htab
;
28405 macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
28407 /* If any DW_MACRO_import were used, on those DW_MACRO_import entries
28408 terminate the current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
28409 section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
28410 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28415 case DW_MACRO_import
:
28417 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28418 tree comdat_key
= get_identifier (ref
->info
);
28419 /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
28420 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
28421 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28425 ? SECTION_EXCLUDE
: 0),
28427 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
28428 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28429 ref
->lineno
+ macinfo_label_base
);
28430 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
28433 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? 5 : 4,
28434 "DWARF macro version number");
28435 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
28436 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
28438 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
28441 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28442 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28443 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28448 gcc_unreachable ();
28451 macinfo_label_base
+= macinfo_label_base_adj
;
28454 /* Initialize the various sections and labels for dwarf output and prefix
28455 them with PREFIX if non-NULL. Returns the generation (zero based
28456 number of times function was called). */
28459 init_sections_and_labels (bool early_lto_debug
)
28461 /* As we may get called multiple times have a generation count for
28463 static unsigned generation
= 0;
28465 if (early_lto_debug
)
28467 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28469 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
,
28470 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28472 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28473 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28475 debug_macinfo_section_name
28476 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28477 ? DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28478 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28480 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28484 /* ??? Which of the following do we need early? */
28485 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
,
28486 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28488 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28489 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28491 debug_skeleton_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
,
28493 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28494 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
28495 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28496 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
28498 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
,
28501 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections
28502 stay in the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the split
28504 debug_skeleton_line_section
28505 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
,
28506 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28507 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label
,
28508 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
,
28510 debug_str_offsets_section
28511 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
,
28512 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28514 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
28515 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28517 debug_str_dwo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION
,
28518 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS
,
28520 debug_macinfo_section_name
28521 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28522 ? DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28523 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28524 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28527 /* For macro info and the file table we have to refer to a
28528 debug_line section. */
28529 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
,
28530 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28531 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
28532 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28534 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION
,
28535 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
28536 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28537 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28538 debug_line_str_section
28539 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION
,
28540 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28544 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28546 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
28547 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28548 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28549 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28550 debug_loc_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28551 ? DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION
28552 : DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
28553 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28554 debug_macinfo_section_name
28555 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28556 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
);
28557 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28558 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28562 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
,
28563 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28565 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28566 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28568 debug_addr_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
,
28569 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28570 debug_skeleton_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
28571 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28572 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28573 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
28575 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
,
28578 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections
28579 stay in the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the
28581 debug_skeleton_line_section
28582 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
,
28583 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label
,
28585 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
,
28587 debug_str_offsets_section
28588 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
,
28589 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
28591 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28593 debug_loc_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28594 ? DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION
28595 : DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
,
28596 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28598 debug_str_dwo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
,
28599 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS
,
28601 debug_macinfo_section_name
28602 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28603 ? DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28604 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28605 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28608 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
28609 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28610 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
28611 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28612 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
28613 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28614 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
28615 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28616 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
28617 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
28618 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !output_asm_line_debug_info ())
28619 debug_line_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION
,
28620 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
28622 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28623 ? DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION
28624 : DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
28625 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28626 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
28627 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28630 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
28631 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28632 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
28633 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28634 info_section_emitted
= false;
28635 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
28636 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28637 /* There are up to 4 unique ranges labels per generation.
28638 See also output_rnglists. */
28639 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
28640 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
* 4);
28641 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28642 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_base_label
,
28643 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
28644 1 + generation
* 4);
28645 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_addr_section_label
,
28646 DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28647 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
28648 (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28649 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
28650 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28651 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
,
28655 return generation
- 1;
28658 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
28661 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28663 /* Allocate the file_table. */
28664 file_table
= hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
>::create_ggc (50);
28666 #ifndef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28667 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
28668 decl_die_table
= hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28670 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
28671 decl_loc_table
= hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28673 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
28674 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28676 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
28677 vec_alloc (abbrev_die_table
, 256);
28678 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
28679 abbrev_die_table
->quick_push (NULL
);
28681 /* Allocate the dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map. */
28682 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
= new hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, int>;
28684 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
28685 vec_alloc (pubname_table
, 32);
28686 vec_alloc (pubtype_table
, 32);
28688 vec_alloc (incomplete_types
, 64);
28690 vec_alloc (used_rtx_array
, 32);
28692 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28693 vec_alloc (macinfo_table
, 64);
28696 /* If front-ends already registered a main translation unit but we were not
28697 ready to perform the association, do this now. */
28698 if (main_translation_unit
!= NULL_TREE
)
28699 equate_decl_number_to_die (main_translation_unit
, comp_unit_die ());
28702 /* Called before compile () starts outputtting functions, variables
28703 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
28706 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
28708 if (text_section_line_info
)
28711 #ifndef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28712 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
28713 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
28714 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
28715 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
28716 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
28718 switch_to_section (text_section
);
28719 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
28722 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
28723 text_section_line_info
= new_line_info_table ();
28724 text_section_line_info
->end_label
= text_end_label
;
28726 #ifdef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28727 cur_line_info_table
= text_section_line_info
;
28730 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
28731 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
28732 && !dwarf2out_do_eh_frame ())
28733 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
28736 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28737 htab_traverse. Assign a string its index. All strings must be
28738 collected into the table by the time index_string is called,
28739 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
28740 in the same order for each run. */
28743 index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
28745 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28747 find_string_form (node
);
28748 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28750 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
28751 node
->index
= *index
;
28757 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings called through
28758 htab_traverse. Output the offset to a string and update the
28762 output_index_string_offset (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *offset
)
28764 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28766 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28768 /* Assert that this node has been assigned an index. */
28769 gcc_assert (node
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
28770 && node
->index
!= NOT_INDEXED
);
28771 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, *offset
,
28772 "indexed string 0x%x: %s", node
->index
, node
->str
);
28773 *offset
+= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
28778 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28779 htab_traverse. Output the indexed string. */
28782 output_index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *cur_idx
)
28784 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28786 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28788 /* Assert that the strings are output in the same order as their
28789 indexes were assigned. */
28790 gcc_assert (*cur_idx
== node
->index
);
28791 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
28797 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings. Counts the number
28798 of index strings offsets. Must match the logic of the functions
28799 output_index_string[_offsets] above. */
28801 count_index_strings (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *last_idx
)
28803 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28805 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28810 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28811 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
28814 output_indirect_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, enum dwarf_form form
)
28816 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28818 node
->form
= find_string_form (node
);
28819 if (node
->form
== form
&& node
->refcount
> 0)
28821 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
28822 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
28828 /* Output the indexed string table. */
28831 output_indirect_strings (void)
28833 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
28834 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28835 debug_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
28836 output_indirect_string
> (DW_FORM_strp
);
28839 unsigned int offset
= 0;
28840 unsigned int cur_idx
= 0;
28842 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
28843 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
28844 output_indirect_string
> (DW_FORM_strp
);
28846 switch_to_section (debug_str_offsets_section
);
28847 /* For DWARF5 the .debug_str_offsets[.dwo] section needs a unit
28848 header. Note that we don't need to generate a label to the
28849 actual index table following the header here, because this is
28850 for the split dwarf case only. In an .dwo file there is only
28851 one string offsets table (and one debug info section). But
28852 if we would start using string offset tables for the main (or
28853 skeleton) unit, then we have to add a DW_AT_str_offsets_base
28854 pointing to the actual index after the header. Split dwarf
28855 units will never have a string offsets base attribute. When
28856 a split unit is moved into a .dwp file the string offsets can
28857 be found through the .debug_cu_index section table. */
28858 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
28860 unsigned int last_idx
= 0;
28861 unsigned long str_offsets_length
;
28863 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
28864 <unsigned int *, count_index_strings
> (&last_idx
);
28865 str_offsets_length
= last_idx
* DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 4;
28866 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
28867 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
28868 "Escape value for 64-bit DWARF extension");
28869 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, str_offsets_length
,
28870 "Length of string offsets unit");
28871 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF string offsets version");
28872 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Header zero padding");
28874 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
28875 <unsigned int *, output_index_string_offset
> (&offset
);
28876 switch_to_section (debug_str_dwo_section
);
28877 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_index_string
>
28882 /* Callback for htab_traverse to assign an index to an entry in the
28883 table, and to write that entry to the .debug_addr section. */
28886 output_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**slot
, unsigned int *cur_index
)
28888 addr_table_entry
*entry
= *slot
;
28890 if (entry
->refcount
== 0)
28892 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
28893 || entry
->index
== NOT_INDEXED
);
28897 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== *cur_index
);
28900 switch (entry
->kind
)
28903 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.rtl
,
28904 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
28906 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
28907 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
28908 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
28911 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
28913 case ate_kind_label
:
28914 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.label
,
28915 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
28918 gcc_unreachable ();
28923 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish. Counts the number
28924 of indexed addresses. Must match the logic of the functions
28925 output_addr_table_entry above. */
28927 count_index_addrs (addr_table_entry
**slot
, unsigned int *last_idx
)
28929 addr_table_entry
*entry
= *slot
;
28931 if (entry
->refcount
> 0)
28936 /* Produce the .debug_addr section. */
28939 output_addr_table (void)
28941 unsigned int index
= 0;
28942 if (addr_index_table
== NULL
|| addr_index_table
->size () == 0)
28945 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section
);
28947 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_addr_table_entry
> (&index
);
28950 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
28951 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
28954 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
28958 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
28959 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
28961 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
28963 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
28964 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
28967 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
28973 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
28976 /* Given LOC that is referenced by a DIE we're marking as used, find all
28977 referenced DWARF procedures it references and mark them as used. */
28980 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
28982 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
28983 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
28985 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
28986 case DW_OP_convert
:
28987 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
28988 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
28989 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
28990 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
28991 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
28992 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
28994 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
28995 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
28998 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
29001 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29002 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29003 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29008 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
29009 case DW_OP_const_type
:
29010 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
29011 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
29012 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
29013 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29015 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
29016 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
29017 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
29018 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
29019 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
29020 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29022 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
29023 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
29024 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
29025 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
29032 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
29033 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
29036 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
29041 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
29043 switch (AT_class (a
))
29045 /* Make sure DWARF procedures referenced by location descriptions will
29047 case dw_val_class_loc
:
29048 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (AT_loc (a
));
29050 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
29051 for (dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
29053 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
)
29054 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (list
->expr
);
29057 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
29058 /* This points to a loc_list in another attribute, so it's
29059 already covered. */
29062 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
29063 /* A reference to another DIE.
29064 Make sure that it will get emitted.
29065 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
29066 if (! AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
29067 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
)
29068 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29071 case dw_val_class_str
:
29072 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
29073 accounts properly for it. */
29074 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
29083 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
29086 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
29090 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
29092 c
= die
->die_child
;
29095 if (is_template_parameter (c
))
29096 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
29098 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
29101 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
29102 to DIE's children. */
29105 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
29109 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
29111 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
29113 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
29114 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
29116 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
29118 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
29119 (But we don't want to mark our parent's kids due to this,
29120 unless it is a class.) */
29121 if (die
->die_parent
)
29122 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
,
29123 class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
));
29125 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
29126 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
29128 /* If this node is a specification,
29129 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
29130 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
29131 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
29134 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
29136 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
29137 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
29140 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
29141 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
29142 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
29143 for all type definitions. */
29144 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
29145 || (use_debug_types
29146 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
29147 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
29149 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
29153 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
29154 and if so, mark them. */
29157 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
29161 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
29164 switch (die
->die_tag
)
29166 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
29167 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
29168 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
29169 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
29172 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
29173 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
29174 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
29175 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
29182 /* Mark children. */
29183 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
29186 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
29189 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
29193 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
29194 children have been marked as well. */
29195 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
29198 switch (die
->die_tag
)
29200 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
29201 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
29202 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
29203 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
29204 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29207 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
29208 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
29211 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
29212 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
29213 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
29214 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
29215 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
29217 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
29219 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
29222 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
29223 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
29224 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
29225 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
29226 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
29227 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
29228 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
29229 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
29230 case DW_TAG_friend
:
29231 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
29232 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
29233 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
29234 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
29235 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
29236 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
29237 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
29238 /* Type nodes are useful only when other DIEs reference them --- don't
29242 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
29243 /* Likewise for DWARF procedures. */
29245 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29251 /* Mark everything else. */
29255 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
29259 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
29260 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
29265 /* Mark children. */
29266 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
29269 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
29273 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
29278 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
29279 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
29281 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
29283 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
29284 twice in the hash table. */
29286 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
29288 indirect_string_node
**slot
29289 = debug_str_hash
->find_slot_with_hash (s
->str
,
29290 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
29292 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
29298 /* Mark DIE and its children as removed. */
29301 mark_removed (dw_die_ref die
)
29304 die
->removed
= true;
29305 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_removed (c
));
29308 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
29311 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
29315 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
29316 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
29318 if (! die
->die_child
)
29321 c
= die
->die_child
;
29323 dw_die_ref prev
= c
, next
;
29324 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= next
)
29325 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
29327 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
29329 /* No marked children at all. */
29330 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
29333 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
29334 die
->die_child
= prev
;
29347 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
29349 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
29350 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
29353 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
29356 prune_unused_types (void)
29359 limbo_die_node
*node
;
29360 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
29361 pubname_entry
*pub
;
29362 dw_die_ref base_type
;
29364 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
29365 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
29366 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
29367 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29368 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
29369 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29370 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
29371 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
29373 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
29374 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
29376 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
29377 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
29378 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29379 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
29380 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29382 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
29383 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
29386 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the pubname_table. Enumerators
29387 are unusual in that they are pubnames that are the children of pubtypes.
29388 They should only be marked via their parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die,
29389 not as roots in themselves. */
29390 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
29391 if (pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
29392 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
29393 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
29394 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type
, 1);
29396 /* For -fvar-tracking-assignments, also set the mark on nodes that could be
29397 referenced by DW_TAG_call_site DW_AT_call_origin (i.e. direct call
29399 cgraph_node
*cnode
;
29400 FOR_EACH_FUNCTION (cnode
)
29401 if (cnode
->referred_to_p (false))
29403 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (cnode
->decl
);
29404 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_mark
)
29406 for (cgraph_edge
*e
= cnode
->callers
; e
; e
= e
->next_caller
)
29407 if (e
->caller
!= cnode
29408 && opt_for_fn (e
->caller
->decl
, flag_var_tracking_assignments
))
29410 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
29415 if (debug_str_hash
)
29416 debug_str_hash
->empty ();
29417 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
29418 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->empty ();
29419 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
29420 for (limbo_die_node
**pnode
= &limbo_die_list
; *pnode
; )
29423 if (!node
->die
->die_mark
)
29424 *pnode
= node
->next
;
29427 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
29428 pnode
= &node
->next
;
29431 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29432 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
29434 /* Leave the marks clear. */
29435 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
29436 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29437 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
29438 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29439 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
29442 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
29444 struct comdat_type_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<comdat_type_node
>
29446 static inline hashval_t
hash (const comdat_type_node
*);
29447 static inline bool equal (const comdat_type_node
*, const comdat_type_node
*);
29451 comdat_type_hasher::hash (const comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
29454 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
29459 comdat_type_hasher::equal (const comdat_type_node
*type_node_1
,
29460 const comdat_type_node
*type_node_2
)
29462 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
29463 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
29466 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
29467 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
29468 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
29469 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
29470 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
29471 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
29474 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
29476 unsigned ix
= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
);
29477 dw_attr_node linkage
= (*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
29479 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
29480 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
29484 dw_attr_node
*prev
= &(*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
29486 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
29487 || prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_column
29488 || prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
29492 if (ix
!= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) - 1)
29494 die
->die_attr
->pop ();
29495 die
->die_attr
->quick_insert (ix
, linkage
);
29499 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
29500 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
29503 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29505 dw_die_ref base_type
= NULL
;
29507 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29509 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29511 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
29512 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
29513 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
29514 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
29515 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29517 case DW_OP_convert
:
29518 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
29519 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
29520 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
29521 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
29524 case DW_OP_const_type
:
29525 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
29526 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29528 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
29529 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
29530 mark_base_types (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
29535 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ());
29536 if (base_type
->die_mark
)
29537 base_type
->die_mark
++;
29540 base_types
.safe_push (base_type
);
29541 base_type
->die_mark
= 1;
29546 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
29549 base_type_cmp (const void *x
, const void *y
)
29551 dw_die_ref dx
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) x
;
29552 dw_die_ref dy
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) y
;
29553 unsigned int byte_size1
, byte_size2
;
29554 unsigned int encoding1
, encoding2
;
29555 unsigned int align1
, align2
;
29556 if (dx
->die_mark
> dy
->die_mark
)
29558 if (dx
->die_mark
< dy
->die_mark
)
29560 byte_size1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29561 byte_size2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29562 if (byte_size1
< byte_size2
)
29564 if (byte_size1
> byte_size2
)
29566 encoding1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29567 encoding2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29568 if (encoding1
< encoding2
)
29570 if (encoding1
> encoding2
)
29572 align1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_alignment
);
29573 align2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_alignment
);
29574 if (align1
< align2
)
29576 if (align1
> align2
)
29581 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
29582 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
29583 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
29584 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
29585 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
29588 move_marked_base_types (void)
29591 dw_die_ref base_type
, die
, c
;
29593 if (base_types
.is_empty ())
29596 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
29598 base_types
.qsort (base_type_cmp
);
29599 die
= comp_unit_die ();
29600 c
= die
->die_child
;
29603 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
29605 while (c
->die_mark
)
29607 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
29608 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
29609 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
29610 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
!= NULL
);
29614 while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
29615 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
);
29616 c
= die
->die_child
;
29617 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
29619 base_type
->die_mark
= 0;
29620 base_type
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
29621 c
->die_sib
= base_type
;
29626 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
29627 one CONST_STRING, return true if successful. Similarly verify that
29628 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
29631 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
)
29635 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
29637 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
29638 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
29639 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
29641 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
29642 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
29643 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
29645 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
29646 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
29647 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
29648 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
29650 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
29655 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
29656 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
29658 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
29660 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))))
29663 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
29667 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
29669 subrtx_ptr_iterator::array_type array
;
29670 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_PTR (iter
, array
, &XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
29671 if (!resolve_one_addr (*iter
))
29678 /* For STRING_CST, return SYMBOL_REF of its constant pool entry,
29679 if possible, and create DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure that can be referenced
29680 from DW_OP_implicit_pointer if the string hasn't been seen yet. */
29683 string_cst_pool_decl (tree t
)
29685 rtx rtl
= output_constant_def (t
, 1);
29686 unsigned char *array
;
29687 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
29692 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
29694 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
29695 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
29696 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
) == NULL_TREE
)
29699 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
29700 if (!lookup_decl_die (decl
))
29702 len
= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t
);
29703 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
29704 ref
= new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
, comp_unit_die (), decl
);
29705 array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (len
);
29706 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (t
), len
);
29707 l
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
, len
, 0);
29708 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
29709 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= len
;
29710 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 1;
29711 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
29712 add_AT_loc (ref
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
29713 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, ref
);
29718 /* Helper function of resolve_addr_in_expr. LOC is
29719 a DW_OP_addr followed by DW_OP_stack_value, either at the start
29720 of exprloc or after DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, and val_addr can't be
29721 resolved. Replace it (both DW_OP_addr and DW_OP_stack_value)
29722 with DW_OP_implicit_pointer if possible
29723 and return true, if unsuccessful, return false. */
29726 optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29728 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
29729 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
29730 dw_die_ref ref
= NULL
;
29733 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
29734 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == PLUS
29735 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1)))
29737 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1));
29738 rtl
= XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0);
29740 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
29742 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
29743 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
29744 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
29747 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
29748 rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (t
);
29752 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
29754 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
29755 if (VAR_P (decl
) && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
29757 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
29758 if (ref
&& (get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
29759 || get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
29761 loc
->dw_loc_opc
= dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
);
29762 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29763 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
29764 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29765 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29766 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
29767 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= offset
;
29775 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
29776 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
29777 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
29780 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_attr_node
*a
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29782 dw_loc_descr_ref keep
= NULL
;
29783 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev
= NULL
; loc
; prev
= loc
, loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29784 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29787 if (!resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
29790 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
29791 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
29792 && loc
->dw_loc_next
29793 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_stack_value
29794 && (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
29795 && optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (loc
))
29800 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
29802 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
29804 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
29805 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addrx
)
29806 || ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_const_index
29807 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_constx
)
29810 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
29811 if (!resolve_one_addr (&rtl
))
29813 remove_addr_table_entry (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
29814 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
29815 = add_addr_table_entry (rtl
, ate_kind_rtx
);
29818 case DW_OP_const4u
:
29819 case DW_OP_const8u
:
29821 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
29824 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
29825 if (size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
29826 > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
29828 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
> 0)
29830 dw_loc_descr_ref repl
29831 = int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
29832 add_loc_descr (&repl
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
29833 add_loc_descr (&repl
, loc
->dw_loc_next
);
29837 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
29838 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
29839 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
))
29842 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
29843 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
29844 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
29845 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
29846 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
29849 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
29852 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29853 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29854 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29856 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
)
29859 && loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
29860 && AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
29861 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
29863 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and reference,
29864 so if the whole expression is DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
29865 alone we could transform it into reference. */
29866 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
29867 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
29868 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
29869 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
29870 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
29872 case DW_AT_allocated
:
29873 case DW_AT_associated
:
29874 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
29875 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29876 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
29877 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
29878 = loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29879 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29888 case DW_OP_const_type
:
29889 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
29890 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
29891 case DW_OP_convert
:
29892 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
29893 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
29894 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
29895 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
29896 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
29897 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
29898 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
29899 && (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_convert
29900 || loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_convert
))
29902 dw_die_ref base1
, base2
;
29903 unsigned enc1
, enc2
, size1
, size2
;
29904 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regval_type
29905 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_type
29906 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
29907 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
29908 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29909 else if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
29910 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
29913 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29914 if (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
29915 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
29917 base2
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29918 gcc_assert (base1
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
29919 && base2
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
);
29920 enc1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29921 enc2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29922 size1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29923 size2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29925 && (((enc1
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc1
== DW_ATE_signed
)
29926 && (enc2
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc2
== DW_ATE_signed
)
29930 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_convert after
29931 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
29932 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regval_type
29933 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_type
29934 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
29935 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
29936 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
29938 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
29939 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
29942 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_convert after e.g. floating
29943 point typed stack entry. */
29944 else if (enc1
!= DW_ATE_unsigned
&& enc1
!= DW_ATE_signed
)
29945 keep
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
29955 /* Helper function of resolve_addr. DIE had DW_AT_location of
29956 DW_OP_addr alone, which referred to DECL in DW_OP_addr's operand
29957 and DW_OP_addr couldn't be resolved. resolve_addr has already
29958 removed the DW_AT_location attribute. This function attempts to
29959 add a new DW_AT_location attribute with DW_OP_implicit_pointer
29960 to it or DW_AT_const_value attribute, if possible. */
29963 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
29966 || lookup_decl_die (decl
) != die
29967 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
29968 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
29969 || DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
29970 || DECL_P (DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
29971 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
29974 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
29975 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
29976 /* For variables that have been optimized away and thus
29977 don't have a memory location, see if we can emit
29978 DW_AT_const_value instead. */
29979 if (tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, init
))
29981 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
29983 /* If init is ADDR_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR of ADDR_EXPR,
29984 and ADDR_EXPR refers to a decl that has DW_AT_location or
29985 DW_AT_const_value (but isn't addressable, otherwise
29986 resolving the original DW_OP_addr wouldn't fail), see if
29987 we can add DW_OP_implicit_pointer. */
29989 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
29990 && tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1)))
29992 offset
= tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1));
29993 init
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
29996 if (TREE_CODE (init
) != ADDR_EXPR
)
29998 if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
29999 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)))
30000 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == VAR_DECL
30001 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))
30002 && TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0) != decl
))
30005 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
30007 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
)
30009 rtx rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0));
30012 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
30015 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
30016 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
30018 || (!get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
30019 && !get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
30021 l
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
), 0, offset
);
30022 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30023 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
30024 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30025 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
30029 /* Return NULL if l is a DWARF expression, or first op that is not
30030 valid DWARF expression. */
30032 static dw_loc_descr_ref
30033 non_dwarf_expression (dw_loc_descr_ref l
)
30037 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& l
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
30039 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
30042 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30043 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
30044 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30045 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30046 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
30048 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30053 l
= l
->dw_loc_next
;
30058 /* Return adjusted copy of EXPR:
30059 If it is empty DWARF expression, return it.
30060 If it is valid non-empty DWARF expression,
30061 return copy of EXPR with DW_OP_deref appended to it.
30062 If it is DWARF expression followed by DW_OP_reg{N,x}, return
30063 copy of the DWARF expression with DW_OP_breg{N,x} <0> appended.
30064 If it is DWARF expression followed by DW_OP_stack_value, return
30065 copy of the DWARF expression without anything appended.
30066 Otherwise, return NULL. */
30068 static dw_loc_descr_ref
30069 copy_deref_exprloc (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
)
30071 dw_loc_descr_ref tail
= NULL
;
30076 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= non_dwarf_expression (expr
);
30077 if (l
&& l
->dw_loc_next
)
30082 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& l
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
30083 tail
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
)
30084 (DW_OP_breg0
+ (l
->dw_loc_opc
- DW_OP_reg0
)),
30087 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
30090 tail
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
,
30091 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
, 0);
30093 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
30100 tail
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
30102 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, *p
= &ret
;
30105 *p
= new_loc_descr (expr
->dw_loc_opc
, 0, 0);
30106 (*p
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
= expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30107 (*p
)->dw_loc_oprnd2
= expr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30108 p
= &(*p
)->dw_loc_next
;
30109 expr
= expr
->dw_loc_next
;
30115 /* For DW_AT_string_length attribute with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30116 reference to a variable or argument, adjust it if needed and return:
30117 -1 if the DW_AT_string_length attribute and DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size
30118 attribute if present should be removed
30119 0 keep the attribute perhaps with minor modifications, no need to rescan
30120 1 if the attribute has been successfully adjusted. */
30123 optimize_string_length (dw_attr_node
*a
)
30125 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= AT_loc (a
), lv
;
30127 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
30129 tree decl
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
30130 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
30133 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30134 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= die
;
30135 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30141 die
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30143 /* DWARF5 allows reference class, so we can then reference the DIE.
30144 Only do this for DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value. */
30145 if (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
&& dwarf_version
>= 5)
30147 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30148 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
30149 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= die
;
30150 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30154 dw_attr_node
*av
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
30156 bool non_dwarf_expr
= false;
30159 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30160 switch (AT_class (av
))
30162 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30163 for (d
= AT_loc_list (av
); d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
30164 if (d
->expr
&& non_dwarf_expression (d
->expr
))
30165 non_dwarf_expr
= true;
30167 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
30168 gcc_unreachable ();
30169 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30172 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30173 if (non_dwarf_expression (lv
))
30174 non_dwarf_expr
= true;
30177 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30180 /* If it is safe to transform DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value
30181 into DW_OP_call4 or DW_OP_GNU_variable_value into
30182 DW_OP_call4 DW_OP_deref, do so. */
30183 if (!non_dwarf_expr
30184 && (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
|| AT_class (av
) == dw_val_class_loc
))
30186 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_call4
;
30187 if (l
->dw_loc_next
)
30188 l
->dw_loc_next
= NULL
;
30190 l
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
30194 /* For DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value, we can just
30195 copy over the DW_AT_location attribute from die to a. */
30196 if (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
30198 a
->dw_attr_val
= av
->dw_attr_val
;
30202 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *p
;
30203 switch (AT_class (av
))
30205 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30208 for (d
= AT_loc_list (av
); d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
30210 lv
= copy_deref_exprloc (d
->expr
);
30213 *p
= new_loc_list (lv
, d
->begin
, d
->vbegin
, d
->end
, d
->vend
, d
->section
);
30214 p
= &(*p
)->dw_loc_next
;
30216 else if (!dwarf_strict
&& d
->expr
)
30220 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30221 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
30223 *AT_loc_list_ptr (a
) = list
;
30225 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30226 lv
= copy_deref_exprloc (AT_loc (av
));
30228 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30229 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= lv
;
30232 gcc_unreachable ();
30236 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
30237 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
30238 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
30239 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
30240 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
30241 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
30244 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
30248 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
, *start
, loc
;
30250 bool remove_AT_byte_size
= false;
30252 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
30253 switch (AT_class (a
))
30255 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30256 start
= curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
30259 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
30260 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
30262 *curr
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
30263 else if (!loc
->resolved_addr
)
30265 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
30266 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
30267 References must be identical or completely separate.
30268 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
30269 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
30270 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
30273 gcc_assert (!(*curr
)->replaced
&& !(*curr
)->resolved_addr
);
30274 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (a
, (*curr
)->expr
))
30276 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
30277 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= (*curr
)->expr
;
30279 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
30281 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
30282 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
30283 next
->vl_symbol
= (*curr
)->vl_symbol
;
30285 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
30286 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
30291 mark_base_types ((*curr
)->expr
);
30292 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
30296 loc
->resolved_addr
= 1;
30300 loc
->dw_loc_next
= *start
;
30305 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30309 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
30311 gcc_checking_assert (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
30312 gcc_checking_assert (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ());
30313 dw_val_node
*llnode
30314 = view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (&a
->dw_attr_val
);
30315 /* If we no longer have a loclist, or it no longer needs
30316 views, drop this attribute. */
30317 if (!llnode
|| !llnode
->v
.val_loc_list
->vl_symbol
)
30319 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30324 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30326 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= AT_loc (a
);
30327 /* DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value or
30328 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value in DW_AT_string_length can be converted
30329 into DW_OP_call4 or DW_OP_call4 DW_OP_deref, which is standard
30330 DWARF4 unlike DW_OP_GNU_variable_value. Or for DWARF5
30331 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value can be replaced
30332 with DW_FORM_ref referencing the same DIE as
30333 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value used to reference. */
30334 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_string_length
30336 && l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30337 && (l
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30338 || (l
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30339 && l
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_stack_value
)))
30341 switch (optimize_string_length (a
))
30344 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30346 /* If we drop DW_AT_string_length, we need to drop also
30347 DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size. */
30348 remove_AT_byte_size
= true;
30353 /* Even if we keep the optimized DW_AT_string_length,
30354 it might have changed AT_class, so process it again. */
30359 /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
30360 DW_AT_data_member_location containing
30361 DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
30362 rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
30363 but shorter, location description. */
30364 if ((dwarf_version
> 2
30365 || a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_data_member_location
30367 || l
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_plus_uconst
30368 || l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
30369 && !resolve_addr_in_expr (a
, l
))
30371 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
30372 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
30374 && l
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30375 && l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
30376 && GET_CODE (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
30377 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
30378 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_location
)
30380 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
);
30381 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30383 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (die
, decl
);
30386 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_string_length
)
30387 /* If we drop DW_AT_string_length, we need to drop also
30388 DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size. */
30389 remove_AT_byte_size
= true;
30390 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30394 mark_base_types (l
);
30397 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30398 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
30399 && !resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
))
30401 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
30402 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
30403 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30406 if ((die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_call_site
30407 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_call_origin
)
30408 || (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
30409 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
30411 tree tdecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
);
30412 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
30415 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl
)
30416 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl
) == NULL_TREE
30417 && (cdie
= lookup_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (tdecl
))))
30419 dw_die_ref pdie
= cdie
;
30420 /* Make sure we don't add these DIEs into type units.
30421 We could emit skeleton DIEs for context (namespaces,
30422 outer structs/classes) and a skeleton DIE for the
30423 innermost context with DW_AT_signature pointing to the
30424 type unit. See PR78835. */
30425 while (pdie
&& pdie
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
30426 pdie
= pdie
->die_parent
;
30429 /* Creating a full DIE for tdecl is overly expensive and
30430 at this point even wrong when in the LTO phase
30431 as it can end up generating new type DIEs we didn't
30432 output and thus optimize_external_refs will crash. */
30433 tdie
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, cdie
, NULL_TREE
);
30434 add_AT_flag (tdie
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
30435 add_AT_flag (tdie
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
30436 add_linkage_attr (tdie
, tdecl
);
30437 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (tdie
, tdecl
, true);
30438 equate_decl_number_to_die (tdecl
, tdie
);
30443 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30444 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= tdie
;
30445 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30449 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
30450 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
30451 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30460 if (remove_AT_byte_size
)
30461 remove_AT (die
, dwarf_version
>= 5
30462 ? DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
30463 : DW_AT_byte_size
);
30465 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
30468 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
30469 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
30472 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode into HSTATE. */
30475 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
30477 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30478 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30480 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
30482 case DW_OP_const4u
:
30483 case DW_OP_const8u
:
30487 case DW_OP_const1u
:
30488 case DW_OP_const1s
:
30489 case DW_OP_const2u
:
30490 case DW_OP_const2s
:
30491 case DW_OP_const4s
:
30492 case DW_OP_const8s
:
30496 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
30532 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
30533 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
30534 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30541 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
30542 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
30543 hstate
.add_object (offset
);
30546 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30547 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
30548 switch (val2
->val_class
)
30550 case dw_val_class_const
:
30551 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30553 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30555 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
30556 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
30558 hstate
.add_int (elt_size
);
30559 hstate
.add_int (len
);
30560 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
30563 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30564 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
30565 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
30567 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30568 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
30569 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
30570 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
30572 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30573 inchash::add_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
30576 gcc_unreachable ();
30580 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30581 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30582 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30588 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
30589 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
30591 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
30593 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
30595 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
30600 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
30601 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
30603 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
30606 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30607 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30608 hstate
.add_int (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30610 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
30611 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
30612 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_loc
);
30614 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
30615 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
30616 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
30617 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
30619 unsigned int byte_size
30620 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30621 unsigned int encoding
30622 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30623 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30624 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
30625 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
30628 case DW_OP_convert
:
30629 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
30630 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
30631 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
30632 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30634 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
30638 case DW_OP_const_type
:
30639 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
30641 unsigned int byte_size
30642 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30643 unsigned int encoding
30644 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30645 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
30646 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
30647 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_const_type
30648 && loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_const_type
)
30650 hstate
.add_object (val2
->val_class
);
30651 switch (val2
->val_class
)
30653 case dw_val_class_const
:
30654 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30656 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30658 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
30659 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
30661 hstate
.add_object (elt_size
);
30662 hstate
.add_object (len
);
30663 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
30666 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30667 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
30668 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
30670 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30671 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
30672 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
30673 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
30676 gcc_unreachable ();
30682 /* Other codes have no operands. */
30687 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC into HSTATE. */
30690 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
30692 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
30693 bool sizes_computed
= false;
30694 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
30695 size_of_locs (loc
);
30697 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
30699 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
30700 hstate
.add_object (opc
);
30701 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
30703 size_of_locs (loc
);
30704 sizes_computed
= true;
30706 hash_loc_operands (l
, hstate
);
30710 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
30713 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
30715 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
30716 inchash::hash hstate
;
30718 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
30720 hstate
.add (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1);
30721 hstate
.add (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1);
30722 hstate
.add_object (curr
->vbegin
);
30723 hstate
.add_object (curr
->vend
);
30725 hstate
.add (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1);
30726 hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hstate
);
30728 list_head
->hash
= hstate
.end ();
30731 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
30734 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
30736 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30737 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30738 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30739 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30741 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
30743 case DW_OP_const4u
:
30744 case DW_OP_const8u
:
30748 case DW_OP_const1u
:
30749 case DW_OP_const1s
:
30750 case DW_OP_const2u
:
30751 case DW_OP_const2s
:
30752 case DW_OP_const4s
:
30753 case DW_OP_const8s
:
30757 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
30793 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
30794 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
30795 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
30798 /* If splitting debug info, the use of DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
30799 can cause irrelevant differences in dw_loc_addr. */
30800 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
30801 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
30802 && (dwarf_split_debug_info
30803 || x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
));
30804 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
30805 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30806 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
30807 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
30809 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
30811 case dw_val_class_const
:
30812 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30813 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30814 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30815 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
30816 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
30817 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30818 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
30819 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30820 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
30821 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
30822 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30823 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
30824 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30825 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
30827 gcc_unreachable ();
30830 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30831 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
30832 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30835 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valy1
->v
.val_addr
);
30836 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
30838 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
30841 rtx ax1
= valx1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
30842 rtx ay1
= valy1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
30843 return rtx_equal_p (ax1
, ay1
);
30845 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30846 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30847 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
30848 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
30849 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
30850 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30851 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
30852 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
30853 return compare_loc_operands (valx1
->v
.val_loc
, valy1
->v
.val_loc
);
30854 case DW_OP_const_type
:
30855 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
30856 if (valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
30857 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
30859 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
30861 case dw_val_class_const
:
30862 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30863 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30864 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30865 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
30866 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
30867 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30868 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
30869 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30870 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
30871 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
30872 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30873 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
30875 gcc_unreachable ();
30877 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
30878 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
30879 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
30880 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
30881 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
30882 && valx2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30883 case DW_OP_convert
:
30884 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
30885 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
30886 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
30887 if (valx1
->val_class
!= valy1
->val_class
)
30889 if (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30890 return valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
== valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
30891 return valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30892 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
30893 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
30894 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
30895 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30897 /* Other codes have no operands. */
30902 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
30905 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
30907 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
30908 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
30909 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
30910 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
30912 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
30915 /* Hashtable helpers. */
30917 struct loc_list_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<dw_loc_list_struct
>
30919 static inline hashval_t
hash (const dw_loc_list_struct
*);
30920 static inline bool equal (const dw_loc_list_struct
*,
30921 const dw_loc_list_struct
*);
30924 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
30927 loc_list_hasher::hash (const dw_loc_list_struct
*x
)
30932 /* Return true if location lists A and B are the same. */
30935 loc_list_hasher::equal (const dw_loc_list_struct
*a
,
30936 const dw_loc_list_struct
*b
)
30940 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
30942 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
30943 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
30944 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
30945 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
30946 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
30947 || a
->vbegin
!= b
->vbegin
|| a
->vend
!= b
->vend
30948 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
30950 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
30953 typedef hash_table
<loc_list_hasher
> loc_list_hash_type
;
30956 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
30957 children and share them whenever possible. */
30960 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, loc_list_hash_type
*htab
)
30965 dw_loc_list_struct
**slot
;
30966 bool drop_locviews
= false;
30967 bool has_locviews
= false;
30969 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
30970 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
30972 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
30973 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
30974 it and storing into the hash table. */
30975 hash_loc_list (list
);
30976 slot
= htab
->find_slot_with_hash (list
, list
->hash
, INSERT
);
30980 if (loc_list_has_views (list
))
30981 gcc_assert (list
->vl_symbol
);
30982 else if (list
->vl_symbol
)
30984 drop_locviews
= true;
30985 list
->vl_symbol
= NULL
;
30990 if (list
->vl_symbol
&& !(*slot
)->vl_symbol
)
30991 drop_locviews
= true;
30992 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= *slot
;
30995 else if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_view_list
)
30997 gcc_checking_assert (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
30998 has_locviews
= true;
31002 if (drop_locviews
&& has_locviews
)
31003 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
31005 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
31009 /* Recursively assign each location list a unique index into the debug_addr
31013 index_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
31019 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31020 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
31022 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31023 dw_loc_list_ref curr
;
31024 for (curr
= list
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
31026 /* Don't index an entry that has already been indexed
31027 or won't be output. Make sure skip_loc_list_entry doesn't
31028 call size_of_locs, because that might cause circular dependency,
31029 index_location_lists requiring address table indexes to be
31030 computed, but adding new indexes through add_addr_table_entry
31031 and address table index computation requiring no new additions
31032 to the hash table. In the rare case of DWARF[234] >= 64KB
31033 location expression, we'll just waste unused address table entry
31035 if (curr
->begin_entry
!= NULL
31036 || skip_loc_list_entry (curr
))
31040 = add_addr_table_entry (xstrdup (curr
->begin
), ate_kind_label
);
31044 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, index_location_lists (c
));
31047 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
31048 children and share them whenever possible. */
31051 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
31053 loc_list_hash_type
htab (500);
31054 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, &htab
);
31057 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
31058 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
31059 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
31060 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
31064 flush_limbo_die_list (void)
31066 limbo_die_node
*node
;
31068 /* get_context_die calls force_decl_die, which can put new DIEs on the
31069 limbo list in LTO mode when nested functions are put in a different
31070 partition than that of their parent function. */
31071 while ((node
= limbo_die_list
))
31073 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
31074 limbo_die_list
= node
->next
;
31076 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
31078 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
31080 if (origin
&& origin
->die_parent
)
31081 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
31082 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
31084 else if (seen_error ())
31085 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
31086 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
31089 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
31090 nested function can be optimized away, which results
31091 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
31092 with the return type of that nested function. Force
31093 this to be a child of the containing function.
31095 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
31096 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
31097 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
31098 the function is likely unreachable too. */
31099 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
31101 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
31102 origin
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
));
31103 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
31104 origin
= scope_die_for (node
->created_for
, comp_unit_die ());
31106 origin
= comp_unit_die ();
31108 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
31114 /* Reset DIEs so we can output them again. */
31117 reset_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
31121 /* Remove stuff we re-generate. */
31123 die
->die_offset
= 0;
31124 die
->die_abbrev
= 0;
31125 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_sibling
);
31127 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, reset_dies (c
));
31130 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
31131 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
31134 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
31136 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
31137 dw_die_ref main_comp_unit_die
;
31138 unsigned char checksum
[16];
31139 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31141 /* Flush out any latecomers to the limbo party. */
31142 flush_limbo_die_list ();
31144 if (inline_entry_data_table
)
31145 gcc_assert (inline_entry_data_table
->elements () == 0);
31149 verify_die (comp_unit_die ());
31150 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31151 verify_die (node
->die
);
31154 /* We shouldn't have any symbols with delayed asm names for
31155 DIEs generated after early finish. */
31156 gcc_assert (deferred_asm_name
== NULL
);
31158 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
31160 if (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
)
31162 gcc_assert (flag_fat_lto_objects
|| flag_generate_offload
);
31164 /* Prune stuff so that dwarf2out_finish runs successfully
31165 for the fat part of the object. */
31166 reset_dies (comp_unit_die ());
31167 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31168 reset_dies (node
->die
);
31170 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
31171 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31173 comdat_type_node
**slot
31174 = comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
31176 /* Don't reset types twice. */
31177 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
31180 /* Remove the pointer to the line table. */
31181 remove_AT (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
);
31183 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31184 reset_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
31189 /* Reset die CU symbol so we don't output it twice. */
31190 comp_unit_die ()->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
31192 /* Remove DW_AT_macro and DW_AT_stmt_list from the early output. */
31193 remove_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
);
31195 remove_AT (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
);
31197 /* Remove indirect string decisions. */
31198 debug_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, reset_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
31199 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
31201 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, reset_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
31202 debug_line_str_hash
= NULL
;
31206 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
31208 dw_die_ref die
= comp_unit_die (), c
;
31209 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, gcc_assert (! c
->die_mark
));
31212 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31213 resolve_addr (ctnode
->root_die
);
31214 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
31215 move_marked_base_types ();
31219 fprintf (dump_file
, "DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
31220 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
31223 /* Initialize sections and labels used for actual assembler output. */
31224 unsigned generation
= init_sections_and_labels (false);
31226 /* Traverse the DIE's and add sibling attributes to those DIE's that
31228 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
31229 limbo_die_node
*node
;
31230 for (node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31231 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
31232 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31233 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
31235 /* When splitting DWARF info, we put some attributes in the
31236 skeleton compile_unit DIE that remains in the .o, while
31237 most attributes go in the DWO compile_unit_die. */
31238 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31240 limbo_die_node
*cu
;
31241 main_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
31242 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31243 main_comp_unit_die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
;
31244 cu
= limbo_die_list
;
31245 gcc_assert (cu
->die
== main_comp_unit_die
);
31246 limbo_die_list
= limbo_die_list
->next
;
31247 cu
->next
= cu_die_list
;
31251 main_comp_unit_die
= comp_unit_die ();
31253 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
31254 switch_to_section (text_section
);
31255 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
31256 if (cold_text_section
)
31258 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
31259 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
31262 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
31264 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
31265 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
31267 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
31268 if (text_section_used
)
31269 add_AT_low_high_pc (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
31270 text_end_label
, true);
31276 bool range_list_added
= false;
31278 if (text_section_used
)
31279 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
31280 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
31281 if (cold_text_section_used
)
31282 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
31283 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
31285 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
31287 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
31289 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
31290 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
31291 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
31293 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
31294 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
31295 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, &range_list_added
,
31299 if (range_list_added
)
31301 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
31302 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
31303 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
31304 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
31305 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
31306 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
31307 if (! dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
31308 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
31314 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
31315 offset expected by debuggers. */
31316 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_section_label
);
31317 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
31318 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
31320 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31321 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
31325 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
,
31326 macinfo_section_label
);
31328 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31330 if (have_location_lists
)
31332 /* Since we generate the loclists in the split DWARF .dwo
31333 file itself, we don't need to generate a loclists_base
31334 attribute for the split compile unit DIE. That attribute
31335 (and using relocatable sec_offset FORMs) isn't allowed
31336 for a split compile unit. Only if the .debug_loclists
31337 section was in the main file, would we need to generate a
31338 loclists_base attribute here (for the full or skeleton
31341 /* optimize_location_lists calculates the size of the lists,
31342 so index them first, and assign indices to the entries.
31343 Although optimize_location_lists will remove entries from
31344 the table, it only does so for duplicates, and therefore
31345 only reduces ref_counts to 1. */
31346 index_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31349 if (addr_index_table
!= NULL
)
31351 unsigned int index
= 0;
31353 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_addr_table_entry
>
31359 if (have_location_lists
)
31361 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31362 /* And finally assign indexes to the entries for -gsplit-dwarf. */
31363 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31364 assign_location_list_indexes (comp_unit_die ());
31367 save_macinfo_strings ();
31369 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31371 unsigned int index
= 0;
31373 /* Add attributes common to skeleton compile_units and
31374 type_units. Because these attributes include strings, it
31375 must be done before freezing the string table. Top-level
31376 skeleton die attrs are added when the skeleton type unit is
31377 created, so ensure it is created by this point. */
31378 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (main_comp_unit_die
);
31379 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_string
> (&index
);
31382 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
31383 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
31384 for (node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31385 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0, NULL
);
31387 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
31388 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31390 comdat_type_node
**slot
= comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
31392 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
31393 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
31396 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
31397 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
31399 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31400 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
31401 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
31403 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
));
31405 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
31409 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31412 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
31414 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && !vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31417 /* Compute a checksum of the comp_unit to use as the dwo_id. */
31418 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
31420 die_checksum (comp_unit_die (), &ctx
, &mark
);
31421 unmark_all_dies (comp_unit_die ());
31422 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
31424 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
31426 /* Use the first 8 bytes of the checksum as the dwo_id,
31427 and add it to both comp-unit DIEs. */
31428 add_AT_data8 (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
31429 add_AT_data8 (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
31432 /* Add the base offset of the ranges table to the skeleton
31434 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31436 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31437 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_rnglists_base
,
31438 ranges_base_label
);
31440 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_ranges_base
,
31441 ranges_section_label
);
31444 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section
);
31445 /* GNU DebugFission https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission
31446 which GCC uses to implement -gsplit-dwarf as DWARF GNU extension
31447 before DWARF5, didn't have a header for .debug_addr units.
31448 DWARF5 specifies a small header when address tables are used. */
31449 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31451 unsigned int last_idx
= 0;
31452 unsigned long addrs_length
;
31454 addr_index_table
->traverse_noresize
31455 <unsigned int *, count_index_addrs
> (&last_idx
);
31456 addrs_length
= last_idx
* DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ 4;
31458 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
31459 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
31460 "Escape value for 64-bit DWARF extension");
31461 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, addrs_length
,
31462 "Length of Address Unit");
31463 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF addr version");
31464 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
31465 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
31467 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_addr_section_label
);
31468 output_addr_table ();
31471 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
31472 or .debug_macro will be emitted. */
31473 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), have_macinfo
,
31474 dwarf_split_debug_info
? checksum
: NULL
);
31476 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
31477 output_skeleton_debug_sections (main_comp_unit_die
, checksum
);
31479 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
31480 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) != 1)
31482 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
31483 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
31484 output_abbrev_section ();
31487 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
31488 if (have_location_lists
)
31490 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31491 char l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31492 /* Output the location lists info. */
31493 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
31494 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31496 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 2);
31497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 3);
31498 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
31499 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
31500 "Initial length escape value indicating "
31501 "64-bit DWARF extension");
31502 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
31503 "Length of Location Lists");
31504 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
31505 output_dwarf_version ();
31506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
31507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
31508 dw2_asm_output_data (4, dwarf_split_debug_info
? loc_list_idx
: 0,
31509 "Offset Entry Count");
31511 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
31512 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31514 unsigned int save_loc_list_idx
= loc_list_idx
;
31516 output_loclists_offsets (comp_unit_die ());
31517 gcc_assert (save_loc_list_idx
== loc_list_idx
);
31519 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31520 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31521 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
31524 output_pubtables ();
31526 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
31527 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
31528 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
31529 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
31530 generate a table that would have contained data. */
31531 if (info_section_emitted
)
31533 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
31537 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
31538 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31540 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31541 output_rnglists (generation
);
31546 /* Have to end the macro section. */
31549 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
31550 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
31551 output_macinfo (!dwarf_split_debug_info
? debug_line_section_label
31552 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
, false);
31553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
31556 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
31557 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
31558 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
31559 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
31560 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
31561 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
31562 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
31563 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
31564 if (! output_asm_line_debug_info ())
31565 output_line_info (false);
31567 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
31569 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_line_section
);
31570 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_line_section_label
);
31571 output_line_info (true);
31574 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
31575 if (debug_str_hash
|| skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
31576 output_indirect_strings ();
31577 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
31579 switch_to_section (debug_line_str_section
);
31580 const enum dwarf_form form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
31581 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
31582 output_indirect_string
> (form
);
31585 /* ??? Move lvugid out of dwarf2out_source_line and reset it too? */
31586 symview_upper_bound
= 0;
31588 bitmap_clear (zero_view_p
);
31591 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a variable_value_struct). */
31594 variable_value_hasher::hash (variable_value_struct
*x
)
31596 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
31599 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of variable_value_struct X is the same as
31603 variable_value_hasher::equal (variable_value_struct
*x
, tree y
)
31605 return x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
);
31608 /* Helper function for resolve_variable_value, handle
31609 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value in one location expression.
31610 Return true if exprloc has been changed into loclist. */
31613 resolve_variable_value_in_expr (dw_attr_node
*a
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
31615 dw_loc_descr_ref next
;
31616 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev
= NULL
; loc
; prev
= loc
, loc
= next
)
31618 next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
31619 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
31620 || loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
31623 tree decl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
31624 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) != current_function_decl
)
31627 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31630 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31631 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31632 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31635 dw_loc_list_ref l
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, 0, NULL
);
31638 if (l
->dw_loc_next
)
31640 if (AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
31642 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
31644 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and loclist
31645 classes, so we can change them into a loclist. */
31646 case DW_AT_location
:
31647 case DW_AT_string_length
:
31648 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
31649 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
31650 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
31651 case DW_AT_segment
:
31652 case DW_AT_static_link
:
31653 case DW_AT_use_location
:
31654 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
31657 prev
->dw_loc_next
= NULL
;
31658 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (l
, AT_loc (a
));
31661 add_loc_descr_to_each (l
, next
);
31662 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
31663 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
31664 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= l
;
31665 have_location_lists
= true;
31667 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and reference,
31668 so if the whole expression is DW_OP_GNU_variable_value alone
31669 we could transform it into reference. */
31670 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
31671 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
31672 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
31673 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
31674 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
31676 case DW_AT_allocated
:
31677 case DW_AT_associated
:
31678 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
31679 if (prev
== NULL
&& next
== NULL
)
31687 /* Create DW_TAG_variable that we can refer to. */
31688 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL_TREE
, NULL
,
31689 lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
));
31690 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31693 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31694 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31695 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31701 prev
->dw_loc_next
= l
->expr
;
31702 add_loc_descr (&prev
->dw_loc_next
, next
);
31703 free_loc_descr (loc
, NULL
);
31704 next
= prev
->dw_loc_next
;
31708 memcpy (loc
, l
->expr
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
31709 add_loc_descr (&loc
, next
);
31717 /* Attempt to resolve DW_OP_GNU_variable_value using loc_list_from_tree. */
31720 resolve_variable_value (dw_die_ref die
)
31723 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
31726 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31727 switch (AT_class (a
))
31729 case dw_val_class_loc
:
31730 if (!resolve_variable_value_in_expr (a
, AT_loc (a
)))
31733 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
31734 loc
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31736 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31737 resolve_variable_value_in_expr (a
, loc
->expr
);
31744 /* Attempt to optimize DW_OP_GNU_variable_value refering to
31745 temporaries in the current function. */
31748 resolve_variable_values (void)
31750 if (!variable_value_hash
|| !current_function_decl
)
31753 struct variable_value_struct
*node
31754 = variable_value_hash
->find_with_hash (current_function_decl
,
31755 DECL_UID (current_function_decl
));
31762 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (node
->dies
, i
, die
)
31763 resolve_variable_value (die
);
31766 /* Helper function for note_variable_value, handle one location
31770 note_variable_value_in_expr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
31772 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31773 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
31774 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
31776 tree decl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
31777 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31778 if (! ref
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
31780 /* ??? This is somewhat a hack because we do not create DIEs
31781 for variables not in BLOCK trees early but when generating
31782 early LTO output we need the dw_val_class_decl_ref to be
31783 fully resolved. For fat LTO objects we'd also like to
31784 undo this after LTO dwarf output. */
31785 gcc_assert (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
31786 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
31787 gcc_assert (ctx
!= NULL
);
31788 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL_TREE
, NULL
, ctx
);
31789 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31790 gcc_assert (ref
!= NULL
);
31794 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31795 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31796 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31800 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
31801 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
31802 && lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)))
31804 if (!variable_value_hash
)
31805 variable_value_hash
31806 = hash_table
<variable_value_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
31808 tree fndecl
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
31809 struct variable_value_struct
*node
;
31810 struct variable_value_struct
**slot
31811 = variable_value_hash
->find_slot_with_hash (fndecl
,
31816 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<variable_value_struct
> ();
31817 node
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (fndecl
);
31823 vec_safe_push (node
->dies
, die
);
31828 /* Walk the tree DIE and note DIEs with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value still
31829 with dw_val_class_decl_ref operand. */
31832 note_variable_value (dw_die_ref die
)
31836 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
31839 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31840 switch (AT_class (a
))
31842 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
31843 loc
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31845 if (!loc
->noted_variable_value
)
31847 loc
->noted_variable_value
= 1;
31848 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31849 note_variable_value_in_expr (die
, loc
->expr
);
31852 case dw_val_class_loc
:
31853 note_variable_value_in_expr (die
, AT_loc (a
));
31859 /* Mark children. */
31860 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, note_variable_value (c
));
31863 /* Perform any cleanups needed after the early debug generation pass
31867 dwarf2out_early_finish (const char *filename
)
31870 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31872 /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
31873 header compilation, so always fill it with empty string initially
31874 and overwrite only here. */
31875 dw_attr_node
*producer
= get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer
);
31876 producer_string
= gen_producer_string ();
31877 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
31878 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= find_AT_string (producer_string
);
31880 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
31881 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
31882 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
31883 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
31885 /* When emitting DWARF5 .debug_line_str, move DW_AT_name and
31886 DW_AT_comp_dir into .debug_line_str section. */
31887 if (!output_asm_line_debug_info ()
31888 && dwarf_version
>= 5
31889 && DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR
)
31891 for (int i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
31893 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (comp_unit_die (),
31894 i
? DW_AT_comp_dir
: DW_AT_name
);
31896 || AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_str
31897 || strlen (AT_string (a
)) + 1 <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
31900 if (! debug_line_str_hash
)
31901 debug_line_str_hash
31902 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
31904 struct indirect_string_node
*node
31905 = find_AT_string_in_table (AT_string (a
), debug_line_str_hash
);
31906 set_indirect_string (node
);
31907 node
->form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
31908 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
31909 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
31913 /* With LTO early dwarf was really finished at compile-time, so make
31914 sure to adjust the phase after annotating the LTRANS CU DIE. */
31917 /* Force DW_TAG_imported_unit to be created now, otherwise
31918 we might end up without it or ordered after DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
31919 referencing DIEs from it. */
31920 if (! flag_wpa
&& flag_incremental_link
!= INCREMENTAL_LINK_LTO
)
31924 if (external_die_map
)
31925 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units
, i
, tu
)
31926 if (sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (tu
))
31928 dw_die_ref import
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_unit
,
31929 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE
);
31930 add_AT_external_die_ref (import
, DW_AT_import
,
31931 desc
->sym
, desc
->off
);
31935 early_dwarf_finished
= true;
31938 fprintf (dump_file
, "LTO EARLY DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
31939 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
31944 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
31945 emit full debugging info for them. */
31946 retry_incomplete_types ();
31948 /* The point here is to flush out the limbo list so that it is empty
31949 and we don't need to stream it for LTO. */
31950 flush_limbo_die_list ();
31952 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
31953 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
31955 /* Add DW_AT_linkage_name for all deferred DIEs. */
31956 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31958 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
31959 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
31960 /* A missing DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME can be a constant DIE that
31961 ended up in deferred_asm_name before we knew it was
31962 constant and never written to disk. */
31963 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
))
31965 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
31966 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
31969 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
31971 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
31972 prune_unused_types ();
31974 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
31975 if (use_debug_types
)
31977 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
31979 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
31980 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
31982 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
31984 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
31985 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
31986 references to the main compile unit). */
31987 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
31988 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31989 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
31990 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
31992 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
31993 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
31994 referenced. Prune them. */
31995 prune_unused_types ();
31998 /* Traverse the DIE's and note DIEs with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value still
31999 with dw_val_class_decl_ref operand. */
32000 note_variable_value (comp_unit_die ());
32001 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32002 note_variable_value (node
->die
);
32003 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
;
32004 ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32005 note_variable_value (ctnode
->root_die
);
32006 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32007 note_variable_value (node
->die
);
32009 /* The AT_pubnames attribute needs to go in all skeleton dies, including
32010 both the main_cu and all skeleton TUs. Making this call unconditional
32011 would end up either adding a second copy of the AT_pubnames attribute, or
32012 requiring a special case in add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs. */
32013 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
32014 add_AT_pubnames (comp_unit_die ());
32016 /* The early debug phase is now finished. */
32017 early_dwarf_finished
= true;
32020 fprintf (dump_file
, "EARLY DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
32021 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
32024 /* Do not generate DWARF assembler now when not producing LTO bytecode. */
32025 if ((!flag_generate_lto
&& !flag_generate_offload
)
32026 /* FIXME: Disable debug info generation for (PE-)COFF targets since the
32027 copy_lto_debug_sections operation of the simple object support in
32028 libiberty is not implemented for them yet. */
32029 || TARGET_PECOFF
|| TARGET_COFF
)
32032 /* Now as we are going to output for LTO initialize sections and labels
32033 to the LTO variants. We don't need a random-seed postfix as other
32034 LTO sections as linking the LTO debug sections into one in a partial
32036 init_sections_and_labels (true);
32038 /* The output below is modeled after dwarf2out_finish with all
32039 location related output removed and some LTO specific changes.
32040 Some refactoring might make both smaller and easier to match up. */
32042 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
32043 that have children. */
32044 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
32045 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32046 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
32047 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32048 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32049 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
32051 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
32052 offset expected by debuggers. */
32053 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_section_label
);
32054 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
32055 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
32057 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
32058 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
, dl_section_ref
);
32061 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
,
32062 macinfo_section_label
);
32064 save_macinfo_strings ();
32066 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
32068 unsigned int index
= 0;
32069 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_string
> (&index
);
32072 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
32073 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
32074 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32075 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0, NULL
);
32077 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
32078 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32079 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32081 comdat_type_node
**slot
= comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
32083 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
32084 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
32087 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
32088 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
32090 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
32091 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
32092 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
32093 ? debug_line_section_label
32094 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
));
32096 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
32100 /* Stick a unique symbol to the main debuginfo section. */
32101 compute_comp_unit_symbol (comp_unit_die ());
32103 /* Output the main compilation unit. We always need it if only for
32105 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), true, NULL
);
32107 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
32108 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) != 1)
32110 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
32111 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
32112 output_abbrev_section ();
32115 /* Have to end the macro section. */
32118 /* We have to save macinfo state if we need to output it again
32119 for the FAT part of the object. */
32120 vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *saved_macinfo_table
= macinfo_table
;
32121 if (flag_fat_lto_objects
)
32122 macinfo_table
= macinfo_table
->copy ();
32124 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
32125 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
32126 output_macinfo (debug_line_section_label
, true);
32127 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
32129 if (flag_fat_lto_objects
)
32131 vec_free (macinfo_table
);
32132 macinfo_table
= saved_macinfo_table
;
32136 /* Emit a skeleton debug_line section. */
32137 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
32138 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
32139 output_line_info (true);
32141 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
32142 if (debug_str_hash
|| skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
32143 output_indirect_strings ();
32144 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
32146 switch_to_section (debug_line_str_section
);
32147 const enum dwarf_form form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
32148 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
32149 output_indirect_string
> (form
);
32152 /* Switch back to the text section. */
32153 switch_to_section (text_section
);
32156 /* Reset all state within dwarf2out.c so that we can rerun the compiler
32157 within the same process. For use by toplev::finalize. */
32160 dwarf2out_c_finalize (void)
32162 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
32163 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
32164 used_rtx_array
= NULL
;
32165 incomplete_types
= NULL
;
32166 debug_info_section
= NULL
;
32167 debug_skeleton_info_section
= NULL
;
32168 debug_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
32169 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
32170 debug_aranges_section
= NULL
;
32171 debug_addr_section
= NULL
;
32172 debug_macinfo_section
= NULL
;
32173 debug_line_section
= NULL
;
32174 debug_skeleton_line_section
= NULL
;
32175 debug_loc_section
= NULL
;
32176 debug_pubnames_section
= NULL
;
32177 debug_pubtypes_section
= NULL
;
32178 debug_str_section
= NULL
;
32179 debug_line_str_section
= NULL
;
32180 debug_str_dwo_section
= NULL
;
32181 debug_str_offsets_section
= NULL
;
32182 debug_ranges_section
= NULL
;
32183 debug_frame_section
= NULL
;
32185 debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
32186 debug_line_str_hash
= NULL
;
32187 skeleton_debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
32188 dw2_string_counter
= 0;
32189 have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
32190 text_section_used
= false;
32191 cold_text_section_used
= false;
32192 cold_text_section
= NULL
;
32193 current_unit_personality
= NULL
;
32195 early_dwarf
= false;
32196 early_dwarf_finished
= false;
32198 next_die_offset
= 0;
32199 single_comp_unit_die
= NULL
;
32200 comdat_type_list
= NULL
;
32201 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
32203 decl_die_table
= NULL
;
32204 common_block_die_table
= NULL
;
32205 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
32206 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
32207 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
32208 call_site_count
= -1;
32209 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
32210 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
32211 abbrev_die_table
= NULL
;
32212 delete dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
;
32213 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
= NULL
;
32214 line_info_label_num
= 0;
32215 cur_line_info_table
= NULL
;
32216 text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
32217 cold_text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
32218 separate_line_info
= NULL
;
32219 info_section_emitted
= false;
32220 pubname_table
= NULL
;
32221 pubtype_table
= NULL
;
32222 macinfo_table
= NULL
;
32223 ranges_table
= NULL
;
32224 ranges_by_label
= NULL
;
32226 have_location_lists
= false;
32229 last_emitted_file
= NULL
;
32231 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
= NULL
;
32232 generic_type_instances
= NULL
;
32233 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= 0;
32234 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
= false;
32235 base_types
.release ();
32236 XDELETEVEC (producer_string
);
32237 producer_string
= NULL
;
32240 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"